Gallardo7761/setr2-monorepo
Archived
1
0
Fork 0
Code Activity

fin SETR2

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Jose
2025-12-19 17:13:32 +01:00
parent b9c332427d
commit ec45536183
740 changed files with 465505 additions and 284 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

846
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,846 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2013-2019 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* $Date: 10. January 2017
* $Revision: V2.1.0
*
* Project: CMSIS-RTOS API
* Title: cmsis_os.h FreeRTOS header file
*
* Version 0.02
* Initial Proposal Phase
* Version 0.03
* osKernelStart added, optional feature: main started as thread
* osSemaphores have standard behavior
* osTimerCreate does not start the timer, added osTimerStart
* osThreadPass is renamed to osThreadYield
* Version 1.01
* Support for C++ interface
* - const attribute removed from the osXxxxDef_t typedefs
* - const attribute added to the osXxxxDef macros
* Added: osTimerDelete, osMutexDelete, osSemaphoreDelete
* Added: osKernelInitialize
* Version 1.02
* Control functions for short timeouts in microsecond resolution:
* Added: osKernelSysTick, osKernelSysTickFrequency, osKernelSysTickMicroSec
* Removed: osSignalGet
* Version 2.0.0
* OS objects creation without macros (dynamic creation and resource allocation):
* - added: osXxxxNew functions which replace osXxxxCreate
* - added: osXxxxAttr_t structures
* - deprecated: osXxxxCreate functions, osXxxxDef_t structures
* - deprecated: osXxxxDef and osXxxx macros
* osStatus codes simplified and renamed to osStatus_t
* osEvent return structure deprecated
* Kernel:
* - added: osKernelInfo_t and osKernelGetInfo
* - added: osKernelState_t and osKernelGetState (replaces osKernelRunning)
* - added: osKernelLock, osKernelUnlock
* - added: osKernelSuspend, osKernelResume
* - added: osKernelGetTickCount, osKernelGetTickFreq
* - renamed osKernelSysTick to osKernelGetSysTimerCount
* - replaced osKernelSysTickFrequency with osKernelGetSysTimerFreq
* - deprecated osKernelSysTickMicroSec
* Thread:
* - extended number of thread priorities
* - renamed osPrioriry to osPrioriry_t
* - replaced osThreadCreate with osThreadNew
* - added: osThreadGetName
* - added: osThreadState_t and osThreadGetState
* - added: osThreadGetStackSize, osThreadGetStackSpace
* - added: osThreadSuspend, osThreadResume
* - added: osThreadJoin, osThreadDetach, osThreadExit
* - added: osThreadGetCount, osThreadEnumerate
* - added: Thread Flags (moved from Signals)
* Signals:
* - renamed osSignals to osThreadFlags (moved to Thread Flags)
* - changed return value of Set/Clear/Wait functions
* - Clear function limited to current running thread
* - extended Wait function (options)
* - added: osThreadFlagsGet
* Event Flags:
* - added new independent object for handling Event Flags
* Delay and Wait functions:
* - added: osDelayUntil
* - deprecated: osWait
* Timer:
* - replaced osTimerCreate with osTimerNew
* - added: osTimerGetName, osTimerIsRunning
* Mutex:
* - extended: attributes (Recursive, Priority Inherit, Robust)
* - replaced osMutexCreate with osMutexNew
* - renamed osMutexWait to osMutexAcquire
* - added: osMutexGetName, osMutexGetOwner
* Semaphore:
* - extended: maximum and initial token count
* - replaced osSemaphoreCreate with osSemaphoreNew
* - renamed osSemaphoreWait to osSemaphoreAcquire (changed return value)
* - added: osSemaphoreGetName, osSemaphoreGetCount
* Memory Pool:
* - using osMemoryPool prefix instead of osPool
* - replaced osPoolCreate with osMemoryPoolNew
* - extended osMemoryPoolAlloc (timeout)
* - added: osMemoryPoolGetName
* - added: osMemoryPoolGetCapacity, osMemoryPoolGetBlockSize
* - added: osMemoryPoolGetCount, osMemoryPoolGetSpace
* - added: osMemoryPoolDelete
* - deprecated: osPoolCAlloc
* Message Queue:
* - extended: fixed size message instead of a single 32-bit value
* - using osMessageQueue prefix instead of osMessage
* - replaced osMessageCreate with osMessageQueueNew
* - updated: osMessageQueuePut, osMessageQueueGet
* - added: osMessageQueueGetName
* - added: osMessageQueueGetCapacity, osMessageQueueGetMsgSize
* - added: osMessageQueueGetCount, osMessageQueueGetSpace
* - added: osMessageQueueReset, osMessageQueueDelete
* Mail Queue:
* - deprecated (superseded by extended Message Queue functionality)
* Version 2.1.0
* Support for critical and uncritical sections (nesting safe):
* - updated: osKernelLock, osKernelUnlock
* - added: osKernelRestoreLock
* Updated Thread and Event Flags:
* - changed flags parameter and return type from int32_t to uint32_t
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef CMSIS_OS_H_
#define CMSIS_OS_H_
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#define RTOS_ID_n ((tskKERNEL_VERSION_MAJOR << 16) | (tskKERNEL_VERSION_MINOR))
#define RTOS_ID_s ("FreeRTOS " tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER)
#define osCMSIS 0x20001U ///< API version (main[31:16].sub[15:0])
#define osCMSIS_FreeRTOS RTOS_ID_n ///< RTOS identification and version (main[31:16].sub[15:0])
#define osKernelSystemId RTOS_ID_s ///< RTOS identification string
#define osFeature_MainThread 0 ///< main thread 1=main can be thread, 0=not available
#define osFeature_Signals 24U ///< maximum number of Signal Flags available per thread
#define osFeature_Semaphore 65535U ///< maximum count for \ref osSemaphoreCreate function
#define osFeature_Wait 0 ///< osWait function: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_SysTick 1 ///< osKernelSysTick functions: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_Pool 0 ///< Memory Pools: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_MessageQ 1 ///< Message Queues: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_MailQ 0 ///< Mail Queues: 1=available, 0=not available
#if defined(__CC_ARM)
#define os_InRegs __value_in_regs
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#define os_InRegs __attribute__((value_in_regs))
#else
#define os_InRegs
#endif
#include "cmsis_os2.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
// ==== Enumerations, structures, defines ====
/// Priority values.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef enum {
osPriorityIdle = -3, ///< Priority: idle (lowest)
osPriorityLow = -2, ///< Priority: low
osPriorityBelowNormal = -1, ///< Priority: below normal
osPriorityNormal = 0, ///< Priority: normal (default)
osPriorityAboveNormal = +1, ///< Priority: above normal
osPriorityHigh = +2, ///< Priority: high
osPriorityRealtime = +3, ///< Priority: realtime (highest)
osPriorityError = 0x84, ///< System cannot determine priority or illegal priority.
osPriorityReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
} osPriority;
#else
#define osPriority osPriority_t
#endif
/// Entry point of a thread.
typedef void (*os_pthread) (void const *argument);
/// Entry point of a timer call back function.
typedef void (*os_ptimer) (void const *argument);
/// Timer type.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef enum {
osTimerOnce = 0, ///< One-shot timer.
osTimerPeriodic = 1 ///< Repeating timer.
} os_timer_type;
#else
#define os_timer_type osTimerType_t
#endif
/// Timeout value.
#define osWaitForever 0xFFFFFFFFU ///< Wait forever timeout value.
/// Status code values returned by CMSIS-RTOS functions.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef enum {
osOK = 0, ///< Function completed; no error or event occurred.
osEventSignal = 0x08, ///< Function completed; signal event occurred.
osEventMessage = 0x10, ///< Function completed; message event occurred.
osEventMail = 0x20, ///< Function completed; mail event occurred.
osEventTimeout = 0x40, ///< Function completed; timeout occurred.
osErrorParameter = 0x80, ///< Parameter error: a mandatory parameter was missing or specified an incorrect object.
osErrorResource = 0x81, ///< Resource not available: a specified resource was not available.
osErrorTimeoutResource = 0xC1, ///< Resource not available within given time: a specified resource was not available within the timeout period.
osErrorISR = 0x82, ///< Not allowed in ISR context: the function cannot be called from interrupt service routines.
osErrorISRRecursive = 0x83, ///< Function called multiple times from ISR with same object.
osErrorPriority = 0x84, ///< System cannot determine priority or thread has illegal priority.
osErrorNoMemory = 0x85, ///< System is out of memory: it was impossible to allocate or reserve memory for the operation.
osErrorValue = 0x86, ///< Value of a parameter is out of range.
osErrorOS = 0xFF, ///< Unspecified RTOS error: run-time error but no other error message fits.
osStatusReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
} osStatus;
#else
typedef int32_t osStatus;
#define osEventSignal (0x08)
#define osEventMessage (0x10)
#define osEventMail (0x20)
#define osEventTimeout (0x40)
#define osErrorOS osError
#define osErrorTimeoutResource osErrorTimeout
#define osErrorISRRecursive (-126)
#define osErrorValue (-127)
#define osErrorPriority (-128)
#endif
// >>> the following data type definitions may be adapted towards a specific RTOS
/// Thread ID identifies the thread.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef void *osThreadId;
#else
#define osThreadId osThreadId_t
#endif
/// Timer ID identifies the timer.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef void *osTimerId;
#else
#define osTimerId osTimerId_t
#endif
/// Mutex ID identifies the mutex.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef void *osMutexId;
#else
#define osMutexId osMutexId_t
#endif
/// Semaphore ID identifies the semaphore.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef void *osSemaphoreId;
#else
#define osSemaphoreId osSemaphoreId_t
#endif
/// Pool ID identifies the memory pool.
typedef void *osPoolId;
/// Message ID identifies the message queue.
typedef void *osMessageQId;
/// Mail ID identifies the mail queue.
typedef void *osMailQId;
/// Thread Definition structure contains startup information of a thread.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef struct os_thread_def {
os_pthread pthread; ///< start address of thread function
osPriority tpriority; ///< initial thread priority
uint32_t instances; ///< maximum number of instances of that thread function
uint32_t stacksize; ///< stack size requirements in bytes; 0 is default stack size
} osThreadDef_t;
#else
typedef struct os_thread_def {
os_pthread pthread; ///< start address of thread function
osThreadAttr_t attr; ///< thread attributes
} osThreadDef_t;
#endif
/// Timer Definition structure contains timer parameters.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef struct os_timer_def {
os_ptimer ptimer; ///< start address of a timer function
} osTimerDef_t;
#else
typedef struct os_timer_def {
os_ptimer ptimer; ///< start address of a timer function
osTimerAttr_t attr; ///< timer attributes
} osTimerDef_t;
#endif
/// Mutex Definition structure contains setup information for a mutex.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef struct os_mutex_def {
uint32_t dummy; ///< dummy value
} osMutexDef_t;
#else
#define osMutexDef_t osMutexAttr_t
#endif
/// Semaphore Definition structure contains setup information for a semaphore.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef struct os_semaphore_def {
uint32_t dummy; ///< dummy value
} osSemaphoreDef_t;
#else
#define osSemaphoreDef_t osSemaphoreAttr_t
#endif
/// Definition structure for memory block allocation.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef struct os_pool_def {
uint32_t pool_sz; ///< number of items (elements) in the pool
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
void *pool; ///< pointer to memory for pool
} osPoolDef_t;
#else
typedef struct os_pool_def {
uint32_t pool_sz; ///< number of items (elements) in the pool
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
osMemoryPoolAttr_t attr; ///< memory pool attributes
} osPoolDef_t;
#endif
/// Definition structure for message queue.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef struct os_messageQ_def {
uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue
void *pool; ///< memory array for messages
} osMessageQDef_t;
#else
typedef struct os_messageQ_def {
uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue
osMessageQueueAttr_t attr; ///< message queue attributes
} osMessageQDef_t;
#endif
/// Definition structure for mail queue.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
typedef struct os_mailQ_def {
uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
void *pool; ///< memory array for mail
} osMailQDef_t;
#else
typedef struct os_mailQ_def {
uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
void *mail; ///< pointer to mail
osMemoryPoolAttr_t mp_attr; ///< memory pool attributes
osMessageQueueAttr_t mq_attr; ///< message queue attributes
} osMailQDef_t;
#endif
/// Event structure contains detailed information about an event.
typedef struct {
osStatus status; ///< status code: event or error information
union {
uint32_t v; ///< message as 32-bit value
void *p; ///< message or mail as void pointer
int32_t signals; ///< signal flags
} value; ///< event value
union {
osMailQId mail_id; ///< mail id obtained by \ref osMailCreate
osMessageQId message_id; ///< message id obtained by \ref osMessageCreate
} def; ///< event definition
} osEvent;
// ==== Kernel Management Functions ====
/// Initialize the RTOS Kernel for creating objects.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osKernelInitialize (void);
#endif
/// Start the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osKernelStart (void);
#endif
/// Check if the RTOS kernel is already started.
/// \return 0 RTOS is not started, 1 RTOS is started.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
int32_t osKernelRunning(void);
#endif
#if (defined(osFeature_SysTick) && (osFeature_SysTick != 0)) // System Timer available
/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer counter.
/// \return RTOS kernel system timer as 32-bit value
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
uint32_t osKernelSysTick (void);
#else
#define osKernelSysTick osKernelGetSysTimerCount
#endif
/// The RTOS kernel system timer frequency in Hz.
/// \note Reflects the system timer setting and is typically defined in a configuration file.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
#define osKernelSysTickFrequency 100000000
#endif
/// Convert a microseconds value to a RTOS kernel system timer value.
/// \param microsec time value in microseconds.
/// \return time value normalized to the \ref osKernelSysTickFrequency
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
#define osKernelSysTickMicroSec(microsec) (((uint64_t)microsec * (osKernelSysTickFrequency)) / 1000000)
#else
#define osKernelSysTickMicroSec(microsec) (((uint64_t)microsec * osKernelGetSysTimerFreq()) / 1000000)
#endif
#endif // System Timer available
// ==== Thread Management Functions ====
/// Create a Thread Definition with function, priority, and stack requirements.
/// \param name name of the thread function.
/// \param priority initial priority of the thread function.
/// \param instances number of possible thread instances.
/// \param stacksz stack size (in bytes) requirements for the thread function.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osThreadDef(name, priority, instances, stacksz) \
extern const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osThreadDef(name, priority, instances, stacksz) \
static uint64_t os_thread_stack##name[(stacksz)?(((stacksz+7)/8)):1]; \
static StaticTask_t os_thread_cb_##name; \
const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name = \
{ (name), \
{ NULL, osThreadDetached, \
(instances == 1) ? (&os_thread_cb_##name) : NULL,\
(instances == 1) ? sizeof(StaticTask_t) : 0U, \
((stacksz) && (instances == 1)) ? (&os_thread_stack##name) : NULL, \
8*((stacksz+7)/8), \
(priority), 0U, 0U } }
#endif
/// Access a Thread definition.
/// \param name name of the thread definition object.
#define osThread(name) \
&os_thread_def_##name
/// Create a thread and add it to Active Threads and set it to state READY.
/// \param[in] thread_def thread definition referenced with \ref osThread.
/// \param[in] argument pointer that is passed to the thread function as start argument.
/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osThreadId osThreadCreate (const osThreadDef_t *thread_def, void *argument);
/// Return the thread ID of the current running thread.
/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osThreadId osThreadGetId (void);
#endif
/// Change priority of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] priority new priority value for the thread function.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId thread_id, osPriority priority);
#endif
/// Get current priority of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return current priority value of the specified thread.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osPriority osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId thread_id);
#endif
/// Pass control to next thread that is in state \b READY.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osThreadYield (void);
#endif
/// Terminate execution of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osThreadTerminate (osThreadId thread_id);
#endif
// ==== Signal Management ====
/// Set the specified Signal Flags of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] signals specifies the signal flags of the thread that should be set.
/// \return previous signal flags of the specified thread or 0x80000000 in case of incorrect parameters.
int32_t osSignalSet (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals);
/// Clear the specified Signal Flags of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] signals specifies the signal flags of the thread that shall be cleared.
/// \return previous signal flags of the specified thread or 0x80000000 in case of incorrect parameters or call from ISR.
int32_t osSignalClear (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals);
/// Wait for one or more Signal Flags to become signaled for the current \b RUNNING thread.
/// \param[in] signals wait until all specified signal flags set or 0 for any single signal flag.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return event flag information or error code.
os_InRegs osEvent osSignalWait (int32_t signals, uint32_t millisec);
// ==== Generic Wait Functions ====
/// Wait for Timeout (Time Delay).
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time delay" value
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osDelay (uint32_t millisec);
#endif
#if (defined (osFeature_Wait) && (osFeature_Wait != 0)) // Generic Wait available
/// Wait for Signal, Message, Mail, or Timeout.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return event that contains signal, message, or mail information or error code.
os_InRegs osEvent osWait (uint32_t millisec);
#endif // Generic Wait available
// ==== Timer Management Functions ====
/// Define a Timer object.
/// \param name name of the timer object.
/// \param function name of the timer call back function.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osTimerDef(name, function) \
extern const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osTimerDef(name, function) \
static StaticTimer_t os_timer_cb_##name; \
const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name = \
{ (function), { NULL, 0U, (&os_timer_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticTimer_t) } }
#endif
/// Access a Timer definition.
/// \param name name of the timer object.
#define osTimer(name) \
&os_timer_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_def timer object referenced with \ref osTimer.
/// \param[in] type osTimerOnce for one-shot or osTimerPeriodic for periodic behavior.
/// \param[in] argument argument to the timer call back function.
/// \return timer ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osTimerId osTimerCreate (const osTimerDef_t *timer_def, os_timer_type type, void *argument);
/// Start or restart a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time delay" value of the timer.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osTimerStart (osTimerId timer_id, uint32_t millisec);
#endif
/// Stop a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osTimerStop (osTimerId timer_id);
#endif
/// Delete a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osTimerDelete (osTimerId timer_id);
#endif
// ==== Mutex Management Functions ====
/// Define a Mutex.
/// \param name name of the mutex object.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osMutexDef(name) \
extern const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osMutexDef(name) \
static StaticSemaphore_t os_mutex_cb_##name; \
const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name = \
{ NULL, osMutexRecursive | osMutexPrioInherit, (&os_mutex_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticSemaphore_t) }
#endif
/// Access a Mutex definition.
/// \param name name of the mutex object.
#define osMutex(name) \
&os_mutex_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Mutex object.
/// \param[in] mutex_def mutex definition referenced with \ref osMutex.
/// \return mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osMutexId osMutexCreate (const osMutexDef_t *mutex_def);
/// Wait until a Mutex becomes available.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osMutexWait (osMutexId mutex_id, uint32_t millisec);
#else
#define osMutexWait osMutexAcquire
#endif
/// Release a Mutex that was obtained by \ref osMutexWait.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osMutexRelease (osMutexId mutex_id);
#endif
/// Delete a Mutex object.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osMutexDelete (osMutexId mutex_id);
#endif
// ==== Semaphore Management Functions ====
#if (defined (osFeature_Semaphore) && (osFeature_Semaphore != 0U)) // Semaphore available
/// Define a Semaphore object.
/// \param name name of the semaphore object.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \
extern const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \
static StaticSemaphore_t os_semaphore_cb_##name; \
const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name = \
{ NULL, 0U, (&os_semaphore_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticSemaphore_t) }
#endif
/// Access a Semaphore definition.
/// \param name name of the semaphore object.
#define osSemaphore(name) \
&os_semaphore_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Semaphore object.
/// \param[in] semaphore_def semaphore definition referenced with \ref osSemaphore.
/// \param[in] count maximum and initial number of available tokens.
/// \return semaphore ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osSemaphoreId osSemaphoreCreate (const osSemaphoreDef_t *semaphore_def, int32_t count);
/// Wait until a Semaphore token becomes available.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return number of available tokens, or -1 in case of incorrect parameters.
int32_t osSemaphoreWait (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Release a Semaphore token.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id);
#endif
/// Delete a Semaphore object.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
osStatus osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id);
#endif
#endif // Semaphore available
// ==== Memory Pool Management Functions ====
#if (defined(osFeature_Pool) && (osFeature_Pool != 0)) // Memory Pool available
/// \brief Define a Memory Pool.
/// \param name name of the memory pool.
/// \param no maximum number of blocks (objects) in the memory pool.
/// \param type data type of a single block (object).
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \
extern const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \
const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name = \
{ (no), sizeof(type), {NULL} }
#endif
/// \brief Access a Memory Pool definition.
/// \param name name of the memory pool
#define osPool(name) \
&os_pool_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Memory Pool object.
/// \param[in] pool_def memory pool definition referenced with \ref osPool.
/// \return memory pool ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osPoolId osPoolCreate (const osPoolDef_t *pool_def);
/// Allocate a memory block from a Memory Pool.
/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available.
void *osPoolAlloc (osPoolId pool_id);
/// Allocate a memory block from a Memory Pool and set memory block to zero.
/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available.
void *osPoolCAlloc (osPoolId pool_id);
/// Return an allocated memory block back to a Memory Pool.
/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
/// \param[in] block address of the allocated memory block to be returned to the memory pool.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus osPoolFree (osPoolId pool_id, void *block);
#endif // Memory Pool available
// ==== Message Queue Management Functions ====
#if (defined(osFeature_MessageQ) && (osFeature_MessageQ != 0)) // Message Queue available
/// \brief Create a Message Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue.
/// \param queue_sz maximum number of messages in the queue.
/// \param type data type of a single message element (for debugger).
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
extern const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
static StaticQueue_t os_mq_cb_##name; \
static uint32_t os_mq_data_##name[(queue_sz) * sizeof(type)]; \
const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name = \
{ (queue_sz), \
{ NULL, 0U, (&os_mq_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticQueue_t), \
(&os_mq_data_##name), sizeof(os_mq_data_##name) } }
#endif
/// \brief Access a Message Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue
#define osMessageQ(name) \
&os_messageQ_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Message Queue object.
/// \param[in] queue_def message queue definition referenced with \ref osMessageQ.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL.
/// \return message queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osMessageQId osMessageCreate (const osMessageQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id);
/// Put a Message to a Queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
/// \param[in] info message information.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus osMessagePut (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t info, uint32_t millisec);
/// Get a Message from a Queue or timeout if Queue is empty.
/// \param[in] queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return event information that includes status code.
os_InRegs osEvent osMessageGet (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
#endif // Message Queue available
// ==== Mail Queue Management Functions ====
#if (defined(osFeature_MailQ) && (osFeature_MailQ != 0)) // Mail Queue available
/// \brief Create a Mail Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue.
/// \param queue_sz maximum number of mails in the queue.
/// \param type data type of a single mail element.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
extern const osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
const osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name = \
{ (queue_sz), sizeof(type), NULL }
#endif
/// \brief Access a Mail Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue
#define osMailQ(name) \
&os_mailQ_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Mail Queue object.
/// \param[in] queue_def mail queue definition referenced with \ref osMailQ.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL.
/// \return mail queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osMailQId osMailCreate (const osMailQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id);
/// Allocate a memory block for mail from a mail memory pool.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error.
void *osMailAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Allocate a memory block for mail from a mail memory pool and set memory block to zero.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error.
void *osMailCAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Put a Mail into a Queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] mail pointer to memory with mail to put into a queue.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus osMailPut (osMailQId queue_id, const void *mail);
/// Get a Mail from a Queue or timeout if Queue is empty.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return event information that includes status code.
os_InRegs osEvent osMailGet (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Free a memory block by returning it to a mail memory pool.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] mail pointer to memory block that was obtained with \ref osMailGet.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus osMailFree (osMailQId queue_id, void *mail);
#endif // Mail Queue available
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // CMSIS_OS_H_

1924
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

734
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Portions Copyright © 2017 STMicroelectronics International N.V. All rights reserved.
* Portions Copyright (c) 2013-2017 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* Name: cmsis_os2.h
* Purpose: CMSIS RTOS2 wrapper for FreeRTOS
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef CMSIS_OS2_H_
#define CMSIS_OS2_H_
#ifndef __NO_RETURN
#if defined(__CC_ARM)
#define __NO_RETURN __declspec(noreturn)
#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
#define __NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#define __NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
#elif defined(__ICCARM__)
#define __NO_RETURN __noreturn
#else
#define __NO_RETURN
#endif
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
// ==== Enumerations, structures, defines ====
/// Version information.
typedef struct {
uint32_t api; ///< API version (major.minor.rev: mmnnnrrrr dec).
uint32_t kernel; ///< Kernel version (major.minor.rev: mmnnnrrrr dec).
} osVersion_t;
/// Kernel state.
typedef enum {
osKernelInactive = 0, ///< Inactive.
osKernelReady = 1, ///< Ready.
osKernelRunning = 2, ///< Running.
osKernelLocked = 3, ///< Locked.
osKernelSuspended = 4, ///< Suspended.
osKernelError = -1, ///< Error.
osKernelReserved = 0x7FFFFFFFU ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
} osKernelState_t;
/// Thread state.
typedef enum {
osThreadInactive = 0, ///< Inactive.
osThreadReady = 1, ///< Ready.
osThreadRunning = 2, ///< Running.
osThreadBlocked = 3, ///< Blocked.
osThreadTerminated = 4, ///< Terminated.
osThreadError = -1, ///< Error.
osThreadReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
} osThreadState_t;
/// Priority values.
typedef enum {
osPriorityNone = 0, ///< No priority (not initialized).
osPriorityIdle = 1, ///< Reserved for Idle thread.
osPriorityLow = 8, ///< Priority: low
osPriorityLow1 = 8+1, ///< Priority: low + 1
osPriorityLow2 = 8+2, ///< Priority: low + 2
osPriorityLow3 = 8+3, ///< Priority: low + 3
osPriorityLow4 = 8+4, ///< Priority: low + 4
osPriorityLow5 = 8+5, ///< Priority: low + 5
osPriorityLow6 = 8+6, ///< Priority: low + 6
osPriorityLow7 = 8+7, ///< Priority: low + 7
osPriorityBelowNormal = 16, ///< Priority: below normal
osPriorityBelowNormal1 = 16+1, ///< Priority: below normal + 1
osPriorityBelowNormal2 = 16+2, ///< Priority: below normal + 2
osPriorityBelowNormal3 = 16+3, ///< Priority: below normal + 3
osPriorityBelowNormal4 = 16+4, ///< Priority: below normal + 4
osPriorityBelowNormal5 = 16+5, ///< Priority: below normal + 5
osPriorityBelowNormal6 = 16+6, ///< Priority: below normal + 6
osPriorityBelowNormal7 = 16+7, ///< Priority: below normal + 7
osPriorityNormal = 24, ///< Priority: normal
osPriorityNormal1 = 24+1, ///< Priority: normal + 1
osPriorityNormal2 = 24+2, ///< Priority: normal + 2
osPriorityNormal3 = 24+3, ///< Priority: normal + 3
osPriorityNormal4 = 24+4, ///< Priority: normal + 4
osPriorityNormal5 = 24+5, ///< Priority: normal + 5
osPriorityNormal6 = 24+6, ///< Priority: normal + 6
osPriorityNormal7 = 24+7, ///< Priority: normal + 7
osPriorityAboveNormal = 32, ///< Priority: above normal
osPriorityAboveNormal1 = 32+1, ///< Priority: above normal + 1
osPriorityAboveNormal2 = 32+2, ///< Priority: above normal + 2
osPriorityAboveNormal3 = 32+3, ///< Priority: above normal + 3
osPriorityAboveNormal4 = 32+4, ///< Priority: above normal + 4
osPriorityAboveNormal5 = 32+5, ///< Priority: above normal + 5
osPriorityAboveNormal6 = 32+6, ///< Priority: above normal + 6
osPriorityAboveNormal7 = 32+7, ///< Priority: above normal + 7
osPriorityHigh = 40, ///< Priority: high
osPriorityHigh1 = 40+1, ///< Priority: high + 1
osPriorityHigh2 = 40+2, ///< Priority: high + 2
osPriorityHigh3 = 40+3, ///< Priority: high + 3
osPriorityHigh4 = 40+4, ///< Priority: high + 4
osPriorityHigh5 = 40+5, ///< Priority: high + 5
osPriorityHigh6 = 40+6, ///< Priority: high + 6
osPriorityHigh7 = 40+7, ///< Priority: high + 7
osPriorityRealtime = 48, ///< Priority: realtime
osPriorityRealtime1 = 48+1, ///< Priority: realtime + 1
osPriorityRealtime2 = 48+2, ///< Priority: realtime + 2
osPriorityRealtime3 = 48+3, ///< Priority: realtime + 3
osPriorityRealtime4 = 48+4, ///< Priority: realtime + 4
osPriorityRealtime5 = 48+5, ///< Priority: realtime + 5
osPriorityRealtime6 = 48+6, ///< Priority: realtime + 6
osPriorityRealtime7 = 48+7, ///< Priority: realtime + 7
osPriorityISR = 56, ///< Reserved for ISR deferred thread.
osPriorityError = -1, ///< System cannot determine priority or illegal priority.
osPriorityReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
} osPriority_t;
/// Entry point of a thread.
typedef void (*osThreadFunc_t) (void *argument);
/// Timer callback function.
typedef void (*osTimerFunc_t) (void *argument);
/// Timer type.
typedef enum {
osTimerOnce = 0, ///< One-shot timer.
osTimerPeriodic = 1 ///< Repeating timer.
} osTimerType_t;
// Timeout value.
#define osWaitForever 0xFFFFFFFFU ///< Wait forever timeout value.
// Flags options (\ref osThreadFlagsWait and \ref osEventFlagsWait).
#define osFlagsWaitAny 0x00000000U ///< Wait for any flag (default).
#define osFlagsWaitAll 0x00000001U ///< Wait for all flags.
#define osFlagsNoClear 0x00000002U ///< Do not clear flags which have been specified to wait for.
// Flags errors (returned by osThreadFlagsXxxx and osEventFlagsXxxx).
#define osFlagsError 0x80000000U ///< Error indicator.
#define osFlagsErrorUnknown 0xFFFFFFFFU ///< osError (-1).
#define osFlagsErrorTimeout 0xFFFFFFFEU ///< osErrorTimeout (-2).
#define osFlagsErrorResource 0xFFFFFFFDU ///< osErrorResource (-3).
#define osFlagsErrorParameter 0xFFFFFFFCU ///< osErrorParameter (-4).
#define osFlagsErrorISR 0xFFFFFFFAU ///< osErrorISR (-6).
// Thread attributes (attr_bits in \ref osThreadAttr_t).
#define osThreadDetached 0x00000000U ///< Thread created in detached mode (default)
#define osThreadJoinable 0x00000001U ///< Thread created in joinable mode
// Mutex attributes (attr_bits in \ref osMutexAttr_t).
#define osMutexRecursive 0x00000001U ///< Recursive mutex.
#define osMutexPrioInherit 0x00000002U ///< Priority inherit protocol.
#define osMutexRobust 0x00000008U ///< Robust mutex.
/// Status code values returned by CMSIS-RTOS functions.
typedef enum {
osOK = 0, ///< Operation completed successfully.
osError = -1, ///< Unspecified RTOS error: run-time error but no other error message fits.
osErrorTimeout = -2, ///< Operation not completed within the timeout period.
osErrorResource = -3, ///< Resource not available.
osErrorParameter = -4, ///< Parameter error.
osErrorNoMemory = -5, ///< System is out of memory: it was impossible to allocate or reserve memory for the operation.
osErrorISR = -6, ///< Not allowed in ISR context: the function cannot be called from interrupt service routines.
osStatusReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
} osStatus_t;
/// \details Thread ID identifies the thread.
typedef void *osThreadId_t;
/// \details Timer ID identifies the timer.
typedef void *osTimerId_t;
/// \details Event Flags ID identifies the event flags.
typedef void *osEventFlagsId_t;
/// \details Mutex ID identifies the mutex.
typedef void *osMutexId_t;
/// \details Semaphore ID identifies the semaphore.
typedef void *osSemaphoreId_t;
/// \details Memory Pool ID identifies the memory pool.
typedef void *osMemoryPoolId_t;
/// \details Message Queue ID identifies the message queue.
typedef void *osMessageQueueId_t;
#ifndef TZ_MODULEID_T
#define TZ_MODULEID_T
/// \details Data type that identifies secure software modules called by a process.
typedef uint32_t TZ_ModuleId_t;
#endif
/// Attributes structure for thread.
typedef struct {
const char *name; ///< name of the thread
uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits
void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block
uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block
void *stack_mem; ///< memory for stack
uint32_t stack_size; ///< size of stack
osPriority_t priority; ///< initial thread priority (default: osPriorityNormal)
TZ_ModuleId_t tz_module; ///< TrustZone module identifier
uint32_t reserved; ///< reserved (must be 0)
} osThreadAttr_t;
/// Attributes structure for timer.
typedef struct {
const char *name; ///< name of the timer
uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits
void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block
uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block
} osTimerAttr_t;
/// Attributes structure for event flags.
typedef struct {
const char *name; ///< name of the event flags
uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits
void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block
uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block
} osEventFlagsAttr_t;
/// Attributes structure for mutex.
typedef struct {
const char *name; ///< name of the mutex
uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits
void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block
uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block
} osMutexAttr_t;
/// Attributes structure for semaphore.
typedef struct {
const char *name; ///< name of the semaphore
uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits
void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block
uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block
} osSemaphoreAttr_t;
/// Attributes structure for memory pool.
typedef struct {
const char *name; ///< name of the memory pool
uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits
void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block
uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block
void *mp_mem; ///< memory for data storage
uint32_t mp_size; ///< size of provided memory for data storage
} osMemoryPoolAttr_t;
/// Attributes structure for message queue.
typedef struct {
const char *name; ///< name of the message queue
uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits
void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block
uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block
void *mq_mem; ///< memory for data storage
uint32_t mq_size; ///< size of provided memory for data storage
} osMessageQueueAttr_t;
// ==== Kernel Management Functions ====
/// Initialize the RTOS Kernel.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osKernelInitialize (void);
/// Get RTOS Kernel Information.
/// \param[out] version pointer to buffer for retrieving version information.
/// \param[out] id_buf pointer to buffer for retrieving kernel identification string.
/// \param[in] id_size size of buffer for kernel identification string.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osKernelGetInfo (osVersion_t *version, char *id_buf, uint32_t id_size);
/// Get the current RTOS Kernel state.
/// \return current RTOS Kernel state.
osKernelState_t osKernelGetState (void);
/// Start the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osKernelStart (void);
/// Lock the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
/// \return previous lock state (1 - locked, 0 - not locked, error code if negative).
int32_t osKernelLock (void);
/// Unlock the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
/// \return previous lock state (1 - locked, 0 - not locked, error code if negative).
int32_t osKernelUnlock (void);
/// Restore the RTOS Kernel scheduler lock state.
/// \param[in] lock lock state obtained by \ref osKernelLock or \ref osKernelUnlock.
/// \return new lock state (1 - locked, 0 - not locked, error code if negative).
int32_t osKernelRestoreLock (int32_t lock);
/// Suspend the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
/// \return time in ticks, for how long the system can sleep or power-down.
uint32_t osKernelSuspend (void);
/// Resume the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
/// \param[in] sleep_ticks time in ticks for how long the system was in sleep or power-down mode.
void osKernelResume (uint32_t sleep_ticks);
/// Get the RTOS kernel tick count.
/// \return RTOS kernel current tick count.
uint32_t osKernelGetTickCount (void);
/// Get the RTOS kernel tick frequency.
/// \return frequency of the kernel tick in hertz, i.e. kernel ticks per second.
uint32_t osKernelGetTickFreq (void);
/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer count.
/// \return RTOS kernel current system timer count as 32-bit value.
uint32_t osKernelGetSysTimerCount (void);
/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer frequency.
/// \return frequency of the system timer in hertz, i.e. timer ticks per second.
uint32_t osKernelGetSysTimerFreq (void);
// ==== Thread Management Functions ====
/// Create a thread and add it to Active Threads.
/// \param[in] func thread function.
/// \param[in] argument pointer that is passed to the thread function as start argument.
/// \param[in] attr thread attributes; NULL: default values.
/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osThreadId_t osThreadNew (osThreadFunc_t func, void *argument, const osThreadAttr_t *attr);
/// Get name of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
const char *osThreadGetName (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Return the thread ID of the current running thread.
/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osThreadId_t osThreadGetId (void);
/// Get current thread state of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return current thread state of the specified thread.
osThreadState_t osThreadGetState (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Get stack size of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return stack size in bytes.
uint32_t osThreadGetStackSize (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Get available stack space of a thread based on stack watermark recording during execution.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return remaining stack space in bytes.
uint32_t osThreadGetStackSpace (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Change priority of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] priority new priority value for the thread function.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id, osPriority_t priority);
/// Get current priority of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return current priority value of the specified thread.
osPriority_t osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Pass control to next thread that is in state \b READY.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osThreadYield (void);
/// Suspend execution of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osThreadSuspend (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Resume execution of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osThreadResume (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Detach a thread (thread storage can be reclaimed when thread terminates).
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osThreadDetach (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Wait for specified thread to terminate.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osThreadJoin (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Terminate execution of current running thread.
__NO_RETURN void osThreadExit (void);
/// Terminate execution of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osThreadTerminate (osThreadId_t thread_id);
/// Get number of active threads.
/// \return number of active threads.
uint32_t osThreadGetCount (void);
/// Enumerate active threads.
/// \param[out] thread_array pointer to array for retrieving thread IDs.
/// \param[in] array_items maximum number of items in array for retrieving thread IDs.
/// \return number of enumerated threads.
uint32_t osThreadEnumerate (osThreadId_t *thread_array, uint32_t array_items);
// ==== Thread Flags Functions ====
/// Set the specified Thread Flags of a thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags of the thread that shall be set.
/// \return thread flags after setting or error code if highest bit set.
uint32_t osThreadFlagsSet (osThreadId_t thread_id, uint32_t flags);
/// Clear the specified Thread Flags of current running thread.
/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags of the thread that shall be cleared.
/// \return thread flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set.
uint32_t osThreadFlagsClear (uint32_t flags);
/// Get the current Thread Flags of current running thread.
/// \return current thread flags.
uint32_t osThreadFlagsGet (void);
/// Wait for one or more Thread Flags of the current running thread to become signaled.
/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags to wait for.
/// \param[in] options specifies flags options (osFlagsXxxx).
/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return thread flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set.
uint32_t osThreadFlagsWait (uint32_t flags, uint32_t options, uint32_t timeout);
// ==== Generic Wait Functions ====
/// Wait for Timeout (Time Delay).
/// \param[in] ticks \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time ticks" value
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osDelay (uint32_t ticks);
/// Wait until specified time.
/// \param[in] ticks absolute time in ticks
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osDelayUntil (uint32_t ticks);
// ==== Timer Management Functions ====
/// Create and Initialize a timer.
/// \param[in] func function pointer to callback function.
/// \param[in] type \ref osTimerOnce for one-shot or \ref osTimerPeriodic for periodic behavior.
/// \param[in] argument argument to the timer callback function.
/// \param[in] attr timer attributes; NULL: default values.
/// \return timer ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osTimerId_t osTimerNew (osTimerFunc_t func, osTimerType_t type, void *argument, const osTimerAttr_t *attr);
/// Get name of a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
const char *osTimerGetName (osTimerId_t timer_id);
/// Start or restart a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
/// \param[in] ticks \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time ticks" value of the timer.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osTimerStart (osTimerId_t timer_id, uint32_t ticks);
/// Stop a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osTimerStop (osTimerId_t timer_id);
/// Check if a timer is running.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
/// \return 0 not running, 1 running.
uint32_t osTimerIsRunning (osTimerId_t timer_id);
/// Delete a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osTimerDelete (osTimerId_t timer_id);
// ==== Event Flags Management Functions ====
/// Create and Initialize an Event Flags object.
/// \param[in] attr event flags attributes; NULL: default values.
/// \return event flags ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osEventFlagsId_t osEventFlagsNew (const osEventFlagsAttr_t *attr);
/// Get name of an Event Flags object.
/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
const char *osEventFlagsGetName (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id);
/// Set the specified Event Flags.
/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags that shall be set.
/// \return event flags after setting or error code if highest bit set.
uint32_t osEventFlagsSet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags);
/// Clear the specified Event Flags.
/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags that shall be cleared.
/// \return event flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set.
uint32_t osEventFlagsClear (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags);
/// Get the current Event Flags.
/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
/// \return current event flags.
uint32_t osEventFlagsGet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id);
/// Wait for one or more Event Flags to become signaled.
/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags to wait for.
/// \param[in] options specifies flags options (osFlagsXxxx).
/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return event flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set.
uint32_t osEventFlagsWait (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags, uint32_t options, uint32_t timeout);
/// Delete an Event Flags object.
/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osEventFlagsDelete (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id);
// ==== Mutex Management Functions ====
/// Create and Initialize a Mutex object.
/// \param[in] attr mutex attributes; NULL: default values.
/// \return mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osMutexId_t osMutexNew (const osMutexAttr_t *attr);
/// Get name of a Mutex object.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
const char *osMutexGetName (osMutexId_t mutex_id);
/// Acquire a Mutex or timeout if it is locked.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osMutexAcquire (osMutexId_t mutex_id, uint32_t timeout);
/// Release a Mutex that was acquired by \ref osMutexAcquire.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osMutexRelease (osMutexId_t mutex_id);
/// Get Thread which owns a Mutex object.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
/// \return thread ID of owner thread or NULL when mutex was not acquired.
osThreadId_t osMutexGetOwner (osMutexId_t mutex_id);
/// Delete a Mutex object.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osMutexDelete (osMutexId_t mutex_id);
// ==== Semaphore Management Functions ====
/// Create and Initialize a Semaphore object.
/// \param[in] max_count maximum number of available tokens.
/// \param[in] initial_count initial number of available tokens.
/// \param[in] attr semaphore attributes; NULL: default values.
/// \return semaphore ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osSemaphoreId_t osSemaphoreNew (uint32_t max_count, uint32_t initial_count, const osSemaphoreAttr_t *attr);
/// Get name of a Semaphore object.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
const char *osSemaphoreGetName (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id);
/// Acquire a Semaphore token or timeout if no tokens are available.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osSemaphoreAcquire (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id, uint32_t timeout);
/// Release a Semaphore token up to the initial maximum count.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id);
/// Get current Semaphore token count.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
/// \return number of tokens available.
uint32_t osSemaphoreGetCount (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id);
/// Delete a Semaphore object.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id);
// ==== Memory Pool Management Functions ====
/// Create and Initialize a Memory Pool object.
/// \param[in] block_count maximum number of memory blocks in memory pool.
/// \param[in] block_size memory block size in bytes.
/// \param[in] attr memory pool attributes; NULL: default values.
/// \return memory pool ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osMemoryPoolId_t osMemoryPoolNew (uint32_t block_count, uint32_t block_size, const osMemoryPoolAttr_t *attr);
/// Get name of a Memory Pool object.
/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
const char *osMemoryPoolGetName (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
/// Allocate a memory block from a Memory Pool.
/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory is available.
void *osMemoryPoolAlloc (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id, uint32_t timeout);
/// Return an allocated memory block back to a Memory Pool.
/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
/// \param[in] block address of the allocated memory block to be returned to the memory pool.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osMemoryPoolFree (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id, void *block);
/// Get maximum number of memory blocks in a Memory Pool.
/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
/// \return maximum number of memory blocks.
uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetCapacity (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
/// Get memory block size in a Memory Pool.
/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
/// \return memory block size in bytes.
uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetBlockSize (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
/// Get number of memory blocks used in a Memory Pool.
/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
/// \return number of memory blocks used.
uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetCount (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
/// Get number of memory blocks available in a Memory Pool.
/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
/// \return number of memory blocks available.
uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetSpace (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
/// Delete a Memory Pool object.
/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osMemoryPoolDelete (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
// ==== Message Queue Management Functions ====
/// Create and Initialize a Message Queue object.
/// \param[in] msg_count maximum number of messages in queue.
/// \param[in] msg_size maximum message size in bytes.
/// \param[in] attr message queue attributes; NULL: default values.
/// \return message queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
osMessageQueueId_t osMessageQueueNew (uint32_t msg_count, uint32_t msg_size, const osMessageQueueAttr_t *attr);
/// Get name of a Message Queue object.
/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
const char *osMessageQueueGetName (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
/// Put a Message into a Queue or timeout if Queue is full.
/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
/// \param[in] msg_ptr pointer to buffer with message to put into a queue.
/// \param[in] msg_prio message priority.
/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osMessageQueuePut (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, const void *msg_ptr, uint8_t msg_prio, uint32_t timeout);
/// Get a Message from a Queue or timeout if Queue is empty.
/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
/// \param[out] msg_ptr pointer to buffer for message to get from a queue.
/// \param[out] msg_prio pointer to buffer for message priority or NULL.
/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osMessageQueueGet (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, void *msg_ptr, uint8_t *msg_prio, uint32_t timeout);
/// Get maximum number of messages in a Message Queue.
/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
/// \return maximum number of messages.
uint32_t osMessageQueueGetCapacity (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
/// Get maximum message size in a Memory Pool.
/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
/// \return maximum message size in bytes.
uint32_t osMessageQueueGetMsgSize (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
/// Get number of queued messages in a Message Queue.
/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
/// \return number of queued messages.
uint32_t osMessageQueueGetCount (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
/// Get number of available slots for messages in a Message Queue.
/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
/// \return number of available slots for messages.
uint32_t osMessageQueueGetSpace (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
/// Reset a Message Queue to initial empty state.
/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osMessageQueueReset (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
/// Delete a Message Queue object.
/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus_t osMessageQueueDelete (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // CMSIS_OS2_H_

353
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
{ \
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
}
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
return;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */

753
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
item value. It is important they don't clash with the
taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U
#else
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL
#endif
typedef struct EventGroupDef_t
{
EventBits_t uxEventBits;
List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
#endif
#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
#endif
} EventGroup_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
* The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is
* pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
* wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
* in uxCurrentEventBits.
*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
/* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
event group structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
this event group was created statically in case the event group
is later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
/* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with
pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time
allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
return pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
/* Allocate the event group. Justification for MISRA deviation as
follows: pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are
aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack. In this case
pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you
follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type
(EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself). Therefore, whenever the
stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the
TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe. In other cases,
where the natural word size of the architecture is less than
sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two
or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that
of each individual read. */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */
}
return pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
/* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared
already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
xTicksToWait = 0;
}
else
{
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
assignment is omitted. */
uxReturn = 0;
}
else
{
/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
specified - just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case
then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
returned. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
{
/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
block. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
specified, so just return the current value. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
unblock the task. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
being returned without being set if it is not done. */
uxReturn = 0;
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
{
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
cleared. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Clear the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
return uxReturn;
} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
{
ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
List_t const * pxList;
EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
/* Set the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
{
pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
{
/* All bits are set. */
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
}
if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
{
/* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
item before removing the task from the event list. The
eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
than because it timed out. */
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
/* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
pxListItem = pxNext;
}
/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
bit was set in the control word. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
{
/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
it again. */
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
{
/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
{
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
{
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
{
( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
{
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
{
/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
set. Is one already set? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
Are they set already? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
return xWaitConditionMet;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t xReturn;
EventGroup_t const *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
if( xEventGroup == NULL )
{
xReturn = 0;
}
else
{
xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
{
( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

1278
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

133
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
#endif
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

720
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
#endif
#include "list.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t );
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
{
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex
);</pre>
*
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
* ready to run.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
* documentation for more information.
*
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
* the co-routine will run.
*
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
*
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
// an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
// the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
// LED to flash and how int32_t to delay. This assumes xQueue has
// already been created.
vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}
// Function that creates two co-routines.
void vOtherFunction( void )
{
uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
TaskHandle_t xHandle;
// Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
// so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
// is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
{
xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex );
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
*
* Run a co-routine.
*
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
*
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
* hook).
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
// The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
// Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
// execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
// infinite loop.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
for( ;; )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crEND();</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crEND() }
/*
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
*/
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );</pre>
*
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
*
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
// We are to delay for 200ms.
static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Delay for 200ms.
crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
// Do something here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
{ \
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
} \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
/**
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
* itself.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
* below).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
// a queue.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
static BaseType_t xResult;
// Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This assumes the queue has already been created.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult != pdPASS )
{
// The message was not posted!
}
// Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
xNumberToPost++;
// Delay for 100 ticks.
crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
}
// Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
// blocks on the queue until the number is received.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xResult;
static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue.
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// We received the LED to flash - flash it!
vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
}
}
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
* the value returned from the previous call.
*
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
* the ISR.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
// queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
// Was a character received?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// Process the character here.
}
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
// a co-routine.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
// We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
{
// Obtain the character from the UART.
cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
// Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
// the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
// to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
// In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
// blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
// many characters are posted to the queue.
xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
* posted to the queue).
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
* pvBuffer.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
* pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
// period. The character is incremented each time.
static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
// be declared static.
static char cCharToTx = 'a';
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Send the next character to the queue.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The character was successfully posted to the queue.
}
else
{
// Could not post the character to the queue.
}
// Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
// hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
// from the queue and send it.
ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
// Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
// cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
// declared static.
cCharToTx++;
if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
{
cCharToTx = 'a';
}
crDELAY( 100 );
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cCharToTx;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
{
// Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
// xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
// is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
// woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
{
SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
}
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
* writers.
*
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
* appropriate delayed list.
*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList );
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
* The function should not be used by application writers.
*
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
* the pending ready list.
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

279
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
projects should not use them. */
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _FEDPICC
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_H8S
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef TERN_EE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
#ifdef __CORE__
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __91467D
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __96340
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */

757
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
#endif
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "timers.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
* meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey
* the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
* message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
* application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
* network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
* CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events
* are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
* bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus
* example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
* not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
* active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
* which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
* send a SYNC).
*
* The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
* conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
* variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect
* to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*
* \defgroup EventGroup
*/
/**
* event_groups.h
*
* Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to
* xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
* be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
*
* \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
struct EventGroupDef_t;
typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
</pre>
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
// Attempt to create the event group.
xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
// Was the event group created successfully?
if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
{
// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
// FreeRTOS heap available.
}
else
{
// The event group was created.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
* StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
* structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
// size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure. It is
// provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
// group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
// settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
// real event group internals. This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
// into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
// the event group's data structures
StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
// Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
</pre>
*/
#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
* uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
* returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to
* pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
*
* @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
* xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to
* pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
* in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block
* time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
* then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
// the event group. Clear the bits before exiting.
uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being tested.
BIT_0 | BIT_4, // The bits within the event group to wait for.
pdTRUE, // BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
pdFALSE, // Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
xTicksToWait ); // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
}
else
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
</pre>
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
* in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
* 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
// called. Both will now be clear (not set).
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
* while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
* from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As
* a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
* routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
* For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The message was posted successfully.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
* xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value
* might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First,
* if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
* blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
* (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any
* unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
* the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set. It might be that a task
// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
* interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
* context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
* critical section.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
* will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the
* priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
* currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
* requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the
* example code below.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 // The bits being set.
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Was the message posted successfully?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
// switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
* used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
* tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
*
* This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
* by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
* if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
* parameter are set.
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
* set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Bits used by the three tasks.
#define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
#define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
#define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
#define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
// Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
// group has already been created elsewhere.
EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
{
EventBits_t uxReturn;
TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// sync point. The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
// by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait a maximum of 100ms
// for this to happen.
uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
{
// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
}
}
}
void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void* xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */

412
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h
#endif
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST;
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

799
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,799 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers.
* Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one
* task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable
* length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another. Their
* implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt
* to task and core to core communication scenarios.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* timeout to 0.
*
* Message buffers hold variable length messages. To enable that, when a
* message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes
* are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with
* the API function). sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit
* architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer
* by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length
* of the message).
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */
#include "stream_buffer.h"
#if defined( __cplusplus )
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Type by which message buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
* etc.
*/
typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
</pre>
*
* Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
* memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
*
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message
* buffer will be able to hold at any one time. When a message is written to
* the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to
* store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a
* 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
* take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the message buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
* returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully -
* the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message
* buffer.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( void )
{
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
// Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
// both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
// dynamically. Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
// bytes which are used to hold the lengh of the message.
xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
{
// There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
// message buffer.
}
else
{
// The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
</pre>
* Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
* pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter. When a message is written to the
* message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store
* the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up
* 14 bytes of message buffer space. The maximum number of bytes that can be
* stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
*
* @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big. This is the array to which messages are
* copied when they are written to the message buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages. The available space
// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
// Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
// buffer.
static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
// The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
void MyFunction( void )
{
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
ucBufferStorage,
&xMessageBufferStruct );
// As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
// parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
// reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
// Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, 0, pdTRUE, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
<pre>
*
* Sends a discrete message to the message buffer. The message can be any
* length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
* buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
* in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
* message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
* xMessageBufferSend() is called. The calling task will never block if
* xTicksToWait is zero. The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
* absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The macro
* pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
* a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
* the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer. If the call to
* xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
* message into the message buffer then zero is returned. If the call did not
* time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
// Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
// wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
{
// The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
// space in the buffer for the data to be written.
}
// Send the string to the message buffer. Return immediately if there is
// not enough space in the buffer.
xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
// not enough free space in the buffer.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferSend( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
<pre>
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
* the message buffer. The message can be any length that fits within the
* buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for data. Calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
* was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
* task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
* will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE. If
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. This will
* ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
* state task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
* is passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer. If the
* message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
* then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A message buffer that has already been created.
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
( void * ) pcStringToSend,
strlen( pcStringToSend ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
// not enough free space in the buffer.
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Receives a discrete message from a message buffer. Messages can be of
* variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
* xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
* the message buffer is empty. The block time is specified in tick periods, so
* the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The
* macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
* into a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
* cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any. If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
* then zero is returned. If the length of the message is greater than
* xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
* zero is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
// Receive the next message from the message buffer. Wait in the Blocked
// state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
// a message to become available.
xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
xBlockTime );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
// the message here....
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferReceive( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
* message from a message buffer. Messages can be of variable length and are
* copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available. Calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
* that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
* the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
* (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
* If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. That will
* ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
* task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
* passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A message buffer that has already been created.
MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Receive the next message from the message buffer.
xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
// the message here....
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic(). If the message
* buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
* then the allocated memory is freed.
*
* A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
* deleted.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
*
*/
#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) vStreamBufferDelete( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is full. A message buffer is full if it
* cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
* by a message being removed from the message buffer.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsFull( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsEmpty( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
* contained.
*
* A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned. If the
* message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
* the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
* a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferReset( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
* Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
* the message buffer would be full. When a message is written to the message
* buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
* message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
* of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
* Returns the length (in bytes) of the next message in a message buffer.
* Useful if xMessageBufferReceive() returned 0 because the size of the buffer
* passed into xMessageBufferReceive() was too small to hold the next message.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return The length (in bytes) of the next message in the message buffer, or 0
* if the message buffer is empty.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task that
* was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
* the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
* from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
* thing. It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
* version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
* written.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task
* that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
* then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
* remove it from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
* does the same thing. It is provided to enable application writers to
* implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
* ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
* read.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
#if defined( __cplusplus )
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */

157
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
* equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
* header files. This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
* which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
* so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
*/
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint16_t usStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */

186
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*
* Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
* "MPU_". This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
* version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
* then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define xTaskCreateRestricted MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
#define xTaskAbortDelay MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskGetInfo MPU_vTaskGetInfo
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName
#define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define xTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_xTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskNotifyWait MPU_xTaskNotifyWait
#define ulTaskNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake
#define xTaskNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueReceive MPU_xQueueReceive
#define xQueuePeek MPU_xQueuePeek
#define xQueueSemaphoreTake MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#if( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#define pcQueueGetName MPU_pcQueueGetName
#endif
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define xTimerCreateStatic MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerPendFunctionCall MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
#define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
#define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
#define xTimerGenericCommand MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupCreateStatic MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
equivalents. */
#define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend
#define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
#define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
#define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
#define xStreamBufferReset MPU_xStreamBufferReset
#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
(useful when using statically allocated objects). */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__((section( "freertos_system_calls")))
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

181
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
#endif
#ifndef portARCH_NAME
#define portARCH_NAME NULL
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#else
#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#endif
/* Used by heap_5.c. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

124
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be
overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#else
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

1655
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1140
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

129
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

855
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,855 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* Stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one task or
* interrupt to another. Their implementation is light weight, making them
* particularly suited for interrupt to task and core to core communication
* scenarios.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferRead()) inside a critical section section and set the
* receive block time to 0.
*
*/
#ifndef STREAM_BUFFER_H
#define STREAM_BUFFER_H
#if defined( __cplusplus )
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Type by which stream buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xStreamBufferCreate() returns an StreamBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xStreamBufferSend(), xStreamBufferReceive(),
* etc.
*/
struct StreamBufferDef_t;
typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes );
</pre>
*
* Creates a new stream buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
* memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
*
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h for xStreamBufferCreate() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes the stream buffer will be
* able to hold at any one time.
*
* @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
* buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
* moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is blocked on a read
* of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
* unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
* time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
* stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
* unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
* block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires before the
* trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
* are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
* trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger level
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the stream buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the stream buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
* returned indicates that the stream buffer has been created successfully -
* the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created stream
* buffer.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( void )
{
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
const size_t xStreamBufferSizeBytes = 100, xTriggerLevel = 10;
// Create a stream buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
// both the stream buffer structure and the data in the stream buffer is
// allocated dynamically.
xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreate( xStreamBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevel );
if( xStreamBuffer == NULL )
{
// There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
// stream buffer.
}
else
{
// The stream buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreate xStreamBufferCreate
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE )
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
uint8_t *pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t *pxStaticStreamBuffer );
</pre>
* Creates a new stream buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xStreamBufferCreateStatic() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
* pucStreamBufferStorageArea parameter.
*
* @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
* buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
* moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is blocked on a read
* of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
* unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
* time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
* stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
* unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
* block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires before the
* trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
* are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
* trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger level
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @param pucStreamBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big. This is the array to which streams are
* copied when they are written to the stream buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticStreamBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticStreamBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the stream buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created stream buffer is returned. If either pucStreamBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticstreamBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// Used to dimension the array used to hold the streams. The available space
// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
// Defines the memory that will actually hold the streams within the stream
// buffer.
static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
// The variable used to hold the stream buffer structure.
StaticStreamBuffer_t xStreamBufferStruct;
void MyFunction( void )
{
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
const size_t xTriggerLevel = 1;
xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
xTriggerLevel,
ucBufferStorage,
&xStreamBufferStruct );
// As neither the pucStreamBufferStorageArea or pxStaticStreamBuffer
// parameters were NULL, xStreamBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
// reference the created stream buffer in other stream buffer API calls.
// Other code that uses the stream buffer can go here.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreateStatic xStreamBufferCreateStatic
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xStreamBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer )
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Sends bytes to a stream buffer. The bytes are copied into the stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the buffer that holds the bytes to be copied
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the stream
* buffer, should the stream buffer contain too little space to hold the
* another xDataLengthBytes bytes. The block time is specified in tick periods,
* so the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The
* macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
* into a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
* cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If a task times out
* before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still write
* as many bytes as possible. A task does not use any CPU time when it is in
* the blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes written to the stream buffer. If a task times
* out before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still
* write as many bytes as possible.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
// Send an array to the stream buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
// wait for enough space to be available in the stream buffer.
xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
{
// The call to xStreamBufferSend() times out before there was enough
// space in the buffer for the data to be written, but it did
// successfully write xBytesSent bytes.
}
// Send the string to the stream buffer. Return immediately if there is not
// enough space in the buffer.
xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// The entire string could not be added to the stream buffer because
// there was not enough free space in the buffer, but xBytesSent bytes
// were sent. Could try again to send the remaining bytes.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSend xStreamBufferSend
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a stream of bytes to
* the stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the data that is to be copied into the stream
* buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a stream buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for data. Calling
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
* was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
* task that was interrupted), then, internally, xStreamBufferSendFromISR()
* will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE. If
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. This will
* ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
* state task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
* is passed into the function. See the example code below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually written to the stream buffer, which will
* be less than xDataLengthBytes if the stream buffer didn't have enough free
* space for all the bytes to be written.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A stream buffer that has already been created.
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Attempt to send the string to the stream buffer.
xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSendFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
( void * ) pcStringToSend,
strlen( pcStringToSend ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// There was not enough free space in the stream buffer for the entire
// string to be written, ut xBytesSent bytes were written.
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xStreamBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendFromISR xStreamBufferSendFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Receives bytes from a stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read from a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a stream buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which bytes are to
* be received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes will be
* copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
* pvRxData parameter. This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
* call. xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
* maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for data to become available if the stream buffer is
* empty. xStreamBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is
* zero. The block time is specified in tick periods, so the absolute time it
* represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can
* be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into a time specified in
* ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause the task to wait
* indefinitely (without timing out), provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1
* in FreeRTOSConfig.h. A task does not use any CPU time when it is in the
* Blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually read from the stream buffer, which will
* be less than xBufferLengthBytes if the call to xStreamBufferReceive() timed
* out before xBufferLengthBytes were available.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
// Receive up to another sizeof( ucRxData ) bytes from the stream buffer.
// Wait in the Blocked state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a
// maximum of 100ms for the full sizeof( ucRxData ) number of bytes to be
// available.
xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceive( xStreamBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
xBlockTime );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// A ucRxData contains another xRecievedBytes bytes of data, which can
// be processed here....
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceive xStreamBufferReceive
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives bytes from a
* stream buffer.
*
* Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read bytes from a stream buffer from a task.
* Use xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read bytes from a stream buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which a stream
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes are
* copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
* pvRxData parameter. This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
* call. xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
* maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a stream buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available. Calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
* that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
* the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
* (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
* If xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. That will
* ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
* task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
* passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes read from the stream buffer, if any.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A stream buffer that has already been created.
StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Receive the next stream from the stream buffer.
xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// ucRxData contains xReceivedBytes read from the stream buffer.
// Process the stream here....
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Deletes a stream buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xStreamBufferCreate() or xStreamBufferCreateStatic(). If the stream
* buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xStreamBufferCreate()),
* then the allocated memory is freed.
*
* A stream buffer handle must not be used after the stream buffer has been
* deleted.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to be deleted.
*
* \defgroup vStreamBufferDelete vStreamBufferDelete
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is full. A stream buffer is full if it
* does not have any free space, and therefore cannot accept any more data.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is full then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsFull xStreamBufferIsFull
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is empty. A stream buffer is empty if
* it does not contain any data.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is empty then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsEmpty xStreamBufferIsEmpty
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Resets a stream buffer to its initial, empty, state. Any data that was in
* the stream buffer is discarded. A stream buffer can only be reset if there
* are no tasks blocked waiting to either send to or receive from the stream
* buffer.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is reset then pdPASS is returned. If there was
* a task blocked waiting to send to or read from the stream buffer then the
* stream buffer is not reset and pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReset xStreamBufferReset
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much free space it contains, which is
* equal to the amount of data that can be sent to the stream buffer before it
* is full.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be full.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much data it contains, which is equal to
* the number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before the stream
* buffer would be empty.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be empty.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferBytesAvailable xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
</pre>
*
* A stream buffer's trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the
* stream buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to
* wait for data is moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is
* blocked on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1
* then the task will be unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer
* or the task's block time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked
* on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the
* task will not be unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes
* or the task's block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires
* before the trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however
* many bytes are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result
* in a trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger
* level that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* A trigger level is set when the stream buffer is created, and can be modified
* using xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel().
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being updated.
*
* @param xTriggerLevel The new trigger level for the stream buffer.
*
* @return If xTriggerLevel was less than or equal to the stream buffer's length
* then the trigger level will be updated and pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task that
* was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
* the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
* from the Blocked state. xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
* thing. It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
* version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
* written.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task
* that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
* then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
* remove it from the Blocked state. xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
* does the same thing. It is provided to enable application writers to
* implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
* ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
* read.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* Functions below here are not part of the public API. */
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if defined( __cplusplus )
}
#endif
#endif /* !defined( STREAM_BUFFER_H ) */

2421
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1295
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

198
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t *pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCBs which are
stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
listed below. In addition see https://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
1) Stack overflow -
see https://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
item later. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
item. */
List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

765
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM7/r0p1/port.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM4F port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#ifndef __VFP_FP__
#error This port can only be used when the project options are configured to enable hardware floating point support.
#endif
#ifndef configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ
#define configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ configCPU_CLOCK_HZ
/* Ensure the SysTick is clocked at the same frequency as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 1UL << 2UL )
#else
/* The way the SysTick is clocked is not modified in case it is not the same
as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 0 )
#endif
/* Constants required to manipulate the core. Registers first... */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
/* ...then bits in the registers. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT ( 1UL << 1UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT ( 1UL << 0UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ( 1UL << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVCLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 27UL )
#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 25UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24UL )
/* Constants required to check the validity of an interrupt priority. */
#define portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER ( 16 )
#define portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 ( 0xE000E3F0 )
#define portAIRCR_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ED0C ) )
#define portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE ( ( uint8_t ) 0xff )
#define portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ( ( uint8_t ) 0x80 )
#define portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS ( ( uint8_t ) 7 )
#define portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ( 0x07UL << 8UL )
#define portPRIGROUP_SHIFT ( 8UL )
/* Masks off all bits but the VECTACTIVE bits in the ICSR register. */
#define portVECTACTIVE_MASK ( 0xFFUL )
/* Constants required to manipulate the VFP. */
#define portFPCCR ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ef34 ) /* Floating point context control register. */
#define portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS ( 0x3UL << 30UL )
/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 )
#define portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN ( 0xfffffffd )
/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER ( 0xffffffUL )
/* For strict compliance with the Cortex-M spec the task start address should
have bit-0 clear, as it is loaded into the PC on exit from an ISR. */
#define portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK ( ( StackType_t ) 0xfffffffeUL )
/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
calculations. */
#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR ( 45UL )
/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial LR with the address of
prvTaskExitError() in case it messes up unwinding of the stack in the
debugger. */
#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#else
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS prvTaskExitError
#endif
/*
* Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts. The implementation in this
* file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
* generate the tick interrupt.
*/
void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
/*
* Exception handlers.
*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Function to enable the VFP.
*/
static void vPortEnableVFP( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
variable. */
static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
/*
* The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
* 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
* power functionality only.
*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Used by the portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() macro to ensure
* FreeRTOS API functions are not called from interrupts that have been assigned
* a priority above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
*/
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
static uint8_t ucMaxSysCallPriority = 0;
static uint32_t ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
static const volatile uint8_t * const pcInterruptPriorityRegisters = ( const volatile uint8_t * const ) portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16;
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters )
{
/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
interrupt. */
/* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit
of interrupts, and to ensure alignment. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( ( StackType_t ) pxCode ) & portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK; /* PC */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS; /* LR */
/* Save code space by skipping register initialisation. */
pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
/* A save method is being used that requires each task to maintain its
own exec return value. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN;
pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
return pxTopOfStack;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void )
{
volatile uint32_t ulDummy = 0;
/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
its caller as there is nothing to return to. If a task wants to exit it
should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
while( ulDummy == 0 )
{
/* This file calls prvTaskExitError() after the scheduler has been
started to remove a compiler warning about the function being defined
but never called. ulDummy is used purely to quieten other warnings
about code appearing after this function is called - making ulDummy
volatile makes the compiler think the function could return and
therefore not output an 'unreachable code' warning for code that appears
after it. */
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortSVCHandler( void )
{
__asm volatile (
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2 \n" /* Restore the context. */
" ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
" ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
" msr psp, r0 \n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
" isb \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 4 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void )
{
/* Start the first task. This also clears the bit that indicates the FPU is
in use in case the FPU was used before the scheduler was started - which
would otherwise result in the unnecessary leaving of space in the SVC stack
for lazy saving of FPU registers. */
__asm volatile(
" ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 \n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" msr msp, r0 \n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
" mov r0, #0 \n" /* Clear the bit that indicates the FPU is in use, see comment above. */
" msr control, r0 \n"
" cpsie i \n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
" cpsie f \n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" svc 0 \n" /* System call to start first task. */
" nop \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
{
/* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to 0.
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
configASSERT( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY );
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
volatile uint32_t ulOriginalPriority;
volatile uint8_t * const pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ( volatile uint8_t * const ) ( portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 + portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER );
volatile uint8_t ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Determine the maximum priority from which ISR safe FreeRTOS API
functions can be called. ISR safe functions are those that end in
"FromISR". FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to
ensure interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
Save the interrupt priority value that is about to be clobbered. */
ulOriginalPriority = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Determine the number of priority bits available. First write to all
possible bits. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE;
/* Read the value back to see how many bits stuck. */
ucMaxPriorityValue = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Use the same mask on the maximum system call priority. */
ucMaxSysCallPriority = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Calculate the maximum acceptable priority group value for the number
of bits read back. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS;
while( ( ucMaxPriorityValue & portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ) == portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE )
{
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue--;
ucMaxPriorityValue <<= ( uint8_t ) 0x01;
}
#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
{
/* Check the CMSIS configuration that defines the number of
priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
from the hardware. */
configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == __NVIC_PRIO_BITS );
}
#endif
#ifdef configPRIO_BITS
{
/* Check the FreeRTOS configuration that defines the number of
priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
from the hardware. */
configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == configPRIO_BITS );
}
#endif
/* Shift the priority group value back to its position within the AIRCR
register. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue <<= portPRIGROUP_SHIFT;
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue &= portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK;
/* Restore the clobbered interrupt priority register to its original
value. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ulOriginalPriority;
}
#endif /* conifgASSERT_DEFINED */
/* Make PendSV and SysTick the lowest priority interrupts. */
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
here already. */
vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
uxCriticalNesting = 0;
/* Ensure the VFP is enabled - it should be anyway. */
vPortEnableVFP();
/* Lazy save always. */
*( portFPCCR ) |= portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS;
/* Start the first task. */
prvPortStartFirstTask();
/* Should never get here as the tasks will now be executing! Call the task
exit error function to prevent compiler warnings about a static function
not being called in the case that the application writer overrides this
functionality by defining configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS. Call
vTaskSwitchContext() so link time optimisation does not remove the
symbol. */
vTaskSwitchContext();
prvTaskExitError();
/* Should not get here! */
return 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void )
{
/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
Artificially force an assert. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEnterCritical( void )
{
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
uxCriticalNesting++;
/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical function so
assert() if it is being called from an interrupt context. Only API
functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an interrupt. Only assert if
the critical nesting count is 1 to protect against recursive calls if the
assert function also uses a critical section. */
if( uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
{
configASSERT( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portVECTACTIVE_MASK ) == 0 );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortExitCritical( void )
{
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
uxCriticalNesting--;
if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
{
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
{
/* This is a naked function. */
__asm volatile
(
" mrs r0, psp \n"
" isb \n"
" \n"
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst \n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
" ldr r2, [r3] \n"
" \n"
" tst r14, #0x10 \n" /* Is the task using the FPU context? If so, push high vfp registers. */
" it eq \n"
" vstmdbeq r0!, {s16-s31} \n"
" \n"
" stmdb r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Save the core registers. */
" str r0, [r2] \n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
" \n"
" stmdb sp!, {r0, r3} \n"
" mov r0, %0 \n"
" cpsid i \n" /* Errata workaround. */
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" cpsie i \n" /* Errata workaround. */
" bl vTaskSwitchContext \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" ldmia sp!, {r0, r3} \n"
" \n"
" ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldr r0, [r1] \n"
" \n"
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Pop the core registers. */
" \n"
" tst r14, #0x10 \n" /* Is the task using the FPU context? If so, pop the high vfp registers too. */
" it eq \n"
" vldmiaeq r0!, {s16-s31} \n"
" \n"
" msr psp, r0 \n"
" isb \n"
" \n"
#ifdef WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 /* XMC4000 specific errata workaround. */
#if WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 == 1
" push { r14 } \n"
" pop { pc } \n"
#endif
#endif
" \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 4 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
{
/* The SysTick runs at the lowest interrupt priority, so when this interrupt
executes all interrupts must be unmasked. There is therefore no need to
save and then restore the interrupt mask value as its value is already
known. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
{
/* A context switch is required. Context switching is performed in
the PendSV interrupt. Pend the PendSV interrupt. */
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
__attribute__((weak)) void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
{
uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
{
xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
}
/* Stop the SysTick momentarily. The time the SysTick is stopped for
is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
kernel with respect to calendar time. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
tick periods. -1 is used because this code will execute part way
through one of the tick periods. */
ulReloadValue = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
{
ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
}
/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
{
/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
this tick period. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
periods. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
}
else
{
/* Set the new reload value. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
zero. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Sleep until something happens. configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
should not be executed again. However, the original expected idle
time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( &xModifiableIdleTime );
if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
{
__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "wfi" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
}
configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( &xExpectedIdleTime );
/* Re-enable interrupts to allow the interrupt that brought the MCU
out of sleep mode to execute immediately. see comments above
__disable_interrupt() call above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* Disable interrupts again because the clock is about to be stopped
and interrupts that execute while the clock is stopped will increase
any slippage between the time maintained by the RTOS and calendar
time. */
__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* Disable the SysTick clock without reading the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG register to ensure the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT is not cleared if it is set. Again,
the time the SysTick is stopped for is accounted for as best it can
be, but using the tickless mode will inevitably result in some tiny
drift of the time maintained by the kernel with respect to calendar
time*/
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT );
/* Determine if the SysTick clock has already counted to zero and
been set back to the current reload value (the reload back being
correct for the entire expected idle time) or if the SysTick is yet
to count to zero (in which case an interrupt other than the SysTick
must have brought the system out of sleep mode). */
if( ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
{
uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* The tick interrupt is already pending, and the SysTick count
reloaded with ulReloadValue. Reset the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG with whatever remains of this tick
period. */
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
that took too long. */
if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue < ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
{
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
}
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* As the pending tick will be processed as soon as this
function exits, the tick value maintained by the tick is stepped
forward by one less than the time spent waiting. */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
}
else
{
/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
ticks). */
ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
was waiting? */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
period remains. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1UL ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
}
/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
again, then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
value. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
/* Exit with interrpts enabled. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
}
}
#endif /* #if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
* frequency.
*/
__attribute__(( weak )) void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
{
/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
{
ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR / ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ );
}
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/* Stop and clear the SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = 0UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is a naked function. */
static void vPortEnableVFP( void )
{
__asm volatile
(
" ldr.w r0, =0xE000ED88 \n" /* The FPU enable bits are in the CPACR. */
" ldr r1, [r0] \n"
" \n"
" orr r1, r1, #( 0xf << 20 ) \n" /* Enable CP10 and CP11 coprocessors, then save back. */
" str r1, [r0] \n"
" bx r14 "
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
uint8_t ucCurrentPriority;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
/* Is the interrupt number a user defined interrupt? */
if( ulCurrentInterrupt >= portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER )
{
/* Look up the interrupt's priority. */
ucCurrentPriority = pcInterruptPriorityRegisters[ ulCurrentInterrupt ];
/* The following assertion will fail if a service routine (ISR) for
an interrupt that has been assigned a priority above
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY calls an ISR safe FreeRTOS API
function. ISR safe FreeRTOS API functions must *only* be called
from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or below
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Numerically low interrupt priority numbers represent logically high
interrupt priorities, therefore the priority of the interrupt must
be set to a value equal to or numerically *higher* than
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Interrupts that use the FreeRTOS API must not be left at their
default priority of zero as that is the highest possible priority,
which is guaranteed to be above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY,
and therefore also guaranteed to be invalid.
FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to ensure
interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
The following links provide detailed information:
http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html
http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html */
configASSERT( ucCurrentPriority >= ucMaxSysCallPriority );
}
/* Priority grouping: The interrupt controller (NVIC) allows the bits
that define each interrupt's priority to be split between bits that
define the interrupt's pre-emption priority bits and bits that define
the interrupt's sub-priority. For simplicity all bits must be defined
to be pre-emption priority bits. The following assertion will fail if
this is not the case (if some bits represent a sub-priority).
If the application only uses CMSIS libraries for interrupt
configuration then the correct setting can be achieved on all Cortex-M
devices by calling NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping( 0 ); before starting the
scheduler. Note however that some vendor specific peripheral libraries
assume a non-zero priority group setting, in which cases using a value
of zero will result in unpredictable behaviour. */
configASSERT( ( portAIRCR_REG & portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ) <= ulMaxPRIGROUPValue );
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */

247
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM7/r0p1/portmacro.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
#define PORTMACRO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Port specific definitions.
*
* The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
* given hardware and compiler.
*
* These settings should not be altered.
*-----------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Type definitions. */
#define portCHAR char
#define portFLOAT float
#define portDOUBLE double
#define portLONG long
#define portSHORT short
#define portSTACK_TYPE uint32_t
#define portBASE_TYPE long
typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
typedef long BaseType_t;
typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
#else
typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specifics. */
#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS ( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler utilities. */
#define portYIELD() \
{ \
/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */ \
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT; \
\
/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely \
within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */ \
__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" ); \
__asm volatile( "isb" ); \
}
#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT ( 1UL << 28UL )
#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired != pdFALSE ) portYIELD()
#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Critical section management. */
extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() ulPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) vPortSetBASEPRI(x)
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortSetBASEPRI(0)
#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical()
#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical()
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. These are
not necessary for to use this port. They are defined so the common demo files
(which build with all the ports) will build. */
#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specific optimisations. */
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#endif
#if configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1
/* Generic helper function. */
__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static inline uint8_t ucPortCountLeadingZeros( uint32_t ulBitmap )
{
uint8_t ucReturn;
__asm volatile ( "clz %0, %1" : "=r" ( ucReturn ) : "r" ( ulBitmap ) : "memory" );
return ucReturn;
}
/* Check the configuration. */
#if( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32. It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
#endif
/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31UL - ( uint32_t ) ucPortCountLeadingZeros( ( uxReadyPriorities ) ) )
#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef configASSERT
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void );
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() vPortValidateInterruptPriority()
#endif
/* portNOP() is not required by this port. */
#define portNOP()
#define portINLINE __inline
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__(( always_inline))
#endif
portFORCE_INLINE static BaseType_t xPortIsInsideInterrupt( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
if( ulCurrentInterrupt == 0 )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulNewBASEPRI;
__asm volatile
(
" mov %0, %1 \n" \
" cpsid i \n" \
" msr basepri, %0 \n" \
" isb \n" \
" dsb \n" \
" cpsie i \n" \
:"=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static uint32_t ulPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulOriginalBASEPRI, ulNewBASEPRI;
__asm volatile
(
" mrs %0, basepri \n" \
" mov %1, %2 \n" \
" cpsid i \n" \
" msr basepri, %1 \n" \
" isb \n" \
" dsb \n" \
" cpsie i \n" \
:"=r" (ulOriginalBASEPRI), "=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
);
/* This return will not be reached but is necessary to prevent compiler
warnings. */
return ulOriginalBASEPRI;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortSetBASEPRI( uint32_t ulNewMaskValue )
{
__asm volatile
(
" msr basepri, %0 " :: "r" ( ulNewMaskValue ) : "memory"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portMEMORY_BARRIER() __asm volatile( "" ::: "memory" )
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */

436
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
* (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
* limits memory fragmentation.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#else
static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
of their memory address. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
} BlockLink_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
* the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with
* the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
* adjacent to each other.
*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
/*
* Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
* pvPortMalloc() is called.
*/
static void prvHeapInit( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
block must by correctly byte aligned. */
static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
fragmentation. */
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type. When this bit in the xBlockSize
member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
application. When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
space. */
static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
void *pvReturn = NULL;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
if( pxEnd == NULL )
{
prvHeapInit();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
set. The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
kernel, so it must be free. */
if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
{
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
of bytes. */
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
{
/* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
was not found. */
if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
of the list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
two. */
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new
block following the number of bytes requested. The void
cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
single block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxNewBlockLink );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
{
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
by the application and has no "next" block. */
pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void *pv )
{
uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
BlockLink_t *pxLink;
if( pv != NULL )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
before it. */
puc -= xHeapStructSize;
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
{
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
{
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
allocated. */
pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHeapInit( void )
{
BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
size_t uxAddress;
size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
uxAddress = ( size_t ) ucHeap;
if( ( uxAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
{
uxAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
xTotalHeapSize -= uxAddress - ( size_t ) ucHeap;
}
pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) uxAddress;
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
at the end of the heap space. */
uxAddress = ( ( size_t ) pucAlignedHeap ) + xTotalHeapSize;
uxAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
pxEnd = ( void * ) uxAddress;
pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = uxAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlock;
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
/* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
{
BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
uint8_t *puc;
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
than the block being inserted. */
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
}
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
to itself. */
if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}

2941
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1263
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

5214
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1102
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

188
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jconfig_template.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
/*
* jconfig.txt
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file documents the configuration options that are required to
* customize the JPEG software for a particular system.
*
* The actual configuration options for a particular installation are stored
* in jconfig.h. On many machines, jconfig.h can be generated automatically
* or copied from one of the "canned" jconfig files that we supply. But if
* you need to generate a jconfig.h file by hand, this file tells you how.
*
* DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE --- IT WON'T ACCOMPLISH ANYTHING.
* EDIT A COPY NAMED JCONFIG.H.
*/
/*
* these macros provide simple implementation of the system memory
* dependent portion of the JPEG memory manager. This implementation
* assumes that no backing-store files are needed: all required space
* can be obtained from malloc().
* This is very portable in the sense that it'll compile on almost anything,
* but you'd better have lots of main memory (or virtual memory) if you want
* to process big images.
* Note that the max_memory_to_use option is ignored by this implementation.
*/
#include "ff.h"
/*
* These defines indicate the memory allocation methods.
*/
#define JMALLOC /* ex: malloc */
#define JFREE /* ex: free */
/*
* These symbols indicate the properties of your machine or compiler.
* #define the symbol if yes, #undef it if no.
*/
#define NO_GETENV
#undef USE_MSDOS_MEMMGR
#undef USE_MAC_MEMMGR
#define USE_HEAP_MEM
#define MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK 0x10000 /* 64kB */
/* Does your compiler support function prototypes?
* (If not, you also need to use ansi2knr, see install.txt)
*/
#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES
/* Does your compiler support the declaration "unsigned char" ?
* How about "unsigned short" ?
*/
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
/* Define "void" as "char" if your compiler doesn't know about type void.
* NOTE: be sure to define void such that "void *" represents the most general
* pointer type, e.g., that returned by malloc().
*/
/* #define void char */
/* Define "const" as empty if your compiler doesn't know the "const" keyword.
*/
/* #define const */
/* Define this if an ordinary "char" type is unsigned.
* If you're not sure, leaving it undefined will work at some cost in speed.
* If you defined HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR then the speed difference is minimal.
*/
#undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
/* Define this if your system has an ANSI-conforming <stddef.h> file.
*/
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H
/* Define this if your system has an ANSI-conforming <stdlib.h> file.
*/
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define this if your system does not have an ANSI/SysV <string.h>,
* but does have a BSD-style <strings.h>.
*/
#undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS
/* Define this if your system does not provide typedef size_t in any of the
* ANSI-standard places (stddef.h, stdlib.h, or stdio.h), but places it in
* <sys/types.h> instead.
*/
#undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H
/* For 80x86 machines, you need to define NEED_FAR_POINTERS,
* unless you are using a large-data memory model or 80386 flat-memory mode.
* On less brain-damaged CPUs this symbol must not be defined.
* (Defining this symbol causes large data structures to be referenced through
* "far" pointers and to be allocated with a special version of malloc.)
*/
#undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS
/* Define this if your linker needs global names to be unique in less
* than the first 15 characters.
*/
#undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
/* Although a real ANSI C compiler can deal perfectly well with pointers to
* unspecified structures (see "incomplete types" in the spec), a few pre-ANSI
* and pseudo-ANSI compilers get confused. To keep one of these bozos happy,
* define INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN. This is not recommended unless you
* actually get "missing structure definition" warnings or errors while
* compiling the JPEG code.
*/
#undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN
/* Define "boolean" as unsigned char, not int, on Windows systems.
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
#ifndef __RPCNDR_H__ /* don't conflict if rpcndr.h already read */
typedef unsigned char boolean;
#endif
#define HAVE_BOOLEAN /* prevent jmorecfg.h from redefining it */
#endif
/*
* The following options affect code selection within the JPEG library,
* but they don't need to be visible to applications using the library.
* To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be
* defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS has been defined.
*/
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
/* Define this if your compiler implements ">>" on signed values as a logical
* (unsigned) shift; leave it undefined if ">>" is a signed (arithmetic) shift,
* which is the normal and rational definition.
*/
#undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */
/*
* The remaining options do not affect the JPEG library proper,
* but only the sample applications cjpeg/djpeg (see cjpeg.c, djpeg.c).
* Other applications can ignore these.
*/
#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG
/* These defines indicate which image (non-JPEG) file formats are allowed. */
#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */
#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */
#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */
#undef RLE_SUPPORTED /* Utah RLE image file format */
#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */
/* Define this if you want to name both input and output files on the command
* line, rather than using stdout and optionally stdin. You MUST do this if
* your system can't cope with binary I/O to stdin/stdout. See comments at
* head of cjpeg.c or djpeg.c.
*/
#undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE
/* Define this if your system needs explicit cleanup of temporary files.
* This is crucial under MS-DOS, where the temporary "files" may be areas
* of extended memory; on most other systems it's not as important.
*/
#undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER
/* By default, we open image files with fopen(...,"rb") or fopen(...,"wb").
* This is necessary on systems that distinguish text files from binary files,
* and is harmless on most systems that don't. If you have one of the rare
* systems that complains about the "b" spec, define this symbol.
*/
#undef DONT_USE_B_MODE
/* Define this if you want percent-done progress reports from cjpeg/djpeg.
*/
#undef PROGRESS_REPORT
#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */

59
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jdata_conf_template.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file jdata_conf_template.h
*
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief jdata_conf file template header file using FatFs API
* This file should be copied to the application "Inc" folder and modified
* as follows:
* - Rename it to 'jdata_conf.h'.
* - update the read/write functions defines (example of implementation is
* provided based on FatFs)
*
******************************************************************************
*
* Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics. All rights reserved.
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
**/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "ff.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
Example of implementation based on FatFS
If JFREAD/JFWRITE prototypes are complient with the standard FatFS APIs (f_read/f_write)
only APIs re-definition is needed and no need to wrapper APIs defined in "jdata_conf_template.c" file
#define JFREAD f_read
#define JFWRITE f_write
*/
#define JFILE FIL
#define JMALLOC malloc
#define JFREE free
size_t read_file (JFILE *file, uint8_t *buf, uint32_t sizeofbuf);
size_t write_file (JFILE *file, uint8_t *buf, uint32_t sizeofbuf) ;
#define JFREAD(file,buf,sizeofbuf) \
read_file (file,buf,sizeofbuf)
#define JFWRITE(file,buf,sizeofbuf) \
write_file (file,buf,sizeofbuf)

393
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jdct.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
/*
* jdct.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This include file contains common declarations for the forward and
* inverse DCT modules. These declarations are private to the DCT managers
* (jcdctmgr.c, jddctmgr.c) and the individual DCT algorithms.
* The individual DCT algorithms are kept in separate files to ease
* machine-dependent tuning (e.g., assembly coding).
*/
/*
* A forward DCT routine is given a pointer to an input sample array and
* a pointer to a work area of type DCTELEM[]; the DCT is to be performed
* in-place in that buffer. Type DCTELEM is int for 8-bit samples, INT32
* for 12-bit samples. (NOTE: Floating-point DCT implementations use an
* array of type FAST_FLOAT, instead.)
* The input data is to be fetched from the sample array starting at a
* specified column. (Any row offset needed will be applied to the array
* pointer before it is passed to the FDCT code.)
* Note that the number of samples fetched by the FDCT routine is
* DCT_h_scaled_size * DCT_v_scaled_size.
* The DCT outputs are returned scaled up by a factor of 8; they therefore
* have a range of +-8K for 8-bit data, +-128K for 12-bit data. This
* convention improves accuracy in integer implementations and saves some
* work in floating-point ones.
* Quantization of the output coefficients is done by jcdctmgr.c.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
typedef int DCTELEM; /* 16 or 32 bits is fine */
#else
typedef INT32 DCTELEM; /* must have 32 bits */
#endif
typedef JMETHOD(void, forward_DCT_method_ptr, (DCTELEM * data,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data,
JDIMENSION start_col));
typedef JMETHOD(void, float_DCT_method_ptr, (FAST_FLOAT * data,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data,
JDIMENSION start_col));
/*
* An inverse DCT routine is given a pointer to the input JBLOCK and a pointer
* to an output sample array. The routine must dequantize the input data as
* well as perform the IDCT; for dequantization, it uses the multiplier table
* pointed to by compptr->dct_table. The output data is to be placed into the
* sample array starting at a specified column. (Any row offset needed will
* be applied to the array pointer before it is passed to the IDCT code.)
* Note that the number of samples emitted by the IDCT routine is
* DCT_h_scaled_size * DCT_v_scaled_size.
*/
/* typedef inverse_DCT_method_ptr is declared in jpegint.h */
/*
* Each IDCT routine has its own ideas about the best dct_table element type.
*/
typedef MULTIPLIER ISLOW_MULT_TYPE; /* short or int, whichever is faster */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
typedef MULTIPLIER IFAST_MULT_TYPE; /* 16 bits is OK, use short if faster */
#define IFAST_SCALE_BITS 2 /* fractional bits in scale factors */
#else
typedef INT32 IFAST_MULT_TYPE; /* need 32 bits for scaled quantizers */
#define IFAST_SCALE_BITS 13 /* fractional bits in scale factors */
#endif
typedef FAST_FLOAT FLOAT_MULT_TYPE; /* preferred floating type */
/*
* Each IDCT routine is responsible for range-limiting its results and
* converting them to unsigned form (0..MAXJSAMPLE). The raw outputs could
* be quite far out of range if the input data is corrupt, so a bulletproof
* range-limiting step is required. We use a mask-and-table-lookup method
* to do the combined operations quickly. See the comments with
* prepare_range_limit_table (in jdmaster.c) for more info.
*/
#define IDCT_range_limit(cinfo) ((cinfo)->sample_range_limit + CENTERJSAMPLE)
#define RANGE_MASK (MAXJSAMPLE * 4 + 3) /* 2 bits wider than legal samples */
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jpeg_fdct_islow jFDislow
#define jpeg_fdct_ifast jFDifast
#define jpeg_fdct_float jFDfloat
#define jpeg_fdct_7x7 jFD7x7
#define jpeg_fdct_6x6 jFD6x6
#define jpeg_fdct_5x5 jFD5x5
#define jpeg_fdct_4x4 jFD4x4
#define jpeg_fdct_3x3 jFD3x3
#define jpeg_fdct_2x2 jFD2x2
#define jpeg_fdct_1x1 jFD1x1
#define jpeg_fdct_9x9 jFD9x9
#define jpeg_fdct_10x10 jFD10x10
#define jpeg_fdct_11x11 jFD11x11
#define jpeg_fdct_12x12 jFD12x12
#define jpeg_fdct_13x13 jFD13x13
#define jpeg_fdct_14x14 jFD14x14
#define jpeg_fdct_15x15 jFD15x15
#define jpeg_fdct_16x16 jFD16x16
#define jpeg_fdct_16x8 jFD16x8
#define jpeg_fdct_14x7 jFD14x7
#define jpeg_fdct_12x6 jFD12x6
#define jpeg_fdct_10x5 jFD10x5
#define jpeg_fdct_8x4 jFD8x4
#define jpeg_fdct_6x3 jFD6x3
#define jpeg_fdct_4x2 jFD4x2
#define jpeg_fdct_2x1 jFD2x1
#define jpeg_fdct_8x16 jFD8x16
#define jpeg_fdct_7x14 jFD7x14
#define jpeg_fdct_6x12 jFD6x12
#define jpeg_fdct_5x10 jFD5x10
#define jpeg_fdct_4x8 jFD4x8
#define jpeg_fdct_3x6 jFD3x6
#define jpeg_fdct_2x4 jFD2x4
#define jpeg_fdct_1x2 jFD1x2
#define jpeg_idct_islow jRDislow
#define jpeg_idct_ifast jRDifast
#define jpeg_idct_float jRDfloat
#define jpeg_idct_7x7 jRD7x7
#define jpeg_idct_6x6 jRD6x6
#define jpeg_idct_5x5 jRD5x5
#define jpeg_idct_4x4 jRD4x4
#define jpeg_idct_3x3 jRD3x3
#define jpeg_idct_2x2 jRD2x2
#define jpeg_idct_1x1 jRD1x1
#define jpeg_idct_9x9 jRD9x9
#define jpeg_idct_10x10 jRD10x10
#define jpeg_idct_11x11 jRD11x11
#define jpeg_idct_12x12 jRD12x12
#define jpeg_idct_13x13 jRD13x13
#define jpeg_idct_14x14 jRD14x14
#define jpeg_idct_15x15 jRD15x15
#define jpeg_idct_16x16 jRD16x16
#define jpeg_idct_16x8 jRD16x8
#define jpeg_idct_14x7 jRD14x7
#define jpeg_idct_12x6 jRD12x6
#define jpeg_idct_10x5 jRD10x5
#define jpeg_idct_8x4 jRD8x4
#define jpeg_idct_6x3 jRD6x3
#define jpeg_idct_4x2 jRD4x2
#define jpeg_idct_2x1 jRD2x1
#define jpeg_idct_8x16 jRD8x16
#define jpeg_idct_7x14 jRD7x14
#define jpeg_idct_6x12 jRD6x12
#define jpeg_idct_5x10 jRD5x10
#define jpeg_idct_4x8 jRD4x8
#define jpeg_idct_3x6 jRD3x8
#define jpeg_idct_2x4 jRD2x4
#define jpeg_idct_1x2 jRD1x2
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Extern declarations for the forward and inverse DCT routines. */
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_islow
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_ifast
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_float
JPP((FAST_FLOAT * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_7x7
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_6x6
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_5x5
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_4x4
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_3x3
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_2x2
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_1x1
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_9x9
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_10x10
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_11x11
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_12x12
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_13x13
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_14x14
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_15x15
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_16x16
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_16x8
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_14x7
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_12x6
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_10x5
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_8x4
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_6x3
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_4x2
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_2x1
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_8x16
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_7x14
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_6x12
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_5x10
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_4x8
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_3x6
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_2x4
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_1x2
JPP((DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_islow
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_ifast
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_float
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_7x7
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_6x6
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_5x5
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_4x4
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_3x3
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_2x2
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_1x1
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_9x9
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_10x10
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_11x11
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_12x12
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_13x13
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_14x14
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_15x15
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_16x16
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_16x8
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_14x7
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_12x6
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_10x5
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_8x4
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_6x3
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_4x2
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_2x1
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_8x16
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_7x14
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_6x12
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_5x10
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_4x8
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_3x6
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_2x4
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_1x2
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
/*
* Macros for handling fixed-point arithmetic; these are used by many
* but not all of the DCT/IDCT modules.
*
* All values are expected to be of type INT32.
* Fractional constants are scaled left by CONST_BITS bits.
* CONST_BITS is defined within each module using these macros,
* and may differ from one module to the next.
*/
#define ONE ((INT32) 1)
#define CONST_SCALE (ONE << CONST_BITS)
/* Convert a positive real constant to an integer scaled by CONST_SCALE.
* Caution: some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time,
* thus causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
*/
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * CONST_SCALE + 0.5))
/* Descale and correctly round an INT32 value that's scaled by N bits.
* We assume RIGHT_SHIFT rounds towards minus infinity, so adding
* the fudge factor is correct for either sign of X.
*/
#define DESCALE(x,n) RIGHT_SHIFT((x) + (ONE << ((n)-1)), n)
/* Multiply an INT32 variable by an INT32 constant to yield an INT32 result.
* This macro is used only when the two inputs will actually be no more than
* 16 bits wide, so that a 16x16->32 bit multiply can be used instead of a
* full 32x32 multiply. This provides a useful speedup on many machines.
* Unfortunately there is no way to specify a 16x16->32 multiply portably
* in C, but some C compilers will do the right thing if you provide the
* correct combination of casts.
*/
#ifdef SHORTxSHORT_32 /* may work if 'int' is 32 bits */
#define MULTIPLY16C16(var,const) (((INT16) (var)) * ((INT16) (const)))
#endif
#ifdef SHORTxLCONST_32 /* known to work with Microsoft C 6.0 */
#define MULTIPLY16C16(var,const) (((INT16) (var)) * ((INT32) (const)))
#endif
#ifndef MULTIPLY16C16 /* default definition */
#define MULTIPLY16C16(var,const) ((var) * (const))
#endif
/* Same except both inputs are variables. */
#ifdef SHORTxSHORT_32 /* may work if 'int' is 32 bits */
#define MULTIPLY16V16(var1,var2) (((INT16) (var1)) * ((INT16) (var2)))
#endif
#ifndef MULTIPLY16V16 /* default definition */
#define MULTIPLY16V16(var1,var2) ((var1) * (var2))
#endif

304
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jerror.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
/*
* jerror.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 1997-2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file defines the error and message codes for the JPEG library.
* Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to
* some other language.
* A set of error-reporting macros are defined too. Some applications using
* the JPEG library may wish to include this file to get the error codes
* and/or the macros.
*/
/*
* To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without
* defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it
* again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example).
*/
#ifndef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
/* First time through, define the enum list */
#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#else
/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */
#define JMESSAGE(code,string)
#endif /* JERROR_H */
#endif /* JMESSAGE */
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
typedef enum {
#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code ,
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
JMESSAGE(JMSG_NOMESSAGE, "Bogus message code %d") /* Must be first entry! */
/* For maintenance convenience, list is alphabetical by message code name */
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALIGN_TYPE, "ALIGN_TYPE is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALLOC_CHUNK, "MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE, "Bogus buffer control mode")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_COMPONENT_ID, "Invalid component ID %d in SOS")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_CROP_SPEC, "Invalid crop request")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF, "DCT coefficient out of range")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, "DCT scaled block size %dx%d not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DROP_SAMPLING,
"Component index %d: mismatching sampling ratio %d:%d, %d:%d, %c")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE, "Bogus Huffman table definition")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE, "Bogus input colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE, "Bogus JPEG colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LENGTH, "Bogus marker length")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION,
"Wrong JPEG library version: library is %d, caller expects %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE, "Sampling factors too large for interleaved scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_POOL_ID, "Invalid memory pool code %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PRECISION, "Unsupported JPEG data precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION,
"Invalid progressive parameters Ss=%d Se=%d Ah=%d Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT,
"Invalid progressive parameters at scan script entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SAMPLING, "Bogus sampling factors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, "Invalid scan script at entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STATE, "Improper call to JPEG library in state %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
"JPEG parameter struct mismatch: library thinks size is %u, caller expects %u")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_VIRTUAL_ACCESS, "Bogus virtual array access")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BUFFER_SIZE, "Buffer passed to JPEG library is too small")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CANT_SUSPEND, "Suspension not allowed here")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL, "CCIR601 sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, "Too many color components: %d, max %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL, "Unsupported color conversion request")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_INDEX, "Bogus DAC index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_VALUE, "Bogus DAC value 0x%x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_INDEX, "Bogus DHT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DQT_INDEX, "Bogus DQT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE, "Empty JPEG image (DNL not supported)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_READ, "Read from EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_WRITE, "Write to EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EOI_EXPECTED, "Didn't expect more than one scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_READ, "Input file read error")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_WRITE, "Output file write error --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL, "Fractional sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OVERFLOW, "Huffman code size table overflow")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE, "Missing Huffman code table entry")
JMESSAGE(JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, "Maximum supported image dimension is %u pixels")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EMPTY, "Empty input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EOF, "Premature end of input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE,
"Cannot transcode due to multiple use of quantization table %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISSING_DATA, "Scan script does not transmit all data")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MODE_CHANGE, "Invalid color quantization mode change")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOTIMPL, "Not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOT_COMPILED, "Requested feature was omitted at compile time")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, "Arithmetic table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE, "Backing store not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, "Huffman table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_IMAGE, "JPEG datastream contains no image")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, "Quantization table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_SOI, "Not a JPEG file: starts with 0x%02x 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Insufficient memory (case %d)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS,
"Cannot quantize more than %d color components")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to fewer than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to more than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOF markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_NO_SOS, "Invalid JPEG file structure: missing SOS marker")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_UNSUPPORTED, "Unsupported JPEG process: SOF type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOI_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOI markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOS_NO_SOF, "Invalid JPEG file structure: SOS before SOF")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_CREATE, "Failed to create temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_READ, "Read failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_SEEK, "Seek failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_WRITE,
"Write failed on temporary file --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA, "Application transferred too few scanlines")
JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, "Unsupported marker type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_VIRTUAL_BUG, "Virtual array controller messed up")
JMESSAGE(JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW, "Image too wide for this implementation")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_READ, "Read from XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_WRITE, "Write to XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JMSG_COPYRIGHT, JCOPYRIGHT)
JMESSAGE(JMSG_VERSION, JVERSION)
JMESSAGE(JTRC_16BIT_TABLES,
"Caution: quantization tables are too coarse for baseline JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_ADOBE,
"Adobe APP14 marker: version %d, flags 0x%04x 0x%04x, transform %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP0, "Unknown APP0 marker (not JFIF), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP14, "Unknown APP14 marker (not Adobe), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DAC, "Define Arithmetic Table 0x%02x: 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DHT, "Define Huffman Table 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DQT, "Define Quantization Table %d precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DRI, "Define Restart Interval %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_CLOSE, "Freed EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_OPEN, "Obtained EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EOI, "End Of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_HUFFBITS, " %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF, "JFIF APP0 marker: version %d.%02d, density %dx%d %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_BADTHUMBNAILSIZE,
"Warning: thumbnail image size does not match data length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_EXTENSION,
"JFIF extension marker: type 0x%02x, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_THUMBNAIL, " with %d x %d thumbnail image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_MISC_MARKER, "Miscellaneous marker 0x%02x, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_PARMLESS_MARKER, "Unexpected marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANTVALS, " %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d = %d*%d*%d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_SELECTED, "Selected %d colors for quantization")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RECOVERY_ACTION, "At marker 0x%02x, recovery action %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RST, "RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL,
"Smoothing not supported with nonstandard sampling ratios")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF, "Start Of Frame 0x%02x: width=%u, height=%u, components=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF_COMPONENT, " Component %d: %dhx%dv q=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOI, "Start of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS, "Start Of Scan: %d components")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_COMPONENT, " Component %d: dc=%d ac=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_PARAMS, " Ss=%d, Se=%d, Ah=%d, Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_CLOSE, "Closed temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_OPEN, "Opened temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_JPEG,
"JFIF extension marker: JPEG-compressed thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_PALETTE,
"JFIF extension marker: palette thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_RGB,
"JFIF extension marker: RGB thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS,
"Unrecognized component IDs %d %d %d, assuming YCbCr")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_CLOSE, "Freed XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_OPEN, "Obtained XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, "Unknown Adobe color transform code %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad arithmetic code")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION,
"Inconsistent progression sequence for component %d coefficient %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_EXTRANEOUS_DATA,
"Corrupt JPEG data: %u extraneous bytes before marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HIT_MARKER, "Corrupt JPEG data: premature end of data segment")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad Huffman code")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JFIF_MAJOR, "Warning: unknown JFIF revision number %d.%02d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JPEG_EOF, "Premature end of JPEG file")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_MUST_RESYNC,
"Corrupt JPEG data: found marker 0x%02x instead of RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL, "Invalid SOS parameters for sequential JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA, "Application transferred too many scanlines")
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
JMSG_LASTMSGCODE
} J_MESSAGE_CODE;
#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */
#undef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
#define JERROR_H
/* Macros to simplify using the error and trace message stuff */
/* The first parameter is either type of cinfo pointer */
/* Fatal errors (print message and exit) */
#define ERREXIT(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT3(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT4(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT6(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[4] = (p5), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[5] = (p6), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXITS(cinfo,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define MAKESTMT(stuff) do { stuff } while (0)
/* Nonfatal errors (we can keep going, but the data is probably corrupt) */
#define WARNMS(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
/* Informational/debugging messages */
#define TRACEMS(cinfo,lvl,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS1(cinfo,lvl,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS2(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS3(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS4(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS5(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
_mp[4] = (p5); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS8(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
_mp[4] = (p5); _mp[5] = (p6); _mp[6] = (p7); _mp[7] = (p8); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMSS(cinfo,lvl,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#endif /* JERROR_H */

82
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jinclude.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
* jinclude.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file exists to provide a single place to fix any problems with
* including the wrong system include files. (Common problems are taken
* care of by the standard jconfig symbols, but on really weird systems
* you may have to edit this file.)
*
* NOTE: this file is NOT intended to be included by applications using the
* JPEG library. Most applications need only include jpeglib.h.
*/
/* Include auto-config file to find out which system include files we need. */
#include "jconfig.h" /* auto configuration options */
#define JCONFIG_INCLUDED /* so that jpeglib.h doesn't do it again */
/*
* We need the NULL macro and size_t typedef.
* On an ANSI-conforming system it is sufficient to include <stddef.h>.
* Otherwise, we get them from <stdlib.h> or <stdio.h>; we may have to
* pull in <sys/types.h> as well.
* Note that the core JPEG library does not require <stdio.h>;
* only the default error handler and data source/destination modules do.
* But we must pull it in because of the references to JFILE in jpeglib.h.
* You can remove those references if you want to compile without <stdio.h>.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
#include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/*
* We need memory copying and zeroing functions, plus strncpy().
* ANSI and System V implementations declare these in <string.h>.
* BSD doesn't have the mem() functions, but it does have bcopy()/bzero().
* Some systems may declare memset and memcpy in <memory.h>.
*
* NOTE: we assume the size parameters to these functions are of type size_t.
* Change the casts in these macros if not!
*/
#ifdef NEED_BSD_STRINGS
#include <strings.h>
#define MEMZERO(target,size) bzero((void *)(target), (size_t)(size))
#define MEMCOPY(dest,src,size) bcopy((const void *)(src), (void *)(dest), (size_t)(size))
#else /* not BSD, assume ANSI/SysV string lib */
#include <string.h>
#define MEMZERO(target,size) memset((void *)(target), 0, (size_t)(size))
#define MEMCOPY(dest,src,size) memcpy((void *)(dest), (const void *)(src), (size_t)(size))
#endif
/*
* In ANSI C, and indeed any rational implementation, size_t is also the
* type returned by sizeof(). However, it seems there are some irrational
* implementations out there, in which sizeof() returns an int even though
* size_t is defined as long or unsigned long. To ensure consistent results
* we always use this SIZEOF() macro in place of using sizeof() directly.
*/
#define SIZEOF(object) ((size_t) sizeof(object))

201
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jmemsys.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
/*
* jmemsys.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1992-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This include file defines the interface between the system-independent
* and system-dependent portions of the JPEG memory manager. No other
* modules need include it. (The system-independent portion is jmemmgr.c;
* there are several different versions of the system-dependent portion.)
*
* This file works as-is for the system-dependent memory managers supplied
* in the IJG distribution. You may need to modify it if you write a
* custom memory manager. If system-dependent changes are needed in
* this file, the best method is to #ifdef them based on a configuration
* symbol supplied in jconfig.h, as we have done with USE_MSDOS_MEMMGR
* and USE_MAC_MEMMGR.
*/
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jpeg_get_small jGetSmall
#define jpeg_free_small jFreeSmall
#define jpeg_get_large jGetLarge
#define jpeg_free_large jFreeLarge
#define jpeg_mem_available jMemAvail
#define jpeg_open_backing_store jOpenBackStore
#define jpeg_mem_init jMemInit
#define jpeg_mem_term jMemTerm
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/*
* These two functions are used to allocate and release small chunks of
* memory. (Typically the total amount requested through jpeg_get_small is
* no more than 20K or so; this will be requested in chunks of a few K each.)
* Behavior should be the same as for the standard library functions malloc
* and free; in particular, jpeg_get_small must return NULL on failure.
* On most systems, these ARE malloc and free. jpeg_free_small is passed the
* size of the object being freed, just in case it's needed.
* On an 80x86 machine using small-data memory model, these manage near heap.
*/
EXTERN(void *) jpeg_get_small JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo, size_t sizeofobject));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_free_small JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo, void * object,
size_t sizeofobject));
/*
* These two functions are used to allocate and release large chunks of
* memory (up to the total free space designated by jpeg_mem_available).
* The interface is the same as above, except that on an 80x86 machine,
* far pointers are used. On most other machines these are identical to
* the jpeg_get/free_small routines; but we keep them separate anyway,
* in case a different allocation strategy is desirable for large chunks.
*/
EXTERN(void FAR *) jpeg_get_large JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo,
size_t sizeofobject));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_free_large JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo, void FAR * object,
size_t sizeofobject));
/*
* The macro MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK designates the maximum number of bytes that may
* be requested in a single call to jpeg_get_large (and jpeg_get_small for that
* matter, but that case should never come into play). This macro is needed
* to model the 64Kb-segment-size limit of far addressing on 80x86 machines.
* On those machines, we expect that jconfig.h will provide a proper value.
* On machines with 32-bit flat address spaces, any large constant may be used.
*
* NB: jmemmgr.c expects that MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK will be representable as type
* size_t and will be a multiple of sizeof(align_type).
*/
#ifndef MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */
#define MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK 1000000000L
#endif
/*
* This routine computes the total space still available for allocation by
* jpeg_get_large. If more space than this is needed, backing store will be
* used. NOTE: any memory already allocated must not be counted.
*
* There is a minimum space requirement, corresponding to the minimum
* feasible buffer sizes; jmemmgr.c will request that much space even if
* jpeg_mem_available returns zero. The maximum space needed, enough to hold
* all working storage in memory, is also passed in case it is useful.
* Finally, the total space already allocated is passed. If no better
* method is available, cinfo->mem->max_memory_to_use - already_allocated
* is often a suitable calculation.
*
* It is OK for jpeg_mem_available to underestimate the space available
* (that'll just lead to more backing-store access than is really necessary).
* However, an overestimate will lead to failure. Hence it's wise to subtract
* a slop factor from the true available space. 5% should be enough.
*
* On machines with lots of virtual memory, any large constant may be returned.
* Conversely, zero may be returned to always use the minimum amount of memory.
*/
EXTERN(long) jpeg_mem_available JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo,
long min_bytes_needed,
long max_bytes_needed,
long already_allocated));
/*
* This structure holds whatever state is needed to access a single
* backing-store object. The read/write/close method pointers are called
* by jmemmgr.c to manipulate the backing-store object; all other fields
* are private to the system-dependent backing store routines.
*/
#define TEMP_NAME_LENGTH 64 /* max length of a temporary file's name */
#ifdef USE_MSDOS_MEMMGR /* DOS-specific junk */
typedef unsigned short XMSH; /* type of extended-memory handles */
typedef unsigned short EMSH; /* type of expanded-memory handles */
typedef union {
short file_handle; /* DOS file handle if it's a temp file */
XMSH xms_handle; /* handle if it's a chunk of XMS */
EMSH ems_handle; /* handle if it's a chunk of EMS */
} handle_union;
#endif /* USE_MSDOS_MEMMGR */
#ifdef USE_MAC_MEMMGR /* Mac-specific junk */
#include <Files.h>
#endif /* USE_MAC_MEMMGR */
typedef struct backing_store_struct * backing_store_ptr;
typedef struct backing_store_struct {
/* Methods for reading/writing/closing this backing-store object */
JMETHOD(void, read_backing_store, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
backing_store_ptr info,
void FAR * buffer_address,
long file_offset, long byte_count));
JMETHOD(void, write_backing_store, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
backing_store_ptr info,
void FAR * buffer_address,
long file_offset, long byte_count));
JMETHOD(void, close_backing_store, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
backing_store_ptr info));
/* Private fields for system-dependent backing-store management */
#ifdef USE_MSDOS_MEMMGR
/* For the MS-DOS manager (jmemdos.c), we need: */
handle_union handle; /* reference to backing-store storage object */
char temp_name[TEMP_NAME_LENGTH]; /* name if it's a file */
#else
#ifdef USE_MAC_MEMMGR
/* For the Mac manager (jmemmac.c), we need: */
short temp_file; /* file reference number to temp file */
FSSpec tempSpec; /* the FSSpec for the temp file */
char temp_name[TEMP_NAME_LENGTH]; /* name if it's a file */
#else
#ifdef USE_HEAP_MEM
#else
/* For a typical implementation with temp files, we need: */
JFILE * temp_file; /* stdio reference to temp file */
char temp_name[TEMP_NAME_LENGTH]; /* name of temp file */
#endif
#endif
#endif
} backing_store_info;
/*
* Initial opening of a backing-store object. This must fill in the
* read/write/close pointers in the object. The read/write routines
* may take an error exit if the specified maximum file size is exceeded.
* (If jpeg_mem_available always returns a large value, this routine can
* just take an error exit.)
*/
EXTERN(void) jpeg_open_backing_store JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo,
backing_store_ptr info,
long total_bytes_needed));
/*
* These routines take care of any system-dependent initialization and
* cleanup required. jpeg_mem_init will be called before anything is
* allocated (and, therefore, nothing in cinfo is of use except the error
* manager pointer). It should return a suitable default value for
* max_memory_to_use; this may subsequently be overridden by the surrounding
* application. (Note that max_memory_to_use is only important if
* jpeg_mem_available chooses to consult it ... no one else will.)
* jpeg_mem_term may assume that all requested memory has been freed and that
* all opened backing-store objects have been closed.
*/
EXTERN(long) jpeg_mem_init JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_term JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));

380
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jmorecfg_template.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
/*
* jmorecfg.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 1997-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains additional configuration options that customize the
* JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent
* optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file.
*/
/*
* Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either
* 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting)
* 12 for 12-bit sample values
* Only 8 and 12 are legal data precisions for lossy JPEG according to the
* JPEG standard, and the IJG code does not support anything else!
* We do not support run-time selection of data precision, sorry.
*/
#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8 or 12 */
/*
* Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image.
* To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn
* few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha
* mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are
* really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so
* bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.)
*/
#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */
/*
* Basic data types.
* You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data
* type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits,
* or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits,
* but it had better be at least 16.
*/
/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value).
* We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep
* them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short
* arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255.
* You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JSAMPLE;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#define MAXJSAMPLE 255
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095.
* On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
*/
typedef short JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */
/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient.
* This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK.
* Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int
* if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow.
*/
typedef short JCOEF;
/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET.
* These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to
* external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination
* managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JOCTET;
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JOCTET;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else
#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth.
* They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big
* won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special
* extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these
* typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.)
*/
/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char UINT8;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
typedef char UINT8;
#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
typedef short UINT8;
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
typedef unsigned short UINT16;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
typedef unsigned int UINT16;
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */
#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */
typedef short INT16;
#endif
/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */
#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H_ /* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H /* MinGW is slightly different */
#ifndef QGLOBAL_H /* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */
typedef long INT32;
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports
* images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore
* "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to
* handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you
* can change this datatype.
*/
typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION;
#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */
/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations.
* You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions;
* in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL.
* Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers
* or code profilers that require it.
*/
/* a function called through method pointers: */
#define METHODDEF(type) static type
/* a function used only in its module: */
#define LOCAL(type) static type
/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */
#define GLOBAL(type) type
/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */
#define EXTERN(type) extern type
/* This macro is used to declare a "method", that is, a function pointer.
* We want to supply prototype parameters if the compiler can cope.
* Note that the arglist parameter must be parenthesized!
* Again, you can customize this if you need special linkage keywords.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) arglist
#else
#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) ()
#endif
/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far"
* on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled
* by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places
* explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol.
*/
#ifndef FAR
#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS
#define FAR far
#else
#define FAR
#endif
#endif
/*
* On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear
* in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application-
* specific header files that you want to include together with these files.
* Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_BOOLEAN
typedef int boolean;
#endif
#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */
#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#endif
/*
* The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library,
* but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library.
* To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be
* defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined.
*/
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
#endif
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
/*
* These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions.
* Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable
* library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the
* compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols.
* (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.)
*/
/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */
#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */
#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */
#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */
/* Encoder capability options: */
#define C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#undef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#undef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#undef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Input rescaling via DCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/
#undef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */
/* Note: if you selected 12-bit data precision, it is dangerous to turn off
* ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only good for 8-bit
* precision, so jchuff.c normally uses entropy optimization to compute
* usable tables for higher precision. If you don't want to do optimization,
* you'll have to supply different default Huffman tables.
* The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables
* don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.)
*/
#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */
/* Decoder capability options: */
#define D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#undef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#undef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#undef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? */
#undef SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */
#undef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */
#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */
#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */
#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */
#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */
/* more capability options later, no doubt */
/*
* Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application.
* If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just
* change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X
* (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing
* the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized.
* RESTRICTIONS:
* 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats.
* 2. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE
* is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you
* can't use color quantization if you change that value.
*/
#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */
#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */
#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */
#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */
/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */
/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE
* as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty.
*/
#ifndef INLINE
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#define INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#define INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only available in High optimization mode! */
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#define INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
#define INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */
#endif
#ifndef INLINE
#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */
#endif
#endif
/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying
* two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER
* as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide.
*/
#ifndef MULTIPLIER
#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */
#endif
/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster
* by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point
* DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.)
* Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in
* pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway).
* The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes.
*/
#ifndef FAST_FLOAT
#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define FAST_FLOAT float
#else
#define FAST_FLOAT double
#endif
#endif
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */

426
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jpegint.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
/*
* jpegint.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 1997-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file provides common declarations for the various JPEG modules.
* These declarations are considered internal to the JPEG library; most
* applications using the library shouldn't need to include this file.
*/
/* Declarations for both compression & decompression */
typedef enum { /* Operating modes for buffer controllers */
JBUF_PASS_THRU, /* Plain stripwise operation */
/* Remaining modes require a full-image buffer to have been created */
JBUF_SAVE_SOURCE, /* Run source subobject only, save output */
JBUF_CRANK_DEST, /* Run dest subobject only, using saved data */
JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS /* Run both subobjects, save output */
} J_BUF_MODE;
/* Values of global_state field (jdapi.c has some dependencies on ordering!) */
#define CSTATE_START 100 /* after create_compress */
#define CSTATE_SCANNING 101 /* start_compress done, write_scanlines OK */
#define CSTATE_RAW_OK 102 /* start_compress done, write_raw_data OK */
#define CSTATE_WRCOEFS 103 /* jpeg_write_coefficients done */
#define DSTATE_START 200 /* after create_decompress */
#define DSTATE_INHEADER 201 /* reading header markers, no SOS yet */
#define DSTATE_READY 202 /* found SOS, ready for start_decompress */
#define DSTATE_PRELOAD 203 /* reading multiscan file in start_decompress*/
#define DSTATE_PRESCAN 204 /* performing dummy pass for 2-pass quant */
#define DSTATE_SCANNING 205 /* start_decompress done, read_scanlines OK */
#define DSTATE_RAW_OK 206 /* start_decompress done, read_raw_data OK */
#define DSTATE_BUFIMAGE 207 /* expecting jpeg_start_output */
#define DSTATE_BUFPOST 208 /* looking for SOS/EOI in jpeg_finish_output */
#define DSTATE_RDCOEFS 209 /* reading file in jpeg_read_coefficients */
#define DSTATE_STOPPING 210 /* looking for EOI in jpeg_finish_decompress */
/* Declarations for compression modules */
/* Master control module */
struct jpeg_comp_master {
JMETHOD(void, prepare_for_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, pass_startup, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, finish_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
/* State variables made visible to other modules */
boolean call_pass_startup; /* True if pass_startup must be called */
boolean is_last_pass; /* True during last pass */
};
/* Main buffer control (downsampled-data buffer) */
struct jpeg_c_main_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(void, process_data, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail));
};
/* Compression preprocessing (downsampling input buffer control) */
struct jpeg_c_prep_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(void, pre_process_data, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_row_groups_avail));
};
/* Coefficient buffer control */
struct jpeg_c_coef_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(boolean, compress_data, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
};
/* Colorspace conversion */
struct jpeg_color_converter {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, color_convert, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows));
};
/* Downsampling */
struct jpeg_downsampler {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, downsample, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_index,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION out_row_group_index));
boolean need_context_rows; /* TRUE if need rows above & below */
};
/* Forward DCT (also controls coefficient quantization) */
typedef JMETHOD(void, forward_DCT_ptr,
(j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JBLOCKROW coef_blocks,
JDIMENSION start_row, JDIMENSION start_col,
JDIMENSION num_blocks));
struct jpeg_forward_dct {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
/* It is useful to allow each component to have a separate FDCT method. */
forward_DCT_ptr forward_DCT[MAX_COMPONENTS];
};
/* Entropy encoding */
struct jpeg_entropy_encoder {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean gather_statistics));
JMETHOD(boolean, encode_mcu, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
JMETHOD(void, finish_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
};
/* Marker writing */
struct jpeg_marker_writer {
JMETHOD(void, write_file_header, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, write_frame_header, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, write_scan_header, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, write_file_trailer, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, write_tables_only, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
/* These routines are exported to allow insertion of extra markers */
/* Probably only COM and APPn markers should be written this way */
JMETHOD(void, write_marker_header, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker,
unsigned int datalen));
JMETHOD(void, write_marker_byte, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val));
};
/* Declarations for decompression modules */
/* Master control module */
struct jpeg_decomp_master {
JMETHOD(void, prepare_for_output_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, finish_output_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* State variables made visible to other modules */
boolean is_dummy_pass; /* True during 1st pass for 2-pass quant */
};
/* Input control module */
struct jpeg_input_controller {
JMETHOD(int, consume_input, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, reset_input_controller, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, start_input_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, finish_input_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* State variables made visible to other modules */
boolean has_multiple_scans; /* True if file has multiple scans */
boolean eoi_reached; /* True when EOI has been consumed */
};
/* Main buffer control (downsampled-data buffer) */
struct jpeg_d_main_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(void, process_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
};
/* Coefficient buffer control */
struct jpeg_d_coef_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_input_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(int, consume_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, start_output_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(int, decompress_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
/* Pointer to array of coefficient virtual arrays, or NULL if none */
jvirt_barray_ptr *coef_arrays;
};
/* Decompression postprocessing (color quantization buffer control) */
struct jpeg_d_post_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(void, post_process_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
};
/* Marker reading & parsing */
struct jpeg_marker_reader {
JMETHOD(void, reset_marker_reader, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* Read markers until SOS or EOI.
* Returns same codes as are defined for jpeg_consume_input:
* JPEG_SUSPENDED, JPEG_REACHED_SOS, or JPEG_REACHED_EOI.
*/
JMETHOD(int, read_markers, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* Read a restart marker --- exported for use by entropy decoder only */
jpeg_marker_parser_method read_restart_marker;
/* State of marker reader --- nominally internal, but applications
* supplying COM or APPn handlers might like to know the state.
*/
boolean saw_SOI; /* found SOI? */
boolean saw_SOF; /* found SOF? */
int next_restart_num; /* next restart number expected (0-7) */
unsigned int discarded_bytes; /* # of bytes skipped looking for a marker */
};
/* Entropy decoding */
struct jpeg_entropy_decoder {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(boolean, decode_mcu, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
};
/* Inverse DCT (also performs dequantization) */
typedef JMETHOD(void, inverse_DCT_method_ptr,
(j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
struct jpeg_inverse_dct {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* It is useful to allow each component to have a separate IDCT method. */
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT[MAX_COMPONENTS];
};
/* Upsampling (note that upsampler must also call color converter) */
struct jpeg_upsampler {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, upsample, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
boolean need_context_rows; /* TRUE if need rows above & below */
};
/* Colorspace conversion */
struct jpeg_color_deconverter {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, color_convert, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows));
};
/* Color quantization or color precision reduction */
struct jpeg_color_quantizer {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean is_pre_scan));
JMETHOD(void, color_quantize, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
int num_rows));
JMETHOD(void, finish_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, new_color_map, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
};
/* Miscellaneous useful macros */
#undef MAX
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#undef MIN
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
/* We assume that right shift corresponds to signed division by 2 with
* rounding towards minus infinity. This is correct for typical "arithmetic
* shift" instructions that shift in copies of the sign bit. But some
* C compilers implement >> with an unsigned shift. For these machines you
* must define RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED.
* RIGHT_SHIFT provides a proper signed right shift of an INT32 quantity.
* It is only applied with constant shift counts. SHIFT_TEMPS must be
* included in the variables of any routine using RIGHT_SHIFT.
*/
#ifdef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#define SHIFT_TEMPS INT32 shift_temp;
#define RIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) \
((shift_temp = (x)) < 0 ? \
(shift_temp >> (shft)) | ((~((INT32) 0)) << (32-(shft))) : \
(shift_temp >> (shft)))
#else
#define SHIFT_TEMPS
#define RIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) ((x) >> (shft))
#endif
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jinit_compress_master jICompress
#define jinit_c_master_control jICMaster
#define jinit_c_main_controller jICMainC
#define jinit_c_prep_controller jICPrepC
#define jinit_c_coef_controller jICCoefC
#define jinit_color_converter jICColor
#define jinit_downsampler jIDownsampler
#define jinit_forward_dct jIFDCT
#define jinit_huff_encoder jIHEncoder
#define jinit_arith_encoder jIAEncoder
#define jinit_marker_writer jIMWriter
#define jinit_master_decompress jIDMaster
#define jinit_d_main_controller jIDMainC
#define jinit_d_coef_controller jIDCoefC
#define jinit_d_post_controller jIDPostC
#define jinit_input_controller jIInCtlr
#define jinit_marker_reader jIMReader
#define jinit_huff_decoder jIHDecoder
#define jinit_arith_decoder jIADecoder
#define jinit_inverse_dct jIIDCT
#define jinit_upsampler jIUpsampler
#define jinit_color_deconverter jIDColor
#define jinit_1pass_quantizer jI1Quant
#define jinit_2pass_quantizer jI2Quant
#define jinit_merged_upsampler jIMUpsampler
#define jinit_memory_mgr jIMemMgr
#define jdiv_round_up jDivRound
#define jround_up jRound
#define jzero_far jZeroFar
#define jcopy_sample_rows jCopySamples
#define jcopy_block_row jCopyBlocks
#define jpeg_zigzag_order jZIGTable
#define jpeg_natural_order jZAGTable
#define jpeg_natural_order7 jZAG7Table
#define jpeg_natural_order6 jZAG6Table
#define jpeg_natural_order5 jZAG5Table
#define jpeg_natural_order4 jZAG4Table
#define jpeg_natural_order3 jZAG3Table
#define jpeg_natural_order2 jZAG2Table
#define jpeg_aritab jAriTab
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* On normal machines we can apply MEMCOPY() and MEMZERO() to sample arrays
* and coefficient-block arrays. This won't work on 80x86 because the arrays
* are FAR and we're assuming a small-pointer memory model. However, some
* DOS compilers provide far-pointer versions of memcpy() and memset() even
* in the small-model libraries. These will be used if USE_FMEM is defined.
* Otherwise, the routines in jutils.c do it the hard way.
*/
#ifndef NEED_FAR_POINTERS /* normal case, same as regular macro */
#define FMEMZERO(target,size) MEMZERO(target,size)
#else /* 80x86 case */
#ifdef USE_FMEM
#define FMEMZERO(target,size) _fmemset((void FAR *)(target), 0, (size_t)(size))
#else
EXTERN(void) jzero_far JPP((void FAR * target, size_t bytestozero));
#define FMEMZERO(target,size) jzero_far(target, size)
#endif
#endif
/* Compression module initialization routines */
EXTERN(void) jinit_compress_master JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_c_master_control JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
boolean transcode_only));
EXTERN(void) jinit_c_main_controller JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN(void) jinit_c_prep_controller JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN(void) jinit_c_coef_controller JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN(void) jinit_color_converter JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_downsampler JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_forward_dct JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_huff_encoder JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_arith_encoder JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_marker_writer JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
/* Decompression module initialization routines */
EXTERN(void) jinit_master_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_d_main_controller JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN(void) jinit_d_coef_controller JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN(void) jinit_d_post_controller JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN(void) jinit_input_controller JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_marker_reader JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_huff_decoder JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_arith_decoder JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_inverse_dct JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_upsampler JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_color_deconverter JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_1pass_quantizer JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_2pass_quantizer JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN(void) jinit_merged_upsampler JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* Memory manager initialization */
EXTERN(void) jinit_memory_mgr JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));
/* Utility routines in jutils.c */
EXTERN(long) jdiv_round_up JPP((long a, long b));
EXTERN(long) jround_up JPP((long a, long b));
EXTERN(void) jcopy_sample_rows JPP((JSAMPARRAY input_array, int source_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_array, int dest_row,
int num_rows, JDIMENSION num_cols));
EXTERN(void) jcopy_block_row JPP((JBLOCKROW input_row, JBLOCKROW output_row,
JDIMENSION num_blocks));
/* Constant tables in jutils.c */
#if 0 /* This table is not actually needed in v6a */
extern const int jpeg_zigzag_order[]; /* natural coef order to zigzag order */
#endif
extern const int jpeg_natural_order[]; /* zigzag coef order to natural order */
extern const int jpeg_natural_order7[]; /* zz to natural order for 7x7 block */
extern const int jpeg_natural_order6[]; /* zz to natural order for 6x6 block */
extern const int jpeg_natural_order5[]; /* zz to natural order for 5x5 block */
extern const int jpeg_natural_order4[]; /* zz to natural order for 4x4 block */
extern const int jpeg_natural_order3[]; /* zz to natural order for 3x3 block */
extern const int jpeg_natural_order2[]; /* zz to natural order for 2x2 block */
/* Arithmetic coding probability estimation tables in jaricom.c */
extern const INT32 jpeg_aritab[];
/* Suppress undefined-structure complaints if necessary. */
#ifdef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN
#ifndef AM_MEMORY_MANAGER /* only jmemmgr.c defines these */
struct jvirt_sarray_control { long dummy; };
struct jvirt_barray_control { long dummy; };
#endif
#endif /* INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */

1162
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jpeglib.h vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

14
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/include/jversion.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
/*
* jversion.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-2012, Thomas G. Lane, Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains software version identification.
*/
#define JVERSION "8d 15-Jan-2012"
#define JCOPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) 2012, Thomas G. Lane, Guido Vollbeding"

153
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jaricom.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
/*
* jaricom.c
*
* Developed 1997-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains probability estimation tables for common use in
* arithmetic entropy encoding and decoding routines.
*
* This data represents Table D.3 in the JPEG spec (D.2 in the draft),
* ISO/IEC IS 10918-1 and CCITT Recommendation ITU-T T.81, and Table 24
* in the JBIG spec, ISO/IEC IS 11544 and CCITT Recommendation ITU-T T.82.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* The following #define specifies the packing of the four components
* into the compact INT32 representation.
* Note that this formula must match the actual arithmetic encoder
* and decoder implementation. The implementation has to be changed
* if this formula is changed.
* The current organization is leaned on Markus Kuhn's JBIG
* implementation (jbig_tab.c).
*/
#define V(i,a,b,c,d) (((INT32)a << 16) | ((INT32)c << 8) | ((INT32)d << 7) | b)
const INT32 jpeg_aritab[113+1] = {
/*
* Index, Qe_Value, Next_Index_LPS, Next_Index_MPS, Switch_MPS
*/
V( 0, 0x5a1d, 1, 1, 1 ),
V( 1, 0x2586, 14, 2, 0 ),
V( 2, 0x1114, 16, 3, 0 ),
V( 3, 0x080b, 18, 4, 0 ),
V( 4, 0x03d8, 20, 5, 0 ),
V( 5, 0x01da, 23, 6, 0 ),
V( 6, 0x00e5, 25, 7, 0 ),
V( 7, 0x006f, 28, 8, 0 ),
V( 8, 0x0036, 30, 9, 0 ),
V( 9, 0x001a, 33, 10, 0 ),
V( 10, 0x000d, 35, 11, 0 ),
V( 11, 0x0006, 9, 12, 0 ),
V( 12, 0x0003, 10, 13, 0 ),
V( 13, 0x0001, 12, 13, 0 ),
V( 14, 0x5a7f, 15, 15, 1 ),
V( 15, 0x3f25, 36, 16, 0 ),
V( 16, 0x2cf2, 38, 17, 0 ),
V( 17, 0x207c, 39, 18, 0 ),
V( 18, 0x17b9, 40, 19, 0 ),
V( 19, 0x1182, 42, 20, 0 ),
V( 20, 0x0cef, 43, 21, 0 ),
V( 21, 0x09a1, 45, 22, 0 ),
V( 22, 0x072f, 46, 23, 0 ),
V( 23, 0x055c, 48, 24, 0 ),
V( 24, 0x0406, 49, 25, 0 ),
V( 25, 0x0303, 51, 26, 0 ),
V( 26, 0x0240, 52, 27, 0 ),
V( 27, 0x01b1, 54, 28, 0 ),
V( 28, 0x0144, 56, 29, 0 ),
V( 29, 0x00f5, 57, 30, 0 ),
V( 30, 0x00b7, 59, 31, 0 ),
V( 31, 0x008a, 60, 32, 0 ),
V( 32, 0x0068, 62, 33, 0 ),
V( 33, 0x004e, 63, 34, 0 ),
V( 34, 0x003b, 32, 35, 0 ),
V( 35, 0x002c, 33, 9, 0 ),
V( 36, 0x5ae1, 37, 37, 1 ),
V( 37, 0x484c, 64, 38, 0 ),
V( 38, 0x3a0d, 65, 39, 0 ),
V( 39, 0x2ef1, 67, 40, 0 ),
V( 40, 0x261f, 68, 41, 0 ),
V( 41, 0x1f33, 69, 42, 0 ),
V( 42, 0x19a8, 70, 43, 0 ),
V( 43, 0x1518, 72, 44, 0 ),
V( 44, 0x1177, 73, 45, 0 ),
V( 45, 0x0e74, 74, 46, 0 ),
V( 46, 0x0bfb, 75, 47, 0 ),
V( 47, 0x09f8, 77, 48, 0 ),
V( 48, 0x0861, 78, 49, 0 ),
V( 49, 0x0706, 79, 50, 0 ),
V( 50, 0x05cd, 48, 51, 0 ),
V( 51, 0x04de, 50, 52, 0 ),
V( 52, 0x040f, 50, 53, 0 ),
V( 53, 0x0363, 51, 54, 0 ),
V( 54, 0x02d4, 52, 55, 0 ),
V( 55, 0x025c, 53, 56, 0 ),
V( 56, 0x01f8, 54, 57, 0 ),
V( 57, 0x01a4, 55, 58, 0 ),
V( 58, 0x0160, 56, 59, 0 ),
V( 59, 0x0125, 57, 60, 0 ),
V( 60, 0x00f6, 58, 61, 0 ),
V( 61, 0x00cb, 59, 62, 0 ),
V( 62, 0x00ab, 61, 63, 0 ),
V( 63, 0x008f, 61, 32, 0 ),
V( 64, 0x5b12, 65, 65, 1 ),
V( 65, 0x4d04, 80, 66, 0 ),
V( 66, 0x412c, 81, 67, 0 ),
V( 67, 0x37d8, 82, 68, 0 ),
V( 68, 0x2fe8, 83, 69, 0 ),
V( 69, 0x293c, 84, 70, 0 ),
V( 70, 0x2379, 86, 71, 0 ),
V( 71, 0x1edf, 87, 72, 0 ),
V( 72, 0x1aa9, 87, 73, 0 ),
V( 73, 0x174e, 72, 74, 0 ),
V( 74, 0x1424, 72, 75, 0 ),
V( 75, 0x119c, 74, 76, 0 ),
V( 76, 0x0f6b, 74, 77, 0 ),
V( 77, 0x0d51, 75, 78, 0 ),
V( 78, 0x0bb6, 77, 79, 0 ),
V( 79, 0x0a40, 77, 48, 0 ),
V( 80, 0x5832, 80, 81, 1 ),
V( 81, 0x4d1c, 88, 82, 0 ),
V( 82, 0x438e, 89, 83, 0 ),
V( 83, 0x3bdd, 90, 84, 0 ),
V( 84, 0x34ee, 91, 85, 0 ),
V( 85, 0x2eae, 92, 86, 0 ),
V( 86, 0x299a, 93, 87, 0 ),
V( 87, 0x2516, 86, 71, 0 ),
V( 88, 0x5570, 88, 89, 1 ),
V( 89, 0x4ca9, 95, 90, 0 ),
V( 90, 0x44d9, 96, 91, 0 ),
V( 91, 0x3e22, 97, 92, 0 ),
V( 92, 0x3824, 99, 93, 0 ),
V( 93, 0x32b4, 99, 94, 0 ),
V( 94, 0x2e17, 93, 86, 0 ),
V( 95, 0x56a8, 95, 96, 1 ),
V( 96, 0x4f46, 101, 97, 0 ),
V( 97, 0x47e5, 102, 98, 0 ),
V( 98, 0x41cf, 103, 99, 0 ),
V( 99, 0x3c3d, 104, 100, 0 ),
V( 100, 0x375e, 99, 93, 0 ),
V( 101, 0x5231, 105, 102, 0 ),
V( 102, 0x4c0f, 106, 103, 0 ),
V( 103, 0x4639, 107, 104, 0 ),
V( 104, 0x415e, 103, 99, 0 ),
V( 105, 0x5627, 105, 106, 1 ),
V( 106, 0x50e7, 108, 107, 0 ),
V( 107, 0x4b85, 109, 103, 0 ),
V( 108, 0x5597, 110, 109, 0 ),
V( 109, 0x504f, 111, 107, 0 ),
V( 110, 0x5a10, 110, 111, 1 ),
V( 111, 0x5522, 112, 109, 0 ),
V( 112, 0x59eb, 112, 111, 1 ),
/*
* This last entry is used for fixed probability estimate of 0.5
* as suggested in Section 10.3 Table 5 of ITU-T Rec. T.851.
*/
V( 113, 0x5a1d, 113, 113, 0 )
};

288
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcapimin.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
/*
* jcapimin.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2003-2010 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the compression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "minimum" API routines that may be
* needed in either the normal full-compression case or the transcoding-only
* case.
*
* Most of the routines intended to be called directly by an application
* are in this file or in jcapistd.c. But also see jcparam.c for
* parameter-setup helper routines, jcomapi.c for routines shared by
* compression and decompression, and jctrans.c for the transcoding case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Initialization of a JPEG compression object.
* The error manager must already be set up (in case memory manager fails).
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_CreateCompress (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int version, size_t structsize)
{
int i;
/* Guard against version mismatches between library and caller. */
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* so jpeg_destroy knows mem mgr not called */
if (version != JPEG_LIB_VERSION)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION, JPEG_LIB_VERSION, version);
if (structsize != SIZEOF(struct jpeg_compress_struct))
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
(int) SIZEOF(struct jpeg_compress_struct), (int) structsize);
/* For debugging purposes, we zero the whole master structure.
* But the application has already set the err pointer, and may have set
* client_data, so we have to save and restore those fields.
* Note: if application hasn't set client_data, tools like Purify may
* complain here.
*/
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
void * client_data = cinfo->client_data; /* ignore Purify complaint here */
MEMZERO(cinfo, SIZEOF(struct jpeg_compress_struct));
cinfo->err = err;
cinfo->client_data = client_data;
}
cinfo->is_decompressor = FALSE;
/* Initialize a memory manager instance for this object */
jinit_memory_mgr((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Zero out pointers to permanent structures. */
cinfo->progress = NULL;
cinfo->dest = NULL;
cinfo->comp_info = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
cinfo->q_scale_factor[i] = 100;
}
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
}
/* Must do it here for emit_dqt in case jpeg_write_tables is used */
cinfo->block_size = DCTSIZE;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
cinfo->script_space = NULL;
cinfo->input_gamma = 1.0; /* in case application forgets */
/* OK, I'm ready */
cinfo->global_state = CSTATE_START;
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG compression object
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_destroy_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_destroy((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG compression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_abort_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Forcibly suppress or un-suppress all quantization and Huffman tables.
* Marks all currently defined tables as already written (if suppress)
* or not written (if !suppress). This will control whether they get emitted
* by a subsequent jpeg_start_compress call.
*
* This routine is exported for use by applications that want to produce
* abbreviated JPEG datastreams. It logically belongs in jcparam.c, but
* since it is called by jpeg_start_compress, we put it here --- otherwise
* jcparam.o would be linked whether the application used it or not.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_suppress_tables (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean suppress)
{
int i;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
JHUFF_TBL * htbl;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
if ((qtbl = cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i]) != NULL)
qtbl->sent_table = suppress;
}
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
if ((htbl = cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i]) != NULL)
htbl->sent_table = suppress;
if ((htbl = cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i]) != NULL)
htbl->sent_table = suppress;
}
}
/*
* Finish JPEG compression.
*
* If a multipass operating mode was selected, this may do a great deal of
* work including most of the actual output.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_finish_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
JDIMENSION iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state == CSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == CSTATE_RAW_OK) {
/* Terminate first pass */
if (cinfo->next_scanline < cinfo->image_height)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA);
(*cinfo->master->finish_pass) (cinfo);
} else if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_WRCOEFS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Perform any remaining passes */
while (! cinfo->master->is_last_pass) {
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_pass) (cinfo);
for (iMCU_row = 0; iMCU_row < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows; iMCU_row++) {
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) iMCU_row;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* We bypass the main controller and invoke coef controller directly;
* all work is being done from the coefficient buffer.
*/
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPIMAGE) NULL))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
}
(*cinfo->master->finish_pass) (cinfo);
}
/* Write EOI, do final cleanup */
(*cinfo->marker->write_file_trailer) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->term_destination) (cinfo);
/* We can use jpeg_abort to release memory and reset global_state */
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/*
* Write a special marker.
* This is only recommended for writing COM or APPn markers.
* Must be called after jpeg_start_compress() and before
* first call to jpeg_write_scanlines() or jpeg_write_raw_data().
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_marker (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker,
const JOCTET *dataptr, unsigned int datalen)
{
JMETHOD(void, write_marker_byte, (j_compress_ptr info, int val));
if (cinfo->next_scanline != 0 ||
(cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_SCANNING &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_RAW_OK &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_WRCOEFS))
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
(*cinfo->marker->write_marker_header) (cinfo, marker, datalen);
write_marker_byte = cinfo->marker->write_marker_byte; /* copy for speed */
while (datalen--) {
(*write_marker_byte) (cinfo, *dataptr);
dataptr++;
}
}
/* Same, but piecemeal. */
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_m_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)
{
if (cinfo->next_scanline != 0 ||
(cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_SCANNING &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_RAW_OK &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_WRCOEFS))
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
(*cinfo->marker->write_marker_header) (cinfo, marker, datalen);
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_m_byte (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)
{
(*cinfo->marker->write_marker_byte) (cinfo, val);
}
/*
* Alternate compression function: just write an abbreviated table file.
* Before calling this, all parameters and a data destination must be set up.
*
* To produce a pair of files containing abbreviated tables and abbreviated
* image data, one would proceed as follows:
*
* initialize JPEG object
* set JPEG parameters
* set destination to table file
* jpeg_write_tables(cinfo);
* set destination to image file
* jpeg_start_compress(cinfo, FALSE);
* write data...
* jpeg_finish_compress(cinfo);
*
* jpeg_write_tables has the side effect of marking all tables written
* (same as jpeg_suppress_tables(..., TRUE)). Thus a subsequent start_compress
* will not re-emit the tables unless it is passed write_all_tables=TRUE.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_tables (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* (Re)initialize error mgr and destination modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->init_destination) (cinfo);
/* Initialize the marker writer ... bit of a crock to do it here. */
jinit_marker_writer(cinfo);
/* Write them tables! */
(*cinfo->marker->write_tables_only) (cinfo);
/* And clean up. */
(*cinfo->dest->term_destination) (cinfo);
/*
* In library releases up through v6a, we called jpeg_abort() here to free
* any working memory allocated by the destination manager and marker
* writer. Some applications had a problem with that: they allocated space
* of their own from the library memory manager, and didn't want it to go
* away during write_tables. So now we do nothing. This will cause a
* memory leak if an app calls write_tables repeatedly without doing a full
* compression cycle or otherwise resetting the JPEG object. However, that
* seems less bad than unexpectedly freeing memory in the normal case.
* An app that prefers the old behavior can call jpeg_abort for itself after
* each call to jpeg_write_tables().
*/
}

161
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcapistd.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
/*
* jcapistd.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the compression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "standard" API routines that are
* used in the normal full-compression case. They are not used by a
* transcoding-only application. Note that if an application links in
* jpeg_start_compress, it will end up linking in the entire compressor.
* We thus must separate this file from jcapimin.c to avoid linking the
* whole compression library into a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Compression initialization.
* Before calling this, all parameters and a data destination must be set up.
*
* We require a write_all_tables parameter as a failsafe check when writing
* multiple datastreams from the same compression object. Since prior runs
* will have left all the tables marked sent_table=TRUE, a subsequent run
* would emit an abbreviated stream (no tables) by default. This may be what
* is wanted, but for safety's sake it should not be the default behavior:
* programmers should have to make a deliberate choice to emit abbreviated
* images. Therefore the documentation and examples should encourage people
* to pass write_all_tables=TRUE; then it will take active thought to do the
* wrong thing.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_start_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean write_all_tables)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (write_all_tables)
jpeg_suppress_tables(cinfo, FALSE); /* mark all tables to be written */
/* (Re)initialize error mgr and destination modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->init_destination) (cinfo);
/* Perform master selection of active modules */
jinit_compress_master(cinfo);
/* Set up for the first pass */
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_pass) (cinfo);
/* Ready for application to drive first pass through jpeg_write_scanlines
* or jpeg_write_raw_data.
*/
cinfo->next_scanline = 0;
cinfo->global_state = (cinfo->raw_data_in ? CSTATE_RAW_OK : CSTATE_SCANNING);
}
/*
* Write some scanlines of data to the JPEG compressor.
*
* The return value will be the number of lines actually written.
* This should be less than the supplied num_lines only in case that
* the data destination module has requested suspension of the compressor,
* or if more than image_height scanlines are passed in.
*
* Note: we warn about excess calls to jpeg_write_scanlines() since
* this likely signals an application programmer error. However,
* excess scanlines passed in the last valid call are *silently* ignored,
* so that the application need not adjust num_lines for end-of-image
* when using a multiple-scanline buffer.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_write_scanlines (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY scanlines,
JDIMENSION num_lines)
{
JDIMENSION row_ctr, rows_left;
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_SCANNING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->next_scanline >= cinfo->image_height)
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->next_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->image_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Give master control module another chance if this is first call to
* jpeg_write_scanlines. This lets output of the frame/scan headers be
* delayed so that application can write COM, etc, markers between
* jpeg_start_compress and jpeg_write_scanlines.
*/
if (cinfo->master->call_pass_startup)
(*cinfo->master->pass_startup) (cinfo);
/* Ignore any extra scanlines at bottom of image. */
rows_left = cinfo->image_height - cinfo->next_scanline;
if (num_lines > rows_left)
num_lines = rows_left;
row_ctr = 0;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, scanlines, &row_ctr, num_lines);
cinfo->next_scanline += row_ctr;
return row_ctr;
}
/*
* Alternate entry point to write raw data.
* Processes exactly one iMCU row per call, unless suspended.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_write_raw_data (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE data,
JDIMENSION num_lines)
{
JDIMENSION lines_per_iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_RAW_OK)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->next_scanline >= cinfo->image_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->next_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->image_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Give master control module another chance if this is first call to
* jpeg_write_raw_data. This lets output of the frame/scan headers be
* delayed so that application can write COM, etc, markers between
* jpeg_start_compress and jpeg_write_raw_data.
*/
if (cinfo->master->call_pass_startup)
(*cinfo->master->pass_startup) (cinfo);
/* Verify that at least one iMCU row has been passed. */
lines_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE;
if (num_lines < lines_per_iMCU_row)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BUFFER_SIZE);
/* Directly compress the row. */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, data)) {
/* If compressor did not consume the whole row, suspend processing. */
return 0;
}
/* OK, we processed one iMCU row. */
cinfo->next_scanline += lines_per_iMCU_row;
return lines_per_iMCU_row;
}

937
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcarith.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,937 @@
/*
* jcarith.c
*
* Developed 1997-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains portable arithmetic entropy encoding routines for JPEG
* (implementing the ISO/IEC IS 10918-1 and CCITT Recommendation ITU-T T.81).
*
* Both sequential and progressive modes are supported in this single module.
*
* Suspension is not currently supported in this module.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Expanded entropy encoder object for arithmetic encoding. */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_entropy_encoder pub; /* public fields */
INT32 c; /* C register, base of coding interval, layout as in sec. D.1.3 */
INT32 a; /* A register, normalized size of coding interval */
INT32 sc; /* counter for stacked 0xFF values which might overflow */
INT32 zc; /* counter for pending 0x00 output values which might *
* be discarded at the end ("Pacman" termination) */
int ct; /* bit shift counter, determines when next byte will be written */
int buffer; /* buffer for most recent output byte != 0xFF */
int last_dc_val[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* last DC coef for each component */
int dc_context[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* context index for DC conditioning */
unsigned int restarts_to_go; /* MCUs left in this restart interval */
int next_restart_num; /* next restart number to write (0-7) */
/* Pointers to statistics areas (these workspaces have image lifespan) */
unsigned char * dc_stats[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
unsigned char * ac_stats[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
/* Statistics bin for coding with fixed probability 0.5 */
unsigned char fixed_bin[4];
} arith_entropy_encoder;
typedef arith_entropy_encoder * arith_entropy_ptr;
/* The following two definitions specify the allocation chunk size
* for the statistics area.
* According to sections F.1.4.4.1.3 and F.1.4.4.2, we need at least
* 49 statistics bins for DC, and 245 statistics bins for AC coding.
*
* We use a compact representation with 1 byte per statistics bin,
* thus the numbers directly represent byte sizes.
* This 1 byte per statistics bin contains the meaning of the MPS
* (more probable symbol) in the highest bit (mask 0x80), and the
* index into the probability estimation state machine table
* in the lower bits (mask 0x7F).
*/
#define DC_STAT_BINS 64
#define AC_STAT_BINS 256
/* NOTE: Uncomment the following #define if you want to use the
* given formula for calculating the AC conditioning parameter Kx
* for spectral selection progressive coding in section G.1.3.2
* of the spec (Kx = Kmin + SRL (8 + Se - Kmin) 4).
* Although the spec and P&M authors claim that this "has proven
* to give good results for 8 bit precision samples", I'm not
* convinced yet that this is really beneficial.
* Early tests gave only very marginal compression enhancements
* (a few - around 5 or so - bytes even for very large files),
* which would turn out rather negative if we'd suppress the
* DAC (Define Arithmetic Conditioning) marker segments for
* the default parameters in the future.
* Note that currently the marker writing module emits 12-byte
* DAC segments for a full-component scan in a color image.
* This is not worth worrying about IMHO. However, since the
* spec defines the default values to be used if the tables
* are omitted (unlike Huffman tables, which are required
* anyway), one might optimize this behaviour in the future,
* and then it would be disadvantageous to use custom tables if
* they don't provide sufficient gain to exceed the DAC size.
*
* On the other hand, I'd consider it as a reasonable result
* that the conditioning has no significant influence on the
* compression performance. This means that the basic
* statistical model is already rather stable.
*
* Thus, at the moment, we use the default conditioning values
* anyway, and do not use the custom formula.
*
#define CALCULATE_SPECTRAL_CONDITIONING
*/
/* IRIGHT_SHIFT is like RIGHT_SHIFT, but works on int rather than INT32.
* We assume that int right shift is unsigned if INT32 right shift is,
* which should be safe.
*/
#ifdef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS int ishift_temp;
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) \
((ishift_temp = (x)) < 0 ? \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)) | ((~0) << (16-(shft))) : \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)))
#else
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) ((x) >> (shft))
#endif
LOCAL(void)
emit_byte (int val, j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Write next output byte; we do not support suspension in this module. */
{
struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest = cinfo->dest;
*dest->next_output_byte++ = (JOCTET) val;
if (--dest->free_in_buffer == 0)
if (! (*dest->empty_output_buffer) (cinfo))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
}
/*
* Finish up at the end of an arithmetic-compressed scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
arith_entropy_ptr e = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
INT32 temp;
/* Section D.1.8: Termination of encoding */
/* Find the e->c in the coding interval with the largest
* number of trailing zero bits */
if ((temp = (e->a - 1 + e->c) & 0xFFFF0000L) < e->c)
e->c = temp + 0x8000L;
else
e->c = temp;
/* Send remaining bytes to output */
e->c <<= e->ct;
if (e->c & 0xF8000000L) {
/* One final overflow has to be handled */
if (e->buffer >= 0) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte(e->buffer + 1, cinfo);
if (e->buffer + 1 == 0xFF)
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
}
e->zc += e->sc; /* carry-over converts stacked 0xFF bytes to 0x00 */
e->sc = 0;
} else {
if (e->buffer == 0)
++e->zc;
else if (e->buffer >= 0) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte(e->buffer, cinfo);
}
if (e->sc) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
do {
emit_byte(0xFF, cinfo);
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
} while (--e->sc);
}
}
/* Output final bytes only if they are not 0x00 */
if (e->c & 0x7FFF800L) {
if (e->zc) /* output final pending zero bytes */
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte((e->c >> 19) & 0xFF, cinfo);
if (((e->c >> 19) & 0xFF) == 0xFF)
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
if (e->c & 0x7F800L) {
emit_byte((e->c >> 11) & 0xFF, cinfo);
if (((e->c >> 11) & 0xFF) == 0xFF)
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
}
}
}
/*
* The core arithmetic encoding routine (common in JPEG and JBIG).
* This needs to go as fast as possible.
* Machine-dependent optimization facilities
* are not utilized in this portable implementation.
* However, this code should be fairly efficient and
* may be a good base for further optimizations anyway.
*
* Parameter 'val' to be encoded may be 0 or 1 (binary decision).
*
* Note: I've added full "Pacman" termination support to the
* byte output routines, which is equivalent to the optional
* Discard_final_zeros procedure (Figure D.15) in the spec.
* Thus, we always produce the shortest possible output
* stream compliant to the spec (no trailing zero bytes,
* except for FF stuffing).
*
* I've also introduced a new scheme for accessing
* the probability estimation state machine table,
* derived from Markus Kuhn's JBIG implementation.
*/
LOCAL(void)
arith_encode (j_compress_ptr cinfo, unsigned char *st, int val)
{
register arith_entropy_ptr e = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
register unsigned char nl, nm;
register INT32 qe, temp;
register int sv;
/* Fetch values from our compact representation of Table D.3(D.2):
* Qe values and probability estimation state machine
*/
sv = *st;
qe = jpeg_aritab[sv & 0x7F]; /* => Qe_Value */
nl = qe & 0xFF; qe >>= 8; /* Next_Index_LPS + Switch_MPS */
nm = qe & 0xFF; qe >>= 8; /* Next_Index_MPS */
/* Encode & estimation procedures per sections D.1.4 & D.1.5 */
e->a -= qe;
if (val != (sv >> 7)) {
/* Encode the less probable symbol */
if (e->a >= qe) {
/* If the interval size (qe) for the less probable symbol (LPS)
* is larger than the interval size for the MPS, then exchange
* the two symbols for coding efficiency, otherwise code the LPS
* as usual: */
e->c += e->a;
e->a = qe;
}
*st = (sv & 0x80) ^ nl; /* Estimate_after_LPS */
} else {
/* Encode the more probable symbol */
if (e->a >= 0x8000L)
return; /* A >= 0x8000 -> ready, no renormalization required */
if (e->a < qe) {
/* If the interval size (qe) for the less probable symbol (LPS)
* is larger than the interval size for the MPS, then exchange
* the two symbols for coding efficiency: */
e->c += e->a;
e->a = qe;
}
*st = (sv & 0x80) ^ nm; /* Estimate_after_MPS */
}
/* Renormalization & data output per section D.1.6 */
do {
e->a <<= 1;
e->c <<= 1;
if (--e->ct == 0) {
/* Another byte is ready for output */
temp = e->c >> 19;
if (temp > 0xFF) {
/* Handle overflow over all stacked 0xFF bytes */
if (e->buffer >= 0) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte(e->buffer + 1, cinfo);
if (e->buffer + 1 == 0xFF)
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
}
e->zc += e->sc; /* carry-over converts stacked 0xFF bytes to 0x00 */
e->sc = 0;
/* Note: The 3 spacer bits in the C register guarantee
* that the new buffer byte can't be 0xFF here
* (see page 160 in the P&M JPEG book). */
e->buffer = temp & 0xFF; /* new output byte, might overflow later */
} else if (temp == 0xFF) {
++e->sc; /* stack 0xFF byte (which might overflow later) */
} else {
/* Output all stacked 0xFF bytes, they will not overflow any more */
if (e->buffer == 0)
++e->zc;
else if (e->buffer >= 0) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
emit_byte(e->buffer, cinfo);
}
if (e->sc) {
if (e->zc)
do emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
while (--e->zc);
do {
emit_byte(0xFF, cinfo);
emit_byte(0x00, cinfo);
} while (--e->sc);
}
e->buffer = temp & 0xFF; /* new output byte (can still overflow) */
}
e->c &= 0x7FFFFL;
e->ct += 8;
}
} while (e->a < 0x8000L);
}
/*
* Emit a restart marker & resynchronize predictions.
*/
LOCAL(void)
emit_restart (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int restart_num)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
finish_pass(cinfo);
emit_byte(0xFF, cinfo);
emit_byte(JPEG_RST0 + restart_num, cinfo);
/* Re-initialize statistics areas */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* DC needs no table for refinement scan */
if (cinfo->Ss == 0 && cinfo->Ah == 0) {
MEMZERO(entropy->dc_stats[compptr->dc_tbl_no], DC_STAT_BINS);
/* Reset DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0;
}
/* AC needs no table when not present */
if (cinfo->Se) {
MEMZERO(entropy->ac_stats[compptr->ac_tbl_no], AC_STAT_BINS);
}
}
/* Reset arithmetic encoding variables */
entropy->c = 0;
entropy->a = 0x10000L;
entropy->sc = 0;
entropy->zc = 0;
entropy->ct = 11;
entropy->buffer = -1; /* empty */
}
/*
* MCU encoding for DC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_DC_first (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int blkn, ci, tbl;
int v, v2, m;
ISHIFT_TEMPS
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
/* Encode the MCU data blocks */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
tbl = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci]->dc_tbl_no;
/* Compute the DC value after the required point transform by Al.
* This is simply an arithmetic right shift.
*/
m = IRIGHT_SHIFT((int) ((*block)[0]), cinfo->Al);
/* Sections F.1.4.1 & F.1.4.4.1: Encoding of DC coefficients */
/* Table F.4: Point to statistics bin S0 for DC coefficient coding */
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + entropy->dc_context[ci];
/* Figure F.4: Encode_DC_DIFF */
if ((v = m - entropy->last_dc_val[ci]) == 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
} else {
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = m;
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
/* Figure F.6: Encoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.7: Encoding the sign of v */
if (v > 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0); /* Table F.4: SS = S0 + 1 */
st += 2; /* Table F.4: SP = S0 + 2 */
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 4; /* small positive diff category */
} else {
v = -v;
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1); /* Table F.4: SS = S0 + 1 */
st += 3; /* Table F.4: SN = S0 + 3 */
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 8; /* small negative diff category */
}
/* Figure F.8: Encoding the magnitude category of v */
m = 0;
if (v -= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m = 1;
v2 = v;
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + 20; /* Table F.4: X1 = 20 */
while (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st += 1;
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
/* Section F.1.4.4.1.2: Establish dc_context conditioning category */
if (m < (int) ((1L << cinfo->arith_dc_L[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
else if (m > (int) ((1L << cinfo->arith_dc_U[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] += 8; /* large diff category */
/* Figure F.9: Encoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (m & v) ? 1 : 0);
}
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU encoding for AC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_AC_first (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int tbl, k, ke;
int v, v2, m;
const int * natural_order;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
natural_order = cinfo->natural_order;
/* Encode the MCU data block */
block = MCU_data[0];
tbl = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->ac_tbl_no;
/* Sections F.1.4.2 & F.1.4.4.2: Encoding of AC coefficients */
/* Establish EOB (end-of-block) index */
for (ke = cinfo->Se; ke > 0; ke--)
/* We must apply the point transform by Al. For AC coefficients this
* is an integer division with rounding towards 0. To do this portably
* in C, we shift after obtaining the absolute value.
*/
if ((v = (*block)[natural_order[ke]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) break;
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) break;
}
/* Figure F.5: Encode_AC_Coefficients */
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k <= ke; k++) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0); /* EOB decision */
for (;;) {
if ((v = (*block)[natural_order[k]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->fixed_bin, 0);
break;
}
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->fixed_bin, 1);
break;
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0); st += 3; k++;
}
st += 2;
/* Figure F.8: Encoding the magnitude category of v */
m = 0;
if (v -= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m = 1;
v2 = v;
if (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] +
(k <= cinfo->arith_ac_K[tbl] ? 189 : 217);
while (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st += 1;
}
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
/* Figure F.9: Encoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (m & v) ? 1 : 0);
}
/* Encode EOB decision only if k <= cinfo->Se */
if (k <= cinfo->Se) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU encoding for DC successive approximation refinement scan.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_DC_refine (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
unsigned char *st;
int Al, blkn;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
st = entropy->fixed_bin; /* use fixed probability estimation */
Al = cinfo->Al;
/* Encode the MCU data blocks */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
/* We simply emit the Al'th bit of the DC coefficient value. */
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (MCU_data[blkn][0][0] >> Al) & 1);
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU encoding for AC successive approximation refinement scan.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_AC_refine (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int tbl, k, ke, kex;
int v;
const int * natural_order;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
natural_order = cinfo->natural_order;
/* Encode the MCU data block */
block = MCU_data[0];
tbl = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->ac_tbl_no;
/* Section G.1.3.3: Encoding of AC coefficients */
/* Establish EOB (end-of-block) index */
for (ke = cinfo->Se; ke > 0; ke--)
/* We must apply the point transform by Al. For AC coefficients this
* is an integer division with rounding towards 0. To do this portably
* in C, we shift after obtaining the absolute value.
*/
if ((v = (*block)[natural_order[ke]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) break;
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) break;
}
/* Establish EOBx (previous stage end-of-block) index */
for (kex = ke; kex > 0; kex--)
if ((v = (*block)[natural_order[kex]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Ah) break;
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Ah) break;
}
/* Figure G.10: Encode_AC_Coefficients_SA */
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k <= ke; k++) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
if (k > kex)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0); /* EOB decision */
for (;;) {
if ((v = (*block)[natural_order[k]]) >= 0) {
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) {
if (v >> 1) /* previously nonzero coef */
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 2, (v & 1));
else { /* newly nonzero coef */
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->fixed_bin, 0);
}
break;
}
} else {
v = -v;
if (v >>= cinfo->Al) {
if (v >> 1) /* previously nonzero coef */
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 2, (v & 1));
else { /* newly nonzero coef */
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->fixed_bin, 1);
}
break;
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0); st += 3; k++;
}
}
/* Encode EOB decision only if k <= cinfo->Se */
if (k <= cinfo->Se) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Encode and output one MCU's worth of arithmetic-compressed coefficients.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int blkn, ci, tbl, k, ke;
int v, v2, m;
const int * natural_order;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
emit_restart(cinfo, entropy->next_restart_num);
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
natural_order = cinfo->natural_order;
/* Encode the MCU data blocks */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Sections F.1.4.1 & F.1.4.4.1: Encoding of DC coefficients */
tbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
/* Table F.4: Point to statistics bin S0 for DC coefficient coding */
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + entropy->dc_context[ci];
/* Figure F.4: Encode_DC_DIFF */
if ((v = (*block)[0] - entropy->last_dc_val[ci]) == 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
} else {
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = (*block)[0];
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
/* Figure F.6: Encoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.7: Encoding the sign of v */
if (v > 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0); /* Table F.4: SS = S0 + 1 */
st += 2; /* Table F.4: SP = S0 + 2 */
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 4; /* small positive diff category */
} else {
v = -v;
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1); /* Table F.4: SS = S0 + 1 */
st += 3; /* Table F.4: SN = S0 + 3 */
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 8; /* small negative diff category */
}
/* Figure F.8: Encoding the magnitude category of v */
m = 0;
if (v -= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m = 1;
v2 = v;
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + 20; /* Table F.4: X1 = 20 */
while (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st += 1;
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
/* Section F.1.4.4.1.2: Establish dc_context conditioning category */
if (m < (int) ((1L << cinfo->arith_dc_L[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
else if (m > (int) ((1L << cinfo->arith_dc_U[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] += 8; /* large diff category */
/* Figure F.9: Encoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (m & v) ? 1 : 0);
}
/* Sections F.1.4.2 & F.1.4.4.2: Encoding of AC coefficients */
if ((ke = cinfo->lim_Se) == 0) continue;
tbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
/* Establish EOB (end-of-block) index */
do {
if ((*block)[natural_order[ke]]) break;
} while (--ke);
/* Figure F.5: Encode_AC_Coefficients */
for (k = 0; k < ke;) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * k;
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0); /* EOB decision */
while ((v = (*block)[natural_order[++k]]) == 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 0);
st += 3;
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st + 1, 1);
/* Figure F.6: Encoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.7: Encoding the sign of v */
if (v > 0) {
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->fixed_bin, 0);
} else {
v = -v;
arith_encode(cinfo, entropy->fixed_bin, 1);
}
st += 2;
/* Figure F.8: Encoding the magnitude category of v */
m = 0;
if (v -= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m = 1;
v2 = v;
if (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] +
(k <= cinfo->arith_ac_K[tbl] ? 189 : 217);
while (v2 >>= 1) {
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
m <<= 1;
st += 1;
}
}
}
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 0);
/* Figure F.9: Encoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
arith_encode(cinfo, st, (m & v) ? 1 : 0);
}
/* Encode EOB decision only if k < cinfo->lim_Se */
if (k < cinfo->lim_Se) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * k;
arith_encode(cinfo, st, 1);
}
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Initialize for an arithmetic-compressed scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean gather_statistics)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci, tbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
if (gather_statistics)
/* Make sure to avoid that in the master control logic!
* We are fully adaptive here and need no extra
* statistics gathering pass!
*/
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
/* We assume jcmaster.c already validated the progressive scan parameters. */
/* Select execution routines */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
if (cinfo->Ah == 0) {
if (cinfo->Ss == 0)
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_DC_first;
else
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_AC_first;
} else {
if (cinfo->Ss == 0)
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_DC_refine;
else
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_AC_refine;
}
} else
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu;
/* Allocate & initialize requested statistics areas */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* DC needs no table for refinement scan */
if (cinfo->Ss == 0 && cinfo->Ah == 0) {
tbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
if (tbl < 0 || tbl >= NUM_ARITH_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, tbl);
if (entropy->dc_stats[tbl] == NULL)
entropy->dc_stats[tbl] = (unsigned char *) (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, DC_STAT_BINS);
MEMZERO(entropy->dc_stats[tbl], DC_STAT_BINS);
/* Initialize DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0;
}
/* AC needs no table when not present */
if (cinfo->Se) {
tbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
if (tbl < 0 || tbl >= NUM_ARITH_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, tbl);
if (entropy->ac_stats[tbl] == NULL)
entropy->ac_stats[tbl] = (unsigned char *) (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, AC_STAT_BINS);
MEMZERO(entropy->ac_stats[tbl], AC_STAT_BINS);
#ifdef CALCULATE_SPECTRAL_CONDITIONING
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
/* Section G.1.3.2: Set appropriate arithmetic conditioning value Kx */
cinfo->arith_ac_K[tbl] = cinfo->Ss + ((8 + cinfo->Se - cinfo->Ss) >> 4);
#endif
}
}
/* Initialize arithmetic encoding variables */
entropy->c = 0;
entropy->a = 0x10000L;
entropy->sc = 0;
entropy->zc = 0;
entropy->ct = 11;
entropy->buffer = -1; /* empty */
/* Initialize restart stuff */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num = 0;
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for arithmetic entropy encoding.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_arith_encoder (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy;
int i;
entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(arith_entropy_encoder));
cinfo->entropy = (struct jpeg_entropy_encoder *) entropy;
entropy->pub.start_pass = start_pass;
entropy->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass;
/* Mark tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++) {
entropy->dc_stats[i] = NULL;
entropy->ac_stats[i] = NULL;
}
/* Initialize index for fixed probability estimation */
entropy->fixed_bin[0] = 113;
}

454
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jccoefct.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
/*
* jccoefct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2003-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the coefficient buffer controller for compression.
* This controller is the top level of the JPEG compressor proper.
* The coefficient buffer lies between forward-DCT and entropy encoding steps.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* We use a full-image coefficient buffer when doing Huffman optimization,
* and also for writing multiple-scan JPEG files. In all cases, the DCT
* step is run during the first pass, and subsequent passes need only read
* the buffered coefficients.
*/
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
#define FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
#else
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
#define FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
#endif
#endif
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_coef_controller pub; /* public fields */
JDIMENSION iMCU_row_num; /* iMCU row # within image */
JDIMENSION mcu_ctr; /* counts MCUs processed in current row */
int MCU_vert_offset; /* counts MCU rows within iMCU row */
int MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row; /* number of such rows needed */
/* For single-pass compression, it's sufficient to buffer just one MCU
* (although this may prove a bit slow in practice). We allocate a
* workspace of C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU coefficient blocks, and reuse it for each
* MCU constructed and sent. (On 80x86, the workspace is FAR even though
* it's not really very big; this is to keep the module interfaces unchanged
* when a large coefficient buffer is necessary.)
* In multi-pass modes, this array points to the current MCU's blocks
* within the virtual arrays.
*/
JBLOCKROW MCU_buffer[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
/* In multi-pass modes, we need a virtual block array for each component. */
jvirt_barray_ptr whole_image[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_coef_controller;
typedef my_coef_controller * my_coef_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(boolean) compress_data
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(boolean) compress_first_pass
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
METHODDEF(boolean) compress_output
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
#endif
LOCAL(void)
start_iMCU_row (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Reset within-iMCU-row counters for a new row */
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* In an interleaved scan, an MCU row is the same as an iMCU row.
* In a noninterleaved scan, an iMCU row has v_samp_factor MCU rows.
* But at the bottom of the image, process only what's left.
*/
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan > 1) {
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = 1;
} else {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < (cinfo->total_iMCU_rows-1))
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->v_samp_factor;
else
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->last_row_height;
}
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
coef->MCU_vert_offset = 0;
}
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_coef (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
coef->iMCU_row_num = 0;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
if (coef->whole_image[0] != NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_data;
break;
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS:
if (coef->whole_image[0] == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_first_pass;
break;
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
if (coef->whole_image[0] == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_output;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
}
/*
* Process some data in the single-pass case.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the image.
* Returns TRUE if the iMCU row is completed, FALSE if suspended.
*
* NB: input_buf contains a plane for each component in image,
* which we index according to the component's SOF position.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_data (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
JDIMENSION last_MCU_col = cinfo->MCUs_per_row - 1;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
int blkn, bi, ci, yindex, yoffset, blockcnt;
JDIMENSION ypos, xpos;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
forward_DCT_ptr forward_DCT;
/* Loop to write as much as one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->mcu_ctr; MCU_col_num <= last_MCU_col;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Determine where data comes from in input_buf and do the DCT thing.
* Each call on forward_DCT processes a horizontal row of DCT blocks
* as wide as an MCU; we rely on having allocated the MCU_buffer[] blocks
* sequentially. Dummy blocks at the right or bottom edge are filled in
* specially. The data in them does not matter for image reconstruction,
* so we fill them with values that will encode to the smallest amount of
* data, viz: all zeroes in the AC entries, DC entries equal to previous
* block's DC value. (Thanks to Thomas Kinsman for this idea.)
*/
blkn = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
forward_DCT = cinfo->fdct->forward_DCT[compptr->component_index];
blockcnt = (MCU_col_num < last_MCU_col) ? compptr->MCU_width
: compptr->last_col_width;
xpos = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_sample_width;
ypos = yoffset * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size;
/* ypos == (yoffset+yindex) * DCTSIZE */
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < last_iMCU_row ||
yoffset+yindex < compptr->last_row_height) {
(*forward_DCT) (cinfo, compptr,
input_buf[compptr->component_index],
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn],
ypos, xpos, (JDIMENSION) blockcnt);
if (blockcnt < compptr->MCU_width) {
/* Create some dummy blocks at the right edge of the image. */
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) coef->MCU_buffer[blkn + blockcnt],
(compptr->MCU_width - blockcnt) * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (bi = blockcnt; bi < compptr->MCU_width; bi++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+bi][0][0] = coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+bi-1][0][0];
}
}
} else {
/* Create a row of dummy blocks at the bottom of the image. */
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) coef->MCU_buffer[blkn],
compptr->MCU_width * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (bi = 0; bi < compptr->MCU_width; bi++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+bi][0][0] = coef->MCU_buffer[blkn-1][0][0];
}
}
blkn += compptr->MCU_width;
ypos += compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size;
}
}
/* Try to write the MCU. In event of a suspension failure, we will
* re-DCT the MCU on restart (a bit inefficient, could be fixed...)
*/
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->encode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->mcu_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
coef->iMCU_row_num++;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data in the first pass of a multi-pass case.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the image.
* This amount of data is read from the source buffer, DCT'd and quantized,
* and saved into the virtual arrays. We also generate suitable dummy blocks
* as needed at the right and lower edges. (The dummy blocks are constructed
* in the virtual arrays, which have been padded appropriately.) This makes
* it possible for subsequent passes not to worry about real vs. dummy blocks.
*
* We must also emit the data to the entropy encoder. This is conveniently
* done by calling compress_output() after we've loaded the current strip
* of the virtual arrays.
*
* NB: input_buf contains a plane for each component in image. All
* components are DCT'd and loaded into the virtual arrays in this pass.
* However, it may be that only a subset of the components are emitted to
* the entropy encoder during this first pass; be careful about looking
* at the scan-dependent variables (MCU dimensions, etc).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_first_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
JDIMENSION blocks_across, MCUs_across, MCUindex;
int bi, ci, h_samp_factor, block_row, block_rows, ndummy;
JCOEF lastDC;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer;
JBLOCKROW thisblockrow, lastblockrow;
forward_DCT_ptr forward_DCT;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Align the virtual buffer for this component. */
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
coef->iMCU_row_num * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, TRUE);
/* Count non-dummy DCT block rows in this iMCU row. */
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < last_iMCU_row)
block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
else {
/* NB: can't use last_row_height here, since may not be set! */
block_rows = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (block_rows == 0) block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
}
blocks_across = compptr->width_in_blocks;
h_samp_factor = compptr->h_samp_factor;
/* Count number of dummy blocks to be added at the right margin. */
ndummy = (int) (blocks_across % h_samp_factor);
if (ndummy > 0)
ndummy = h_samp_factor - ndummy;
forward_DCT = cinfo->fdct->forward_DCT[ci];
/* Perform DCT for all non-dummy blocks in this iMCU row. Each call
* on forward_DCT processes a complete horizontal row of DCT blocks.
*/
for (block_row = 0; block_row < block_rows; block_row++) {
thisblockrow = buffer[block_row];
(*forward_DCT) (cinfo, compptr, input_buf[ci], thisblockrow,
(JDIMENSION) (block_row * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size),
(JDIMENSION) 0, blocks_across);
if (ndummy > 0) {
/* Create dummy blocks at the right edge of the image. */
thisblockrow += blocks_across; /* => first dummy block */
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) thisblockrow, ndummy * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
lastDC = thisblockrow[-1][0];
for (bi = 0; bi < ndummy; bi++) {
thisblockrow[bi][0] = lastDC;
}
}
}
/* If at end of image, create dummy block rows as needed.
* The tricky part here is that within each MCU, we want the DC values
* of the dummy blocks to match the last real block's DC value.
* This squeezes a few more bytes out of the resulting file...
*/
if (coef->iMCU_row_num == last_iMCU_row) {
blocks_across += ndummy; /* include lower right corner */
MCUs_across = blocks_across / h_samp_factor;
for (block_row = block_rows; block_row < compptr->v_samp_factor;
block_row++) {
thisblockrow = buffer[block_row];
lastblockrow = buffer[block_row-1];
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) thisblockrow,
(size_t) (blocks_across * SIZEOF(JBLOCK)));
for (MCUindex = 0; MCUindex < MCUs_across; MCUindex++) {
lastDC = lastblockrow[h_samp_factor-1][0];
for (bi = 0; bi < h_samp_factor; bi++) {
thisblockrow[bi][0] = lastDC;
}
thisblockrow += h_samp_factor; /* advance to next MCU in row */
lastblockrow += h_samp_factor;
}
}
}
}
/* NB: compress_output will increment iMCU_row_num if successful.
* A suspension return will result in redoing all the work above next time.
*/
/* Emit data to the entropy encoder, sharing code with subsequent passes */
return compress_output(cinfo, input_buf);
}
/*
* Process some data in subsequent passes of a multi-pass case.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the scan.
* The data is obtained from the virtual arrays and fed to the entropy coder.
* Returns TRUE if the iMCU row is completed, FALSE if suspended.
*
* NB: input_buf is ignored; it is likely to be a NULL pointer.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_output (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset;
JDIMENSION start_col;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Align the virtual buffers for the components used in this scan.
* NB: during first pass, this is safe only because the buffers will
* already be aligned properly, so jmemmgr.c won't need to do any I/O.
*/
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[compptr->component_index],
coef->iMCU_row_num * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, FALSE);
}
/* Loop to process one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->mcu_ctr; MCU_col_num < cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Construct list of pointers to DCT blocks belonging to this MCU */
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[ci][yindex+yoffset] + start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < compptr->MCU_width; xindex++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn++] = buffer_ptr++;
}
}
}
/* Try to write the MCU. */
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->encode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->mcu_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
coef->iMCU_row_num++;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize coefficient buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_coef_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_coef_ptr coef;
coef = (my_coef_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_coef_controller));
cinfo->coef = (struct jpeg_c_coef_controller *) coef;
coef->pub.start_pass = start_pass_coef;
/* Create the coefficient buffer. */
if (need_full_buffer) {
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* Allocate a full-image virtual array for each component, */
/* padded to a multiple of samp_factor DCT blocks in each direction. */
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
coef->whole_image[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, FALSE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->width_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->height_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->v_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor);
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif
} else {
/* We only need a single-MCU buffer. */
JBLOCKROW buffer;
int i;
buffer = (JBLOCKROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (i = 0; i < C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; i++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[i] = buffer + i;
}
coef->whole_image[0] = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
}
}

490
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jccolor.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
/*
* jccolor.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains input colorspace conversion routines.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_color_converter pub; /* public fields */
/* Private state for RGB->YCC conversion */
INT32 * rgb_ycc_tab; /* => table for RGB to YCbCr conversion */
} my_color_converter;
typedef my_color_converter * my_cconvert_ptr;
/**************** RGB -> YCbCr conversion: most common case **************/
/*
* YCbCr is defined per CCIR 601-1, except that Cb and Cr are
* normalized to the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE rather than -0.5 .. 0.5.
* The conversion equations to be implemented are therefore
* Y = 0.29900 * R + 0.58700 * G + 0.11400 * B
* Cb = -0.16874 * R - 0.33126 * G + 0.50000 * B + CENTERJSAMPLE
* Cr = 0.50000 * R - 0.41869 * G - 0.08131 * B + CENTERJSAMPLE
* (These numbers are derived from TIFF 6.0 section 21, dated 3-June-92.)
* Note: older versions of the IJG code used a zero offset of MAXJSAMPLE/2,
* rather than CENTERJSAMPLE, for Cb and Cr. This gave equal positive and
* negative swings for Cb/Cr, but meant that grayscale values (Cb=Cr=0)
* were not represented exactly. Now we sacrifice exact representation of
* maximum red and maximum blue in order to get exact grayscales.
*
* To avoid floating-point arithmetic, we represent the fractional constants
* as integers scaled up by 2^16 (about 4 digits precision); we have to divide
* the products by 2^16, with appropriate rounding, to get the correct answer.
*
* For even more speed, we avoid doing any multiplications in the inner loop
* by precalculating the constants times R,G,B for all possible values.
* For 8-bit JSAMPLEs this is very reasonable (only 256 entries per table);
* for 12-bit samples it is still acceptable. It's not very reasonable for
* 16-bit samples, but if you want lossless storage you shouldn't be changing
* colorspace anyway.
* The CENTERJSAMPLE offsets and the rounding fudge-factor of 0.5 are included
* in the tables to save adding them separately in the inner loop.
*/
#define SCALEBITS 16 /* speediest right-shift on some machines */
#define CBCR_OFFSET ((INT32) CENTERJSAMPLE << SCALEBITS)
#define ONE_HALF ((INT32) 1 << (SCALEBITS-1))
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * (1L<<SCALEBITS) + 0.5))
/* We allocate one big table and divide it up into eight parts, instead of
* doing eight alloc_small requests. This lets us use a single table base
* address, which can be held in a register in the inner loops on many
* machines (more than can hold all eight addresses, anyway).
*/
#define R_Y_OFF 0 /* offset to R => Y section */
#define G_Y_OFF (1*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)) /* offset to G => Y section */
#define B_Y_OFF (2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)) /* etc. */
#define R_CB_OFF (3*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define G_CB_OFF (4*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define B_CB_OFF (5*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define R_CR_OFF B_CB_OFF /* B=>Cb, R=>Cr are the same */
#define G_CR_OFF (6*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define B_CR_OFF (7*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define TABLE_SIZE (8*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
/*
* Initialize for RGB->YCC colorspace conversion.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_ycc_start (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
INT32 * rgb_ycc_tab;
INT32 i;
/* Allocate and fill in the conversion tables. */
cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab = rgb_ycc_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(TABLE_SIZE * SIZEOF(INT32)));
for (i = 0; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++) {
rgb_ycc_tab[i+R_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.29900) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+G_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.58700) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+B_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.11400) * i + ONE_HALF;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+R_CB_OFF] = (-FIX(0.16874)) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+G_CB_OFF] = (-FIX(0.33126)) * i;
/* We use a rounding fudge-factor of 0.5-epsilon for Cb and Cr.
* This ensures that the maximum output will round to MAXJSAMPLE
* not MAXJSAMPLE+1, and thus that we don't have to range-limit.
*/
rgb_ycc_tab[i+B_CB_OFF] = FIX(0.50000) * i + CBCR_OFFSET + ONE_HALF-1;
/* B=>Cb and R=>Cr tables are the same
rgb_ycc_tab[i+R_CR_OFF] = FIX(0.50000) * i + CBCR_OFFSET + ONE_HALF-1;
*/
rgb_ycc_tab[i+G_CR_OFF] = (-FIX(0.41869)) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+B_CR_OFF] = (-FIX(0.08131)) * i;
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
*
* Note that we change from the application's interleaved-pixel format
* to our internal noninterleaved, one-plane-per-component format.
* The input buffer is therefore three times as wide as the output buffer.
*
* A starting row offset is provided only for the output buffer. The caller
* can easily adjust the passed input_buf value to accommodate any row
* offset required on that side.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_ycc_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab;
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr0, outptr1, outptr2;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr0 = output_buf[0][output_row];
outptr1 = output_buf[1][output_row];
outptr2 = output_buf[2][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_RED]);
g = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_GREEN]);
b = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_BLUE]);
inptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
/* If the inputs are 0..MAXJSAMPLE, the outputs of these equations
* must be too; we do not need an explicit range-limiting operation.
* Hence the value being shifted is never negative, and we don't
* need the general RIGHT_SHIFT macro.
*/
/* Y */
outptr0[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cb */
outptr1[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CB_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CB_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CB_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cr */
outptr2[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CR_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CR_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CR_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/**************** Cases other than RGB -> YCbCr **************/
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles RGB->grayscale conversion, which is the same
* as the RGB->Y portion of RGB->YCbCr.
* We assume rgb_ycc_start has been called (we only use the Y tables).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_gray_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab;
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr = output_buf[0][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_RED]);
g = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_GREEN]);
b = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_BLUE]);
inptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
/* Y */
outptr[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles Adobe-style CMYK->YCCK conversion,
* where we convert R=1-C, G=1-M, and B=1-Y to YCbCr using the same
* conversion as above, while passing K (black) unchanged.
* We assume rgb_ycc_start has been called.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
cmyk_ycck_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab;
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr0, outptr1, outptr2, outptr3;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr0 = output_buf[0][output_row];
outptr1 = output_buf[1][output_row];
outptr2 = output_buf[2][output_row];
outptr3 = output_buf[3][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = MAXJSAMPLE - GETJSAMPLE(inptr[0]);
g = MAXJSAMPLE - GETJSAMPLE(inptr[1]);
b = MAXJSAMPLE - GETJSAMPLE(inptr[2]);
/* K passes through as-is */
outptr3[col] = inptr[3]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE here */
inptr += 4;
/* If the inputs are 0..MAXJSAMPLE, the outputs of these equations
* must be too; we do not need an explicit range-limiting operation.
* Hence the value being shifted is never negative, and we don't
* need the general RIGHT_SHIFT macro.
*/
/* Y */
outptr0[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cb */
outptr1[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CB_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CB_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CB_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cr */
outptr2[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CR_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CR_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CR_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles grayscale output with no conversion.
* The source can be either plain grayscale or YCbCr (since Y == gray).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
grayscale_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
int instride = cinfo->input_components;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr = output_buf[0][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
outptr[col] = inptr[0]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
inptr += instride;
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* No colorspace conversion, but change from interleaved
* to separate-planes representation.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr0, outptr1, outptr2;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr0 = output_buf[0][output_row];
outptr1 = output_buf[1][output_row];
outptr2 = output_buf[2][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
/* We can dispense with GETJSAMPLE() here */
outptr0[col] = inptr[RGB_RED];
outptr1[col] = inptr[RGB_GREEN];
outptr2[col] = inptr[RGB_BLUE];
inptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles multi-component colorspaces without conversion.
* We assume input_components == num_components.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
null_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
register int ci;
int nc = cinfo->num_components;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
/* It seems fastest to make a separate pass for each component. */
for (ci = 0; ci < nc; ci++) {
inptr = *input_buf;
outptr = output_buf[ci][output_row];
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
outptr[col] = inptr[ci]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
inptr += nc;
}
}
input_buf++;
output_row++;
}
}
/*
* Empty method for start_pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
null_method (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work needed */
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for input colorspace conversion.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_color_converter (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert;
cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_color_converter));
cinfo->cconvert = (struct jpeg_color_converter *) cconvert;
/* set start_pass to null method until we find out differently */
cconvert->pub.start_pass = null_method;
/* Make sure input_components agrees with in_color_space */
switch (cinfo->in_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
if (cinfo->input_components != 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
if (cinfo->input_components != RGB_PIXELSIZE)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
if (cinfo->input_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
case JCS_YCCK:
if (cinfo->input_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
default: /* JCS_UNKNOWN can be anything */
if (cinfo->input_components < 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
}
/* Check num_components, set conversion method based on requested space */
switch (cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
if (cinfo->num_components != 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_GRAYSCALE ||
cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_YCbCr)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = grayscale_convert;
else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_RGB) {
cconvert->pub.start_pass = rgb_ycc_start;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = rgb_gray_convert;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
if (cinfo->num_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_RGB)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = rgb_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
if (cinfo->num_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_RGB) {
cconvert->pub.start_pass = rgb_ycc_start;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = rgb_ycc_convert;
} else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_YCbCr)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
if (cinfo->num_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_CMYK)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
if (cinfo->num_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_CMYK) {
cconvert->pub.start_pass = rgb_ycc_start;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = cmyk_ycck_convert;
} else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_YCCK)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
default: /* allow null conversion of JCS_UNKNOWN */
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space != cinfo->in_color_space ||
cinfo->num_components != cinfo->input_components)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
break;
}
}

482
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcdctmgr.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
/*
* jcdctmgr.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the forward-DCT management logic.
* This code selects a particular DCT implementation to be used,
* and it performs related housekeeping chores including coefficient
* quantization.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
/* Private subobject for this module */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_forward_dct pub; /* public fields */
/* Pointer to the DCT routine actually in use */
forward_DCT_method_ptr do_dct[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* The actual post-DCT divisors --- not identical to the quant table
* entries, because of scaling (especially for an unnormalized DCT).
* Each table is given in normal array order.
*/
DCTELEM * divisors[NUM_QUANT_TBLS];
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
/* Same as above for the floating-point case. */
float_DCT_method_ptr do_float_dct[MAX_COMPONENTS];
FAST_FLOAT * float_divisors[NUM_QUANT_TBLS];
#endif
} my_fdct_controller;
typedef my_fdct_controller * my_fdct_ptr;
/* The current scaled-DCT routines require ISLOW-style divisor tables,
* so be sure to compile that code if either ISLOW or SCALING is requested.
*/
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#else
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#endif
#endif
/*
* Perform forward DCT on one or more blocks of a component.
*
* The input samples are taken from the sample_data[] array starting at
* position start_row/start_col, and moving to the right for any additional
* blocks. The quantized coefficients are returned in coef_blocks[].
*/
METHODDEF(void)
forward_DCT (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JBLOCKROW coef_blocks,
JDIMENSION start_row, JDIMENSION start_col,
JDIMENSION num_blocks)
/* This version is used for integer DCT implementations. */
{
/* This routine is heavily used, so it's worth coding it tightly. */
my_fdct_ptr fdct = (my_fdct_ptr) cinfo->fdct;
forward_DCT_method_ptr do_dct = fdct->do_dct[compptr->component_index];
DCTELEM * divisors = fdct->divisors[compptr->quant_tbl_no];
DCTELEM workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* work area for FDCT subroutine */
JDIMENSION bi;
sample_data += start_row; /* fold in the vertical offset once */
for (bi = 0; bi < num_blocks; bi++, start_col += compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size) {
/* Perform the DCT */
(*do_dct) (workspace, sample_data, start_col);
/* Quantize/descale the coefficients, and store into coef_blocks[] */
{ register DCTELEM temp, qval;
register int i;
register JCOEFPTR output_ptr = coef_blocks[bi];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
qval = divisors[i];
temp = workspace[i];
/* Divide the coefficient value by qval, ensuring proper rounding.
* Since C does not specify the direction of rounding for negative
* quotients, we have to force the dividend positive for portability.
*
* In most files, at least half of the output values will be zero
* (at default quantization settings, more like three-quarters...)
* so we should ensure that this case is fast. On many machines,
* a comparison is enough cheaper than a divide to make a special test
* a win. Since both inputs will be nonnegative, we need only test
* for a < b to discover whether a/b is 0.
* If your machine's division is fast enough, define FAST_DIVIDE.
*/
#ifdef FAST_DIVIDE
#define DIVIDE_BY(a,b) a /= b
#else
#define DIVIDE_BY(a,b) if (a >= b) a /= b; else a = 0
#endif
if (temp < 0) {
temp = -temp;
temp += qval>>1; /* for rounding */
DIVIDE_BY(temp, qval);
temp = -temp;
} else {
temp += qval>>1; /* for rounding */
DIVIDE_BY(temp, qval);
}
output_ptr[i] = (JCOEF) temp;
}
}
}
}
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void)
forward_DCT_float (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JBLOCKROW coef_blocks,
JDIMENSION start_row, JDIMENSION start_col,
JDIMENSION num_blocks)
/* This version is used for floating-point DCT implementations. */
{
/* This routine is heavily used, so it's worth coding it tightly. */
my_fdct_ptr fdct = (my_fdct_ptr) cinfo->fdct;
float_DCT_method_ptr do_dct = fdct->do_float_dct[compptr->component_index];
FAST_FLOAT * divisors = fdct->float_divisors[compptr->quant_tbl_no];
FAST_FLOAT workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* work area for FDCT subroutine */
JDIMENSION bi;
sample_data += start_row; /* fold in the vertical offset once */
for (bi = 0; bi < num_blocks; bi++, start_col += compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size) {
/* Perform the DCT */
(*do_dct) (workspace, sample_data, start_col);
/* Quantize/descale the coefficients, and store into coef_blocks[] */
{ register FAST_FLOAT temp;
register int i;
register JCOEFPTR output_ptr = coef_blocks[bi];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
/* Apply the quantization and scaling factor */
temp = workspace[i] * divisors[i];
/* Round to nearest integer.
* Since C does not specify the direction of rounding for negative
* quotients, we have to force the dividend positive for portability.
* The maximum coefficient size is +-16K (for 12-bit data), so this
* code should work for either 16-bit or 32-bit ints.
*/
output_ptr[i] = (JCOEF) ((int) (temp + (FAST_FLOAT) 16384.5) - 16384);
}
}
}
}
#endif /* DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
* Verify that all referenced Q-tables are present, and set up
* the divisor table for each one.
* In the current implementation, DCT of all components is done during
* the first pass, even if only some components will be output in the
* first scan. Hence all components should be examined here.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_fdctmgr (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_fdct_ptr fdct = (my_fdct_ptr) cinfo->fdct;
int ci, qtblno, i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
int method = 0;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
DCTELEM * dtbl;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Select the proper DCT routine for this component's scaling */
switch ((compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size << 8) + compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) {
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
case ((1 << 8) + 1):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_1x1;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((2 << 8) + 2):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_2x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((3 << 8) + 3):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_3x3;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((4 << 8) + 4):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_4x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((5 << 8) + 5):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_5x5;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((6 << 8) + 6):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_6x6;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((7 << 8) + 7):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_7x7;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((9 << 8) + 9):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_9x9;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((10 << 8) + 10):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_10x10;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((11 << 8) + 11):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_11x11;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((12 << 8) + 12):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_12x12;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((13 << 8) + 13):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_13x13;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((14 << 8) + 14):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_14x14;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((15 << 8) + 15):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_15x15;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((16 << 8) + 16):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_16x16;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((16 << 8) + 8):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_16x8;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((14 << 8) + 7):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_14x7;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((12 << 8) + 6):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_12x6;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((10 << 8) + 5):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_10x5;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((8 << 8) + 4):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_8x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((6 << 8) + 3):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_6x3;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((4 << 8) + 2):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_4x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((2 << 8) + 1):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_2x1;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((8 << 8) + 16):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_8x16;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((7 << 8) + 14):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_7x14;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((6 << 8) + 12):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_6x12;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((5 << 8) + 10):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_5x10;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((4 << 8) + 8):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_4x8;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((3 << 8) + 6):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_3x6;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((2 << 8) + 4):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_2x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((1 << 8) + 2):
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_1x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jfdctint uses islow-style table */
break;
#endif
case ((DCTSIZE << 8) + DCTSIZE):
switch (cinfo->dct_method) {
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_ISLOW:
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_islow;
method = JDCT_ISLOW;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
fdct->do_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_ifast;
method = JDCT_IFAST;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
fdct->do_float_dct[ci] = jpeg_fdct_float;
method = JDCT_FLOAT;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
break;
default:
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE,
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size, compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size);
break;
}
qtblno = compptr->quant_tbl_no;
/* Make sure specified quantization table is present */
if (qtblno < 0 || qtblno >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS ||
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, qtblno);
qtbl = cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno];
/* Compute divisors for this quant table */
/* We may do this more than once for same table, but it's not a big deal */
switch (method) {
#ifdef PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
case JDCT_ISLOW:
/* For LL&M IDCT method, divisors are equal to raw quantization
* coefficients multiplied by 8 (to counteract scaling).
*/
if (fdct->divisors[qtblno] == NULL) {
fdct->divisors[qtblno] = (DCTELEM *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(DCTELEM));
}
dtbl = fdct->divisors[qtblno];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
dtbl[i] = ((DCTELEM) qtbl->quantval[i]) << 3;
}
fdct->pub.forward_DCT[ci] = forward_DCT;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
{
/* For AA&N IDCT method, divisors are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* We apply a further scale factor of 8.
*/
#define CONST_BITS 14
static const INT16 aanscales[DCTSIZE2] = {
/* precomputed values scaled up by 14 bits */
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
22725, 31521, 29692, 26722, 22725, 17855, 12299, 6270,
21407, 29692, 27969, 25172, 21407, 16819, 11585, 5906,
19266, 26722, 25172, 22654, 19266, 15137, 10426, 5315,
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
12873, 17855, 16819, 15137, 12873, 10114, 6967, 3552,
8867, 12299, 11585, 10426, 8867, 6967, 4799, 2446,
4520, 6270, 5906, 5315, 4520, 3552, 2446, 1247
};
SHIFT_TEMPS
if (fdct->divisors[qtblno] == NULL) {
fdct->divisors[qtblno] = (DCTELEM *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(DCTELEM));
}
dtbl = fdct->divisors[qtblno];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
dtbl[i] = (DCTELEM)
DESCALE(MULTIPLY16V16((INT32) qtbl->quantval[i],
(INT32) aanscales[i]),
CONST_BITS-3);
}
}
fdct->pub.forward_DCT[ci] = forward_DCT;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
{
/* For float AA&N IDCT method, divisors are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* We apply a further scale factor of 8.
* What's actually stored is 1/divisor so that the inner loop can
* use a multiplication rather than a division.
*/
FAST_FLOAT * fdtbl;
int row, col;
static const double aanscalefactor[DCTSIZE] = {
1.0, 1.387039845, 1.306562965, 1.175875602,
1.0, 0.785694958, 0.541196100, 0.275899379
};
if (fdct->float_divisors[qtblno] == NULL) {
fdct->float_divisors[qtblno] = (FAST_FLOAT *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(FAST_FLOAT));
}
fdtbl = fdct->float_divisors[qtblno];
i = 0;
for (row = 0; row < DCTSIZE; row++) {
for (col = 0; col < DCTSIZE; col++) {
fdtbl[i] = (FAST_FLOAT)
(1.0 / (((double) qtbl->quantval[i] *
aanscalefactor[row] * aanscalefactor[col] * 8.0)));
i++;
}
}
}
fdct->pub.forward_DCT[ci] = forward_DCT_float;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
}
}
/*
* Initialize FDCT manager.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_forward_dct (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_fdct_ptr fdct;
int i;
fdct = (my_fdct_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_fdct_controller));
cinfo->fdct = (struct jpeg_forward_dct *) fdct;
fdct->pub.start_pass = start_pass_fdctmgr;
/* Mark divisor tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
fdct->divisors[i] = NULL;
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
fdct->float_divisors[i] = NULL;
#endif
}
}

1576
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jchuff.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

65
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcinit.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/*
* jcinit.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains initialization logic for the JPEG compressor.
* This routine is in charge of selecting the modules to be executed and
* making an initialization call to each one.
*
* Logically, this code belongs in jcmaster.c. It's split out because
* linking this routine implies linking the entire compression library.
* For a transcoding-only application, we want to be able to use jcmaster.c
* without linking in the whole library.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Master selection of compression modules.
* This is done once at the start of processing an image. We determine
* which modules will be used and give them appropriate initialization calls.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_compress_master (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Initialize master control (includes parameter checking/processing) */
jinit_c_master_control(cinfo, FALSE /* full compression */);
/* Preprocessing */
if (! cinfo->raw_data_in) {
jinit_color_converter(cinfo);
jinit_downsampler(cinfo);
jinit_c_prep_controller(cinfo, FALSE /* never need full buffer here */);
}
/* Forward DCT */
jinit_forward_dct(cinfo);
/* Entropy encoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code)
jinit_arith_encoder(cinfo);
else {
jinit_huff_encoder(cinfo);
}
/* Need a full-image coefficient buffer in any multi-pass mode. */
jinit_c_coef_controller(cinfo,
(boolean) (cinfo->num_scans > 1 || cinfo->optimize_coding));
jinit_c_main_controller(cinfo, FALSE /* never need full buffer here */);
jinit_marker_writer(cinfo);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Write the datastream header (SOI) immediately.
* Frame and scan headers are postponed till later.
* This lets application insert special markers after the SOI.
*/
(*cinfo->marker->write_file_header) (cinfo);
}

293
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcmainct.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
/*
* jcmainct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the main buffer controller for compression.
* The main buffer lies between the pre-processor and the JPEG
* compressor proper; it holds downsampled data in the JPEG colorspace.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Note: currently, there is no operating mode in which a full-image buffer
* is needed at this step. If there were, that mode could not be used with
* "raw data" input, since this module is bypassed in that case. However,
* we've left the code here for possible use in special applications.
*/
#undef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_main_controller pub; /* public fields */
JDIMENSION cur_iMCU_row; /* number of current iMCU row */
JDIMENSION rowgroup_ctr; /* counts row groups received in iMCU row */
boolean suspended; /* remember if we suspended output */
J_BUF_MODE pass_mode; /* current operating mode */
/* If using just a strip buffer, this points to the entire set of buffers
* (we allocate one for each component). In the full-image case, this
* points to the currently accessible strips of the virtual arrays.
*/
JSAMPARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* If using full-image storage, this array holds pointers to virtual-array
* control blocks for each component. Unused if not full-image storage.
*/
jvirt_sarray_ptr whole_image[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#endif
} my_main_controller;
typedef my_main_controller * my_main_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(void) process_data_simple_main
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr, JDIMENSION in_rows_avail));
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void) process_data_buffer_main
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr, JDIMENSION in_rows_avail));
#endif
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_main (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
/* Do nothing in raw-data mode. */
if (cinfo->raw_data_in)
return;
main->cur_iMCU_row = 0; /* initialize counters */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->suspended = FALSE;
main->pass_mode = pass_mode; /* save mode for use by process_data */
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
if (main->whole_image[0] != NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif
main->pub.process_data = process_data_simple_main;
break;
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_SAVE_SOURCE:
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
case JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS:
if (main->whole_image[0] == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
main->pub.process_data = process_data_buffer_main;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* This routine handles the simple pass-through mode,
* where we have only a strip buffer.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_simple_main (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
while (main->cur_iMCU_row < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
/* Read input data if we haven't filled the main buffer yet */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < (JDIMENSION) cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size)
(*cinfo->prep->pre_process_data) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_ctr, in_rows_avail,
main->buffer, &main->rowgroup_ctr,
(JDIMENSION) cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size);
/* If we don't have a full iMCU row buffered, return to application for
* more data. Note that preprocessor will always pad to fill the iMCU row
* at the bottom of the image.
*/
if (main->rowgroup_ctr != (JDIMENSION) cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size)
return;
/* Send the completed row to the compressor */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, main->buffer)) {
/* If compressor did not consume the whole row, then we must need to
* suspend processing and return to the application. In this situation
* we pretend we didn't yet consume the last input row; otherwise, if
* it happened to be the last row of the image, the application would
* think we were done.
*/
if (! main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)--;
main->suspended = TRUE;
}
return;
}
/* We did finish the row. Undo our little suspension hack if a previous
* call suspended; then mark the main buffer empty.
*/
if (main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)++;
main->suspended = FALSE;
}
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->cur_iMCU_row++;
}
}
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data.
* This routine handles all of the modes that use a full-size buffer.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_buffer_main (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
boolean writing = (main->pass_mode != JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
while (main->cur_iMCU_row < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
/* Realign the virtual buffers if at the start of an iMCU row. */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr == 0) {
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
main->buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, main->whole_image[ci],
main->cur_iMCU_row * (compptr->v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE),
(JDIMENSION) (compptr->v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE), writing);
}
/* In a read pass, pretend we just read some source data. */
if (! writing) {
*in_row_ctr += cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE;
main->rowgroup_ctr = DCTSIZE;
}
}
/* If a write pass, read input data until the current iMCU row is full. */
/* Note: preprocessor will pad if necessary to fill the last iMCU row. */
if (writing) {
(*cinfo->prep->pre_process_data) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_ctr, in_rows_avail,
main->buffer, &main->rowgroup_ctr,
(JDIMENSION) DCTSIZE);
/* Return to application if we need more data to fill the iMCU row. */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < DCTSIZE)
return;
}
/* Emit data, unless this is a sink-only pass. */
if (main->pass_mode != JBUF_SAVE_SOURCE) {
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, main->buffer)) {
/* If compressor did not consume the whole row, then we must need to
* suspend processing and return to the application. In this situation
* we pretend we didn't yet consume the last input row; otherwise, if
* it happened to be the last row of the image, the application would
* think we were done.
*/
if (! main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)--;
main->suspended = TRUE;
}
return;
}
/* We did finish the row. Undo our little suspension hack if a previous
* call suspended; then mark the main buffer empty.
*/
if (main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)++;
main->suspended = FALSE;
}
}
/* If get here, we are done with this iMCU row. Mark buffer empty. */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->cur_iMCU_row++;
}
}
#endif /* FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize main buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_main_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_main_ptr main;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
main = (my_main_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_main_controller));
cinfo->main = (struct jpeg_c_main_controller *) main;
main->pub.start_pass = start_pass_main;
/* We don't need to create a buffer in raw-data mode. */
if (cinfo->raw_data_in)
return;
/* Create the buffer. It holds downsampled data, so each component
* may be of a different size.
*/
if (need_full_buffer) {
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* Allocate a full-image virtual array for each component */
/* Note we pad the bottom to a multiple of the iMCU height */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
main->whole_image[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, FALSE,
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->height_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->v_samp_factor) * DCTSIZE,
(JDIMENSION) (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size));
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif
} else {
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
main->whole_image[0] = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
#endif
/* Allocate a strip buffer for each component */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
main->buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size,
(JDIMENSION) (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size));
}
}
}

682
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcmarker.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
/*
* jcmarker.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2003-2010 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains routines to write JPEG datastream markers.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
typedef enum { /* JPEG marker codes */
M_SOF0 = 0xc0,
M_SOF1 = 0xc1,
M_SOF2 = 0xc2,
M_SOF3 = 0xc3,
M_SOF5 = 0xc5,
M_SOF6 = 0xc6,
M_SOF7 = 0xc7,
M_JPG = 0xc8,
M_SOF9 = 0xc9,
M_SOF10 = 0xca,
M_SOF11 = 0xcb,
M_SOF13 = 0xcd,
M_SOF14 = 0xce,
M_SOF15 = 0xcf,
M_DHT = 0xc4,
M_DAC = 0xcc,
M_RST0 = 0xd0,
M_RST1 = 0xd1,
M_RST2 = 0xd2,
M_RST3 = 0xd3,
M_RST4 = 0xd4,
M_RST5 = 0xd5,
M_RST6 = 0xd6,
M_RST7 = 0xd7,
M_SOI = 0xd8,
M_EOI = 0xd9,
M_SOS = 0xda,
M_DQT = 0xdb,
M_DNL = 0xdc,
M_DRI = 0xdd,
M_DHP = 0xde,
M_EXP = 0xdf,
M_APP0 = 0xe0,
M_APP1 = 0xe1,
M_APP2 = 0xe2,
M_APP3 = 0xe3,
M_APP4 = 0xe4,
M_APP5 = 0xe5,
M_APP6 = 0xe6,
M_APP7 = 0xe7,
M_APP8 = 0xe8,
M_APP9 = 0xe9,
M_APP10 = 0xea,
M_APP11 = 0xeb,
M_APP12 = 0xec,
M_APP13 = 0xed,
M_APP14 = 0xee,
M_APP15 = 0xef,
M_JPG0 = 0xf0,
M_JPG13 = 0xfd,
M_COM = 0xfe,
M_TEM = 0x01,
M_ERROR = 0x100
} JPEG_MARKER;
/* Private state */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_marker_writer pub; /* public fields */
unsigned int last_restart_interval; /* last DRI value emitted; 0 after SOI */
} my_marker_writer;
typedef my_marker_writer * my_marker_ptr;
/*
* Basic output routines.
*
* Note that we do not support suspension while writing a marker.
* Therefore, an application using suspension must ensure that there is
* enough buffer space for the initial markers (typ. 600-700 bytes) before
* calling jpeg_start_compress, and enough space to write the trailing EOI
* (a few bytes) before calling jpeg_finish_compress. Multipass compression
* modes are not supported at all with suspension, so those two are the only
* points where markers will be written.
*/
LOCAL(void)
emit_byte (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)
/* Emit a byte */
{
struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest = cinfo->dest;
*(dest->next_output_byte)++ = (JOCTET) val;
if (--dest->free_in_buffer == 0) {
if (! (*dest->empty_output_buffer) (cinfo))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
}
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_marker (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JPEG_MARKER mark)
/* Emit a marker code */
{
emit_byte(cinfo, 0xFF);
emit_byte(cinfo, (int) mark);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_2bytes (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int value)
/* Emit a 2-byte integer; these are always MSB first in JPEG files */
{
emit_byte(cinfo, (value >> 8) & 0xFF);
emit_byte(cinfo, value & 0xFF);
}
/*
* Routines to write specific marker types.
*/
LOCAL(int)
emit_dqt (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int index)
/* Emit a DQT marker */
/* Returns the precision used (0 = 8bits, 1 = 16bits) for baseline checking */
{
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl = cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[index];
int prec;
int i;
if (qtbl == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, index);
prec = 0;
for (i = 0; i <= cinfo->lim_Se; i++) {
if (qtbl->quantval[cinfo->natural_order[i]] > 255)
prec = 1;
}
if (! qtbl->sent_table) {
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DQT);
emit_2bytes(cinfo,
prec ? cinfo->lim_Se * 2 + 2 + 1 + 2 : cinfo->lim_Se + 1 + 1 + 2);
emit_byte(cinfo, index + (prec<<4));
for (i = 0; i <= cinfo->lim_Se; i++) {
/* The table entries must be emitted in zigzag order. */
unsigned int qval = qtbl->quantval[cinfo->natural_order[i]];
if (prec)
emit_byte(cinfo, (int) (qval >> 8));
emit_byte(cinfo, (int) (qval & 0xFF));
}
qtbl->sent_table = TRUE;
}
return prec;
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_dht (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int index, boolean is_ac)
/* Emit a DHT marker */
{
JHUFF_TBL * htbl;
int length, i;
if (is_ac) {
htbl = cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[index];
index += 0x10; /* output index has AC bit set */
} else {
htbl = cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[index];
}
if (htbl == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, index);
if (! htbl->sent_table) {
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DHT);
length = 0;
for (i = 1; i <= 16; i++)
length += htbl->bits[i];
emit_2bytes(cinfo, length + 2 + 1 + 16);
emit_byte(cinfo, index);
for (i = 1; i <= 16; i++)
emit_byte(cinfo, htbl->bits[i]);
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
emit_byte(cinfo, htbl->huffval[i]);
htbl->sent_table = TRUE;
}
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_dac (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a DAC marker */
/* Since the useful info is so small, we want to emit all the tables in */
/* one DAC marker. Therefore this routine does its own scan of the table. */
{
#ifdef C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED
char dc_in_use[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
char ac_in_use[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
int length, i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++)
dc_in_use[i] = ac_in_use[i] = 0;
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->comps_in_scan; i++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[i];
/* DC needs no table for refinement scan */
if (cinfo->Ss == 0 && cinfo->Ah == 0)
dc_in_use[compptr->dc_tbl_no] = 1;
/* AC needs no table when not present */
if (cinfo->Se)
ac_in_use[compptr->ac_tbl_no] = 1;
}
length = 0;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++)
length += dc_in_use[i] + ac_in_use[i];
if (length) {
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DAC);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, length*2 + 2);
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++) {
if (dc_in_use[i]) {
emit_byte(cinfo, i);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->arith_dc_L[i] + (cinfo->arith_dc_U[i]<<4));
}
if (ac_in_use[i]) {
emit_byte(cinfo, i + 0x10);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->arith_ac_K[i]);
}
}
}
#endif /* C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED */
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_dri (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a DRI marker */
{
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DRI);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 4); /* fixed length */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->restart_interval);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_sof (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JPEG_MARKER code)
/* Emit a SOF marker */
{
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
emit_marker(cinfo, code);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 3 * cinfo->num_components + 2 + 5 + 1); /* length */
/* Make sure image isn't bigger than SOF field can handle */
if ((long) cinfo->jpeg_height > 65535L ||
(long) cinfo->jpeg_width > 65535L)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) 65535);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->data_precision);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->jpeg_height);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->jpeg_width);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->num_components);
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
emit_byte(cinfo, compptr->component_id);
emit_byte(cinfo, (compptr->h_samp_factor << 4) + compptr->v_samp_factor);
emit_byte(cinfo, compptr->quant_tbl_no);
}
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_sos (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a SOS marker */
{
int i, td, ta;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOS);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 * cinfo->comps_in_scan + 2 + 1 + 3); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->comps_in_scan);
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->comps_in_scan; i++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[i];
emit_byte(cinfo, compptr->component_id);
/* We emit 0 for unused field(s); this is recommended by the P&M text
* but does not seem to be specified in the standard.
*/
/* DC needs no table for refinement scan */
td = cinfo->Ss == 0 && cinfo->Ah == 0 ? compptr->dc_tbl_no : 0;
/* AC needs no table when not present */
ta = cinfo->Se ? compptr->ac_tbl_no : 0;
emit_byte(cinfo, (td << 4) + ta);
}
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->Ss);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->Se);
emit_byte(cinfo, (cinfo->Ah << 4) + cinfo->Al);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_pseudo_sos (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a pseudo SOS marker */
{
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOS);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 + 1 + 3); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0); /* Ns */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0); /* Ss */
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->block_size * cinfo->block_size - 1); /* Se */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0); /* Ah/Al */
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_jfif_app0 (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a JFIF-compliant APP0 marker */
{
/*
* Length of APP0 block (2 bytes)
* Block ID (4 bytes - ASCII "JFIF")
* Zero byte (1 byte to terminate the ID string)
* Version Major, Minor (2 bytes - major first)
* Units (1 byte - 0x00 = none, 0x01 = inch, 0x02 = cm)
* Xdpu (2 bytes - dots per unit horizontal)
* Ydpu (2 bytes - dots per unit vertical)
* Thumbnail X size (1 byte)
* Thumbnail Y size (1 byte)
*/
emit_marker(cinfo, M_APP0);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 + 4 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 2 + 2 + 1 + 1); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x4A); /* Identifier: ASCII "JFIF" */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x46);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x49);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x46);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->JFIF_major_version); /* Version fields */
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->JFIF_minor_version);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->density_unit); /* Pixel size information */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->X_density);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->Y_density);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0); /* No thumbnail image */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_adobe_app14 (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit an Adobe APP14 marker */
{
/*
* Length of APP14 block (2 bytes)
* Block ID (5 bytes - ASCII "Adobe")
* Version Number (2 bytes - currently 100)
* Flags0 (2 bytes - currently 0)
* Flags1 (2 bytes - currently 0)
* Color transform (1 byte)
*
* Although Adobe TN 5116 mentions Version = 101, all the Adobe files
* now in circulation seem to use Version = 100, so that's what we write.
*
* We write the color transform byte as 1 if the JPEG color space is
* YCbCr, 2 if it's YCCK, 0 otherwise. Adobe's definition has to do with
* whether the encoder performed a transformation, which is pretty useless.
*/
emit_marker(cinfo, M_APP14);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 + 5 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 1); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x41); /* Identifier: ASCII "Adobe" */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x64);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x6F);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x62);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x65);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 100); /* Version */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 0); /* Flags0 */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 0); /* Flags1 */
switch (cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
case JCS_YCbCr:
emit_byte(cinfo, 1); /* Color transform = 1 */
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
emit_byte(cinfo, 2); /* Color transform = 2 */
break;
default:
emit_byte(cinfo, 0); /* Color transform = 0 */
break;
}
}
/*
* These routines allow writing an arbitrary marker with parameters.
* The only intended use is to emit COM or APPn markers after calling
* write_file_header and before calling write_frame_header.
* Other uses are not guaranteed to produce desirable results.
* Counting the parameter bytes properly is the caller's responsibility.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_marker_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)
/* Emit an arbitrary marker header */
{
if (datalen > (unsigned int) 65533) /* safety check */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_LENGTH);
emit_marker(cinfo, (JPEG_MARKER) marker);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) (datalen + 2)); /* total length */
}
METHODDEF(void)
write_marker_byte (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)
/* Emit one byte of marker parameters following write_marker_header */
{
emit_byte(cinfo, val);
}
/*
* Write datastream header.
* This consists of an SOI and optional APPn markers.
* We recommend use of the JFIF marker, but not the Adobe marker,
* when using YCbCr or grayscale data. The JFIF marker should NOT
* be used for any other JPEG colorspace. The Adobe marker is helpful
* to distinguish RGB, CMYK, and YCCK colorspaces.
* Note that an application can write additional header markers after
* jpeg_start_compress returns.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_file_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_marker_ptr marker = (my_marker_ptr) cinfo->marker;
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOI); /* first the SOI */
/* SOI is defined to reset restart interval to 0 */
marker->last_restart_interval = 0;
if (cinfo->write_JFIF_header) /* next an optional JFIF APP0 */
emit_jfif_app0(cinfo);
if (cinfo->write_Adobe_marker) /* next an optional Adobe APP14 */
emit_adobe_app14(cinfo);
}
/*
* Write frame header.
* This consists of DQT and SOFn markers, and a conditional pseudo SOS marker.
* Note that we do not emit the SOF until we have emitted the DQT(s).
* This avoids compatibility problems with incorrect implementations that
* try to error-check the quant table numbers as soon as they see the SOF.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_frame_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int ci, prec;
boolean is_baseline;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Emit DQT for each quantization table.
* Note that emit_dqt() suppresses any duplicate tables.
*/
prec = 0;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
prec += emit_dqt(cinfo, compptr->quant_tbl_no);
}
/* now prec is nonzero iff there are any 16-bit quant tables. */
/* Check for a non-baseline specification.
* Note we assume that Huffman table numbers won't be changed later.
*/
if (cinfo->arith_code || cinfo->progressive_mode ||
cinfo->data_precision != 8 || cinfo->block_size != DCTSIZE) {
is_baseline = FALSE;
} else {
is_baseline = TRUE;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->dc_tbl_no > 1 || compptr->ac_tbl_no > 1)
is_baseline = FALSE;
}
if (prec && is_baseline) {
is_baseline = FALSE;
/* If it's baseline except for quantizer size, warn the user */
TRACEMS(cinfo, 0, JTRC_16BIT_TABLES);
}
}
/* Emit the proper SOF marker */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF10); /* SOF code for progressive arithmetic */
else
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF9); /* SOF code for sequential arithmetic */
} else {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF2); /* SOF code for progressive Huffman */
else if (is_baseline)
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF0); /* SOF code for baseline implementation */
else
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF1); /* SOF code for non-baseline Huffman file */
}
/* Check to emit pseudo SOS marker */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode && cinfo->block_size != DCTSIZE)
emit_pseudo_sos(cinfo);
}
/*
* Write scan header.
* This consists of DHT or DAC markers, optional DRI, and SOS.
* Compressed data will be written following the SOS.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_scan_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_marker_ptr marker = (my_marker_ptr) cinfo->marker;
int i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
/* Emit arith conditioning info. We may have some duplication
* if the file has multiple scans, but it's so small it's hardly
* worth worrying about.
*/
emit_dac(cinfo);
} else {
/* Emit Huffman tables.
* Note that emit_dht() suppresses any duplicate tables.
*/
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->comps_in_scan; i++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[i];
/* DC needs no table for refinement scan */
if (cinfo->Ss == 0 && cinfo->Ah == 0)
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->dc_tbl_no, FALSE);
/* AC needs no table when not present */
if (cinfo->Se)
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->ac_tbl_no, TRUE);
}
}
/* Emit DRI if required --- note that DRI value could change for each scan.
* We avoid wasting space with unnecessary DRIs, however.
*/
if (cinfo->restart_interval != marker->last_restart_interval) {
emit_dri(cinfo);
marker->last_restart_interval = cinfo->restart_interval;
}
emit_sos(cinfo);
}
/*
* Write datastream trailer.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_file_trailer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
emit_marker(cinfo, M_EOI);
}
/*
* Write an abbreviated table-specification datastream.
* This consists of SOI, DQT and DHT tables, and EOI.
* Any table that is defined and not marked sent_table = TRUE will be
* emitted. Note that all tables will be marked sent_table = TRUE at exit.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_tables_only (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int i;
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOI);
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
if (cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] != NULL)
(void) emit_dqt(cinfo, i);
}
if (! cinfo->arith_code) {
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
if (cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] != NULL)
emit_dht(cinfo, i, FALSE);
if (cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] != NULL)
emit_dht(cinfo, i, TRUE);
}
}
emit_marker(cinfo, M_EOI);
}
/*
* Initialize the marker writer module.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_marker_writer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_marker_ptr marker;
/* Create the subobject */
marker = (my_marker_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_marker_writer));
cinfo->marker = (struct jpeg_marker_writer *) marker;
/* Initialize method pointers */
marker->pub.write_file_header = write_file_header;
marker->pub.write_frame_header = write_frame_header;
marker->pub.write_scan_header = write_scan_header;
marker->pub.write_file_trailer = write_file_trailer;
marker->pub.write_tables_only = write_tables_only;
marker->pub.write_marker_header = write_marker_header;
marker->pub.write_marker_byte = write_marker_byte;
/* Initialize private state */
marker->last_restart_interval = 0;
}

858
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcmaster.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,858 @@
/*
* jcmaster.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2003-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains master control logic for the JPEG compressor.
* These routines are concerned with parameter validation, initial setup,
* and inter-pass control (determining the number of passes and the work
* to be done in each pass).
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private state */
typedef enum {
main_pass, /* input data, also do first output step */
huff_opt_pass, /* Huffman code optimization pass */
output_pass /* data output pass */
} c_pass_type;
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_comp_master pub; /* public fields */
c_pass_type pass_type; /* the type of the current pass */
int pass_number; /* # of passes completed */
int total_passes; /* total # of passes needed */
int scan_number; /* current index in scan_info[] */
} my_comp_master;
typedef my_comp_master * my_master_ptr;
/*
* Support routines that do various essential calculations.
*/
/*
* Compute JPEG image dimensions and related values.
* NOTE: this is exported for possible use by application.
* Hence it mustn't do anything that can't be done twice.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before master selection phase */
{
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
/* Sanity check on input image dimensions to prevent overflow in
* following calculation.
* We do check jpeg_width and jpeg_height in initial_setup below,
* but image_width and image_height can come from arbitrary data,
* and we need some space for multiplication by block_size.
*/
if (((long) cinfo->image_width >> 24) || ((long) cinfo->image_height >> 24))
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION);
/* Compute actual JPEG image dimensions and DCT scaling choices. */
if (cinfo->scale_num >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/1 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size;
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size;
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 1;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 1;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 2 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/2 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 2L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 2L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 2;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 2;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 3 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/3 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 3L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 3L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 3;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 3;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 4 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/4 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 4L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 4L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 4;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 4;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 5 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/5 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 5L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 5L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 5;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 5;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 6 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/6 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 6L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 6L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 6;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 6;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 7 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/7 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 7L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 7L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 7;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 7;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 8 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/8 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 8L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 8L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 8;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 8;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 9 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/9 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 9L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 9L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 9;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 9;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 10 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/10 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 10L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 10L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 10;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 10;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 11 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/11 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 11L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 11L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 11;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 11;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 12 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/12 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 12L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 12L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 12;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 12;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 13 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/13 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 13L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 13L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 13;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 13;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 14 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/14 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 14L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 14L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 14;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 14;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 15 >= cinfo->scale_denom * cinfo->block_size) {
/* Provide block_size/15 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 15L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 15L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 15;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 15;
} else {
/* Provide block_size/16 scaling */
cinfo->jpeg_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * cinfo->block_size, 16L);
cinfo->jpeg_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * cinfo->block_size, 16L);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 16;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 16;
}
#else /* !DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
/* Hardwire it to "no scaling" */
cinfo->jpeg_width = cinfo->image_width;
cinfo->jpeg_height = cinfo->image_height;
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
#endif /* DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
}
LOCAL(void)
jpeg_calc_trans_dimensions (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE,
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size, cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size);
cinfo->block_size = cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size;
}
LOCAL(void)
initial_setup (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean transcode_only)
/* Do computations that are needed before master selection phase */
{
int ci, ssize;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
long samplesperrow;
JDIMENSION jd_samplesperrow;
if (transcode_only)
jpeg_calc_trans_dimensions(cinfo);
else
jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions(cinfo);
/* Sanity check on block_size */
if (cinfo->block_size < 1 || cinfo->block_size > 16)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, cinfo->block_size, cinfo->block_size);
/* Derive natural_order from block_size */
switch (cinfo->block_size) {
case 2: cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order2; break;
case 3: cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order3; break;
case 4: cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order4; break;
case 5: cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order5; break;
case 6: cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order6; break;
case 7: cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order7; break;
default: cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order; break;
}
/* Derive lim_Se from block_size */
cinfo->lim_Se = cinfo->block_size < DCTSIZE ?
cinfo->block_size * cinfo->block_size - 1 : DCTSIZE2-1;
/* Sanity check on image dimensions */
if (cinfo->jpeg_height <= 0 || cinfo->jpeg_width <= 0 ||
cinfo->num_components <= 0 || cinfo->input_components <= 0)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE);
/* Make sure image isn't bigger than I can handle */
if ((long) cinfo->jpeg_height > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION ||
(long) cinfo->jpeg_width > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION);
/* Width of an input scanline must be representable as JDIMENSION. */
samplesperrow = (long) cinfo->image_width * (long) cinfo->input_components;
jd_samplesperrow = (JDIMENSION) samplesperrow;
if ((long) jd_samplesperrow != samplesperrow)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW);
/* For now, precision must match compiled-in value... */
if (cinfo->data_precision != BITS_IN_JSAMPLE)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PRECISION, cinfo->data_precision);
/* Check that number of components won't exceed internal array sizes */
if (cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
/* Compute maximum sampling factors; check factor validity */
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = 1;
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = 1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->h_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->h_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR ||
compptr->v_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->v_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SAMPLING);
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_h_samp_factor,
compptr->h_samp_factor);
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
compptr->v_samp_factor);
}
/* Compute dimensions of components */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Fill in the correct component_index value; don't rely on application */
compptr->component_index = ci;
/* In selecting the actual DCT scaling for each component, we try to
* scale down the chroma components via DCT scaling rather than downsampling.
* This saves time if the downsampler gets to use 1:1 scaling.
* Note this code adapts subsampling ratios which are powers of 2.
*/
ssize = 1;
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
while (cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size * ssize <=
(cinfo->do_fancy_downsampling ? DCTSIZE : DCTSIZE / 2) &&
(cinfo->max_h_samp_factor % (compptr->h_samp_factor * ssize * 2)) == 0) {
ssize = ssize * 2;
}
#endif
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size = cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size * ssize;
ssize = 1;
#ifdef DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
while (cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size * ssize <=
(cinfo->do_fancy_downsampling ? DCTSIZE : DCTSIZE / 2) &&
(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor % (compptr->v_samp_factor * ssize * 2)) == 0) {
ssize = ssize * 2;
}
#endif
compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size = cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size * ssize;
/* We don't support DCT ratios larger than 2. */
if (compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size > compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size * 2)
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size = compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size * 2;
else if (compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size > compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size * 2)
compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size = compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size * 2;
/* Size in DCT blocks */
compptr->width_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
compptr->height_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
/* Size in samples */
compptr->downsampled_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_width *
(long) (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
compptr->downsampled_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_height *
(long) (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
/* Mark component needed (this flag isn't actually used for compression) */
compptr->component_needed = TRUE;
}
/* Compute number of fully interleaved MCU rows (number of times that
* main controller will call coefficient controller).
*/
cinfo->total_iMCU_rows = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
}
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
LOCAL(void)
validate_script (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Verify that the scan script in cinfo->scan_info[] is valid; also
* determine whether it uses progressive JPEG, and set cinfo->progressive_mode.
*/
{
const jpeg_scan_info * scanptr;
int scanno, ncomps, ci, coefi, thisi;
int Ss, Se, Ah, Al;
boolean component_sent[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
int * last_bitpos_ptr;
int last_bitpos[MAX_COMPONENTS][DCTSIZE2];
/* -1 until that coefficient has been seen; then last Al for it */
#endif
if (cinfo->num_scans <= 0)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, 0);
/* For sequential JPEG, all scans must have Ss=0, Se=DCTSIZE2-1;
* for progressive JPEG, no scan can have this.
*/
scanptr = cinfo->scan_info;
if (scanptr->Ss != 0 || scanptr->Se != DCTSIZE2-1) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
cinfo->progressive_mode = TRUE;
last_bitpos_ptr = & last_bitpos[0][0];
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
for (coefi = 0; coefi < DCTSIZE2; coefi++)
*last_bitpos_ptr++ = -1;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
cinfo->progressive_mode = FALSE;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
component_sent[ci] = FALSE;
}
for (scanno = 1; scanno <= cinfo->num_scans; scanptr++, scanno++) {
/* Validate component indexes */
ncomps = scanptr->comps_in_scan;
if (ncomps <= 0 || ncomps > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, ncomps, MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
thisi = scanptr->component_index[ci];
if (thisi < 0 || thisi >= cinfo->num_components)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, scanno);
/* Components must appear in SOF order within each scan */
if (ci > 0 && thisi <= scanptr->component_index[ci-1])
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, scanno);
}
/* Validate progression parameters */
Ss = scanptr->Ss;
Se = scanptr->Se;
Ah = scanptr->Ah;
Al = scanptr->Al;
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
/* The JPEG spec simply gives the ranges 0..13 for Ah and Al, but that
* seems wrong: the upper bound ought to depend on data precision.
* Perhaps they really meant 0..N+1 for N-bit precision.
* Here we allow 0..10 for 8-bit data; Al larger than 10 results in
* out-of-range reconstructed DC values during the first DC scan,
* which might cause problems for some decoders.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define MAX_AH_AL 10
#else
#define MAX_AH_AL 13
#endif
if (Ss < 0 || Ss >= DCTSIZE2 || Se < Ss || Se >= DCTSIZE2 ||
Ah < 0 || Ah > MAX_AH_AL || Al < 0 || Al > MAX_AH_AL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
if (Ss == 0) {
if (Se != 0) /* DC and AC together not OK */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
} else {
if (ncomps != 1) /* AC scans must be for only one component */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
}
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
last_bitpos_ptr = & last_bitpos[scanptr->component_index[ci]][0];
if (Ss != 0 && last_bitpos_ptr[0] < 0) /* AC without prior DC scan */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
for (coefi = Ss; coefi <= Se; coefi++) {
if (last_bitpos_ptr[coefi] < 0) {
/* first scan of this coefficient */
if (Ah != 0)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
} else {
/* not first scan */
if (Ah != last_bitpos_ptr[coefi] || Al != Ah-1)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
}
last_bitpos_ptr[coefi] = Al;
}
}
#endif
} else {
/* For sequential JPEG, all progression parameters must be these: */
if (Ss != 0 || Se != DCTSIZE2-1 || Ah != 0 || Al != 0)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
/* Make sure components are not sent twice */
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
thisi = scanptr->component_index[ci];
if (component_sent[thisi])
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, scanno);
component_sent[thisi] = TRUE;
}
}
}
/* Now verify that everything got sent. */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
/* For progressive mode, we only check that at least some DC data
* got sent for each component; the spec does not require that all bits
* of all coefficients be transmitted. Would it be wiser to enforce
* transmission of all coefficient bits??
*/
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
if (last_bitpos[ci][0] < 0)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MISSING_DATA);
}
#endif
} else {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
if (! component_sent[ci])
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MISSING_DATA);
}
}
}
LOCAL(void)
reduce_script (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Adapt scan script for use with reduced block size;
* assume that script has been validated before.
*/
{
jpeg_scan_info * scanptr;
int idxout, idxin;
/* Circumvent const declaration for this function */
scanptr = (jpeg_scan_info *) cinfo->scan_info;
idxout = 0;
for (idxin = 0; idxin < cinfo->num_scans; idxin++) {
/* After skipping, idxout becomes smaller than idxin */
if (idxin != idxout)
/* Copy rest of data;
* note we stay in given chunk of allocated memory.
*/
scanptr[idxout] = scanptr[idxin];
if (scanptr[idxout].Ss > cinfo->lim_Se)
/* Entire scan out of range - skip this entry */
continue;
if (scanptr[idxout].Se > cinfo->lim_Se)
/* Limit scan to end of block */
scanptr[idxout].Se = cinfo->lim_Se;
idxout++;
}
cinfo->num_scans = idxout;
}
#endif /* C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
LOCAL(void)
select_scan_parameters (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Set up the scan parameters for the current scan */
{
int ci;
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->scan_info != NULL) {
/* Prepare for current scan --- the script is already validated */
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
const jpeg_scan_info * scanptr = cinfo->scan_info + master->scan_number;
cinfo->comps_in_scan = scanptr->comps_in_scan;
for (ci = 0; ci < scanptr->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci] =
&cinfo->comp_info[scanptr->component_index[ci]];
}
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
cinfo->Ss = scanptr->Ss;
cinfo->Se = scanptr->Se;
cinfo->Ah = scanptr->Ah;
cinfo->Al = scanptr->Al;
return;
}
}
else
#endif
{
/* Prepare for single sequential-JPEG scan containing all components */
if (cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
cinfo->comps_in_scan = cinfo->num_components;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci] = &cinfo->comp_info[ci];
}
}
cinfo->Ss = 0;
cinfo->Se = cinfo->block_size * cinfo->block_size - 1;
cinfo->Ah = 0;
cinfo->Al = 0;
}
LOCAL(void)
per_scan_setup (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before processing a JPEG scan */
/* cinfo->comps_in_scan and cinfo->cur_comp_info[] are already set */
{
int ci, mcublks, tmp;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan == 1) {
/* Noninterleaved (single-component) scan */
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0];
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = compptr->width_in_blocks;
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = compptr->height_in_blocks;
/* For noninterleaved scan, always one block per MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = 1;
compptr->MCU_height = 1;
compptr->MCU_blocks = 1;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
compptr->last_col_width = 1;
/* For noninterleaved scans, it is convenient to define last_row_height
* as the number of block rows present in the last iMCU row.
*/
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 1;
cinfo->MCU_membership[0] = 0;
} else {
/* Interleaved (multi-component) scan */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan <= 0 || cinfo->comps_in_scan > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->comps_in_scan,
MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_width,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->jpeg_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Sampling factors give # of blocks of component in each MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = compptr->h_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_height = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_blocks = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
/* Figure number of non-dummy blocks in last MCU column & row */
tmp = (int) (compptr->width_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_width);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_width;
compptr->last_col_width = tmp;
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_height);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
mcublks = compptr->MCU_blocks;
if (cinfo->blocks_in_MCU + mcublks > C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE);
while (mcublks-- > 0) {
cinfo->MCU_membership[cinfo->blocks_in_MCU++] = ci;
}
}
}
/* Convert restart specified in rows to actual MCU count. */
/* Note that count must fit in 16 bits, so we provide limiting. */
if (cinfo->restart_in_rows > 0) {
long nominal = (long) cinfo->restart_in_rows * (long) cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
cinfo->restart_interval = (unsigned int) MIN(nominal, 65535L);
}
}
/*
* Per-pass setup.
* This is called at the beginning of each pass. We determine which modules
* will be active during this pass and give them appropriate start_pass calls.
* We also set is_last_pass to indicate whether any more passes will be
* required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
prepare_for_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
switch (master->pass_type) {
case main_pass:
/* Initial pass: will collect input data, and do either Huffman
* optimization or data output for the first scan.
*/
select_scan_parameters(cinfo);
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
if (! cinfo->raw_data_in) {
(*cinfo->cconvert->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->downsample->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->prep->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_PASS_THRU);
}
(*cinfo->fdct->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo, cinfo->optimize_coding);
(*cinfo->coef->start_pass) (cinfo,
(master->total_passes > 1 ?
JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS : JBUF_PASS_THRU));
(*cinfo->main->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_PASS_THRU);
if (cinfo->optimize_coding) {
/* No immediate data output; postpone writing frame/scan headers */
master->pub.call_pass_startup = FALSE;
} else {
/* Will write frame/scan headers at first jpeg_write_scanlines call */
master->pub.call_pass_startup = TRUE;
}
break;
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
case huff_opt_pass:
/* Do Huffman optimization for a scan after the first one. */
select_scan_parameters(cinfo);
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
if (cinfo->Ss != 0 || cinfo->Ah == 0) {
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo, TRUE);
(*cinfo->coef->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
master->pub.call_pass_startup = FALSE;
break;
}
/* Special case: Huffman DC refinement scans need no Huffman table
* and therefore we can skip the optimization pass for them.
*/
master->pass_type = output_pass;
master->pass_number++;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
#endif
case output_pass:
/* Do a data-output pass. */
/* We need not repeat per-scan setup if prior optimization pass did it. */
if (! cinfo->optimize_coding) {
select_scan_parameters(cinfo);
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
}
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo, FALSE);
(*cinfo->coef->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
/* We emit frame/scan headers now */
if (master->scan_number == 0)
(*cinfo->marker->write_frame_header) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->marker->write_scan_header) (cinfo);
master->pub.call_pass_startup = FALSE;
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
}
master->pub.is_last_pass = (master->pass_number == master->total_passes-1);
/* Set up progress monitor's pass info if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = master->pass_number;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = master->total_passes;
}
}
/*
* Special start-of-pass hook.
* This is called by jpeg_write_scanlines if call_pass_startup is TRUE.
* In single-pass processing, we need this hook because we don't want to
* write frame/scan headers during jpeg_start_compress; we want to let the
* application write COM markers etc. between jpeg_start_compress and the
* jpeg_write_scanlines loop.
* In multi-pass processing, this routine is not used.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
pass_startup (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->master->call_pass_startup = FALSE; /* reset flag so call only once */
(*cinfo->marker->write_frame_header) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->marker->write_scan_header) (cinfo);
}
/*
* Finish up at end of pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass_master (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
/* The entropy coder always needs an end-of-pass call,
* either to analyze statistics or to flush its output buffer.
*/
(*cinfo->entropy->finish_pass) (cinfo);
/* Update state for next pass */
switch (master->pass_type) {
case main_pass:
/* next pass is either output of scan 0 (after optimization)
* or output of scan 1 (if no optimization).
*/
master->pass_type = output_pass;
if (! cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->scan_number++;
break;
case huff_opt_pass:
/* next pass is always output of current scan */
master->pass_type = output_pass;
break;
case output_pass:
/* next pass is either optimization or output of next scan */
if (cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->pass_type = huff_opt_pass;
master->scan_number++;
break;
}
master->pass_number++;
}
/*
* Initialize master compression control.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_master_control (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean transcode_only)
{
my_master_ptr master;
master = (my_master_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_comp_master));
cinfo->master = (struct jpeg_comp_master *) master;
master->pub.prepare_for_pass = prepare_for_pass;
master->pub.pass_startup = pass_startup;
master->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass_master;
master->pub.is_last_pass = FALSE;
/* Validate parameters, determine derived values */
initial_setup(cinfo, transcode_only);
if (cinfo->scan_info != NULL) {
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
validate_script(cinfo);
if (cinfo->block_size < DCTSIZE)
reduce_script(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
cinfo->progressive_mode = FALSE;
cinfo->num_scans = 1;
}
if ((cinfo->progressive_mode || cinfo->block_size < DCTSIZE) &&
!cinfo->arith_code) /* TEMPORARY HACK ??? */
/* assume default tables no good for progressive or downscale mode */
cinfo->optimize_coding = TRUE;
/* Initialize my private state */
if (transcode_only) {
/* no main pass in transcoding */
if (cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->pass_type = huff_opt_pass;
else
master->pass_type = output_pass;
} else {
/* for normal compression, first pass is always this type: */
master->pass_type = main_pass;
}
master->scan_number = 0;
master->pass_number = 0;
if (cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->total_passes = cinfo->num_scans * 2;
else
master->total_passes = cinfo->num_scans;
}

106
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcomapi.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
* jcomapi.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface routines that are used for both
* compression and decompression.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG compression or decompression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*
* For this, we merely clean up all the nonpermanent memory pools.
* Note that temp files (virtual arrays) are not allowed to belong to
* the permanent pool, so we will be able to close all temp files here.
* Closing a data source or destination, if necessary, is the application's
* responsibility.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_abort (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
int pool;
/* Do nothing if called on a not-initialized or destroyed JPEG object. */
if (cinfo->mem == NULL)
return;
/* Releasing pools in reverse order might help avoid fragmentation
* with some (brain-damaged) malloc libraries.
*/
for (pool = JPOOL_NUMPOOLS-1; pool > JPOOL_PERMANENT; pool--) {
(*cinfo->mem->free_pool) (cinfo, pool);
}
/* Reset overall state for possible reuse of object */
if (cinfo->is_decompressor) {
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_START;
/* Try to keep application from accessing now-deleted marker list.
* A bit kludgy to do it here, but this is the most central place.
*/
((j_decompress_ptr) cinfo)->marker_list = NULL;
} else {
cinfo->global_state = CSTATE_START;
}
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG object.
*
* Everything gets deallocated except the master jpeg_compress_struct itself
* and the error manager struct. Both of these are supplied by the application
* and must be freed, if necessary, by the application. (Often they are on
* the stack and so don't need to be freed anyway.)
* Closing a data source or destination, if necessary, is the application's
* responsibility.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_destroy (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
/* We need only tell the memory manager to release everything. */
/* NB: mem pointer is NULL if memory mgr failed to initialize. */
if (cinfo->mem != NULL)
(*cinfo->mem->self_destruct) (cinfo);
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* be safe if jpeg_destroy is called twice */
cinfo->global_state = 0; /* mark it destroyed */
}
/*
* Convenience routines for allocating quantization and Huffman tables.
* (Would jutils.c be a more reasonable place to put these?)
*/
GLOBAL(JQUANT_TBL *)
jpeg_alloc_quant_table (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
JQUANT_TBL *tbl;
tbl = (JQUANT_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) (cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
tbl->sent_table = FALSE; /* make sure this is false in any new table */
return tbl;
}
GLOBAL(JHUFF_TBL *)
jpeg_alloc_huff_table (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
JHUFF_TBL *tbl;
tbl = (JHUFF_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) (cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, SIZEOF(JHUFF_TBL));
tbl->sent_table = FALSE; /* make sure this is false in any new table */
return tbl;
}

632
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcparam.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
/*
* jcparam.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2003-2008 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains optional default-setting code for the JPEG compressor.
* Applications do not have to use this file, but those that don't use it
* must know a lot more about the innards of the JPEG code.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Quantization table setup routines
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_add_quant_table (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int which_tbl,
const unsigned int *basic_table,
int scale_factor, boolean force_baseline)
/* Define a quantization table equal to the basic_table times
* a scale factor (given as a percentage).
* If force_baseline is TRUE, the computed quantization table entries
* are limited to 1..255 for JPEG baseline compatibility.
*/
{
JQUANT_TBL ** qtblptr;
int i;
long temp;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (which_tbl < 0 || which_tbl >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_DQT_INDEX, which_tbl);
qtblptr = & cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[which_tbl];
if (*qtblptr == NULL)
*qtblptr = jpeg_alloc_quant_table((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
temp = ((long) basic_table[i] * scale_factor + 50L) / 100L;
/* limit the values to the valid range */
if (temp <= 0L) temp = 1L;
if (temp > 32767L) temp = 32767L; /* max quantizer needed for 12 bits */
if (force_baseline && temp > 255L)
temp = 255L; /* limit to baseline range if requested */
(*qtblptr)->quantval[i] = (UINT16) temp;
}
/* Initialize sent_table FALSE so table will be written to JPEG file. */
(*qtblptr)->sent_table = FALSE;
}
/* These are the sample quantization tables given in JPEG spec section K.1.
* The spec says that the values given produce "good" quality, and
* when divided by 2, "very good" quality.
*/
static const unsigned int std_luminance_quant_tbl[DCTSIZE2] = {
16, 11, 10, 16, 24, 40, 51, 61,
12, 12, 14, 19, 26, 58, 60, 55,
14, 13, 16, 24, 40, 57, 69, 56,
14, 17, 22, 29, 51, 87, 80, 62,
18, 22, 37, 56, 68, 109, 103, 77,
24, 35, 55, 64, 81, 104, 113, 92,
49, 64, 78, 87, 103, 121, 120, 101,
72, 92, 95, 98, 112, 100, 103, 99
};
static const unsigned int std_chrominance_quant_tbl[DCTSIZE2] = {
17, 18, 24, 47, 99, 99, 99, 99,
18, 21, 26, 66, 99, 99, 99, 99,
24, 26, 56, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
47, 66, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99
};
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_default_qtables (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean force_baseline)
/* Set or change the 'quality' (quantization) setting, using default tables
* and straight percentage-scaling quality scales.
* This entry point allows different scalings for luminance and chrominance.
*/
{
/* Set up two quantization tables using the specified scaling */
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 0, std_luminance_quant_tbl,
cinfo->q_scale_factor[0], force_baseline);
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 1, std_chrominance_quant_tbl,
cinfo->q_scale_factor[1], force_baseline);
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_linear_quality (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int scale_factor,
boolean force_baseline)
/* Set or change the 'quality' (quantization) setting, using default tables
* and a straight percentage-scaling quality scale. In most cases it's better
* to use jpeg_set_quality (below); this entry point is provided for
* applications that insist on a linear percentage scaling.
*/
{
/* Set up two quantization tables using the specified scaling */
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 0, std_luminance_quant_tbl,
scale_factor, force_baseline);
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 1, std_chrominance_quant_tbl,
scale_factor, force_baseline);
}
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_quality_scaling (int quality)
/* Convert a user-specified quality rating to a percentage scaling factor
* for an underlying quantization table, using our recommended scaling curve.
* The input 'quality' factor should be 0 (terrible) to 100 (very good).
*/
{
/* Safety limit on quality factor. Convert 0 to 1 to avoid zero divide. */
if (quality <= 0) quality = 1;
if (quality > 100) quality = 100;
/* The basic table is used as-is (scaling 100) for a quality of 50.
* Qualities 50..100 are converted to scaling percentage 200 - 2*Q;
* note that at Q=100 the scaling is 0, which will cause jpeg_add_quant_table
* to make all the table entries 1 (hence, minimum quantization loss).
* Qualities 1..50 are converted to scaling percentage 5000/Q.
*/
if (quality < 50)
quality = 5000 / quality;
else
quality = 200 - quality*2;
return quality;
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_quality (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int quality, boolean force_baseline)
/* Set or change the 'quality' (quantization) setting, using default tables.
* This is the standard quality-adjusting entry point for typical user
* interfaces; only those who want detailed control over quantization tables
* would use the preceding three routines directly.
*/
{
/* Convert user 0-100 rating to percentage scaling */
quality = jpeg_quality_scaling(quality);
/* Set up standard quality tables */
jpeg_set_linear_quality(cinfo, quality, force_baseline);
}
/*
* Huffman table setup routines
*/
LOCAL(void)
add_huff_table (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JHUFF_TBL **htblptr, const UINT8 *bits, const UINT8 *val)
/* Define a Huffman table */
{
int nsymbols, len;
if (*htblptr == NULL)
*htblptr = jpeg_alloc_huff_table((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Copy the number-of-symbols-of-each-code-length counts */
MEMCOPY((*htblptr)->bits, bits, SIZEOF((*htblptr)->bits));
/* Validate the counts. We do this here mainly so we can copy the right
* number of symbols from the val[] array, without risking marching off
* the end of memory. jchuff.c will do a more thorough test later.
*/
nsymbols = 0;
for (len = 1; len <= 16; len++)
nsymbols += bits[len];
if (nsymbols < 1 || nsymbols > 256)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE);
MEMCOPY((*htblptr)->huffval, val, nsymbols * SIZEOF(UINT8));
/* Initialize sent_table FALSE so table will be written to JPEG file. */
(*htblptr)->sent_table = FALSE;
}
LOCAL(void)
std_huff_tables (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Set up the standard Huffman tables (cf. JPEG standard section K.3) */
/* IMPORTANT: these are only valid for 8-bit data precision! */
{
static const UINT8 bits_dc_luminance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 1, 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
static const UINT8 val_dc_luminance[] =
{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 };
static const UINT8 bits_dc_chrominance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
static const UINT8 val_dc_chrominance[] =
{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 };
static const UINT8 bits_ac_luminance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 2, 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 3, 5, 5, 4, 4, 0, 0, 1, 0x7d };
static const UINT8 val_ac_luminance[] =
{ 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x04, 0x11, 0x05, 0x12,
0x21, 0x31, 0x41, 0x06, 0x13, 0x51, 0x61, 0x07,
0x22, 0x71, 0x14, 0x32, 0x81, 0x91, 0xa1, 0x08,
0x23, 0x42, 0xb1, 0xc1, 0x15, 0x52, 0xd1, 0xf0,
0x24, 0x33, 0x62, 0x72, 0x82, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x16,
0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27, 0x28,
0x29, 0x2a, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39,
0x3a, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48, 0x49,
0x4a, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58, 0x59,
0x5a, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67, 0x68, 0x69,
0x6a, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77, 0x78, 0x79,
0x7a, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87, 0x88, 0x89,
0x8a, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96, 0x97, 0x98,
0x99, 0x9a, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5, 0xa6, 0xa7,
0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4, 0xb5, 0xb6,
0xb7, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc4, 0xc5,
0xc6, 0xc7, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4,
0xd5, 0xd6, 0xd7, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda, 0xe1, 0xe2,
0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7, 0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea,
0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8,
0xf9, 0xfa };
static const UINT8 bits_ac_chrominance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 2, 1, 2, 4, 4, 3, 4, 7, 5, 4, 4, 0, 1, 2, 0x77 };
static const UINT8 val_ac_chrominance[] =
{ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x11, 0x04, 0x05, 0x21,
0x31, 0x06, 0x12, 0x41, 0x51, 0x07, 0x61, 0x71,
0x13, 0x22, 0x32, 0x81, 0x08, 0x14, 0x42, 0x91,
0xa1, 0xb1, 0xc1, 0x09, 0x23, 0x33, 0x52, 0xf0,
0x15, 0x62, 0x72, 0xd1, 0x0a, 0x16, 0x24, 0x34,
0xe1, 0x25, 0xf1, 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x26,
0x27, 0x28, 0x29, 0x2a, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38,
0x39, 0x3a, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48,
0x49, 0x4a, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58,
0x59, 0x5a, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67, 0x68,
0x69, 0x6a, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77, 0x78,
0x79, 0x7a, 0x82, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87,
0x88, 0x89, 0x8a, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96,
0x97, 0x98, 0x99, 0x9a, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5,
0xa6, 0xa7, 0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4,
0xb5, 0xb6, 0xb7, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xc2, 0xc3,
0xc4, 0xc5, 0xc6, 0xc7, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xd2,
0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xd6, 0xd7, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda,
0xe2, 0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7, 0xe8, 0xe9,
0xea, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8,
0xf9, 0xfa };
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[0],
bits_dc_luminance, val_dc_luminance);
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[0],
bits_ac_luminance, val_ac_luminance);
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[1],
bits_dc_chrominance, val_dc_chrominance);
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[1],
bits_ac_chrominance, val_ac_chrominance);
}
/*
* Default parameter setup for compression.
*
* Applications that don't choose to use this routine must do their
* own setup of all these parameters. Alternately, you can call this
* to establish defaults and then alter parameters selectively. This
* is the recommended approach since, if we add any new parameters,
* your code will still work (they'll be set to reasonable defaults).
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_defaults (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int i;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Allocate comp_info array large enough for maximum component count.
* Array is made permanent in case application wants to compress
* multiple images at same param settings.
*/
if (cinfo->comp_info == NULL)
cinfo->comp_info = (jpeg_component_info *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
MAX_COMPONENTS * SIZEOF(jpeg_component_info));
/* Initialize everything not dependent on the color space */
cinfo->scale_num = 1; /* 1:1 scaling */
cinfo->scale_denom = 1;
cinfo->data_precision = BITS_IN_JSAMPLE;
/* Set up two quantization tables using default quality of 75 */
jpeg_set_quality(cinfo, 75, TRUE);
/* Set up two Huffman tables */
std_huff_tables(cinfo);
/* Initialize default arithmetic coding conditioning */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->arith_dc_L[i] = 0;
cinfo->arith_dc_U[i] = 1;
cinfo->arith_ac_K[i] = 5;
}
/* Default is no multiple-scan output */
cinfo->scan_info = NULL;
cinfo->num_scans = 0;
/* Expect normal source image, not raw downsampled data */
cinfo->raw_data_in = FALSE;
/* Use Huffman coding, not arithmetic coding, by default */
cinfo->arith_code = FALSE;
/* By default, don't do extra passes to optimize entropy coding */
cinfo->optimize_coding = FALSE;
/* The standard Huffman tables are only valid for 8-bit data precision.
* If the precision is higher, force optimization on so that usable
* tables will be computed. This test can be removed if default tables
* are supplied that are valid for the desired precision.
*/
if (cinfo->data_precision > 8)
cinfo->optimize_coding = TRUE;
/* By default, use the simpler non-cosited sampling alignment */
cinfo->CCIR601_sampling = FALSE;
/* By default, apply fancy downsampling */
cinfo->do_fancy_downsampling = TRUE;
/* No input smoothing */
cinfo->smoothing_factor = 0;
/* DCT algorithm preference */
cinfo->dct_method = JDCT_DEFAULT;
/* No restart markers */
cinfo->restart_interval = 0;
cinfo->restart_in_rows = 0;
/* Fill in default JFIF marker parameters. Note that whether the marker
* will actually be written is determined by jpeg_set_colorspace.
*
* By default, the library emits JFIF version code 1.01.
* An application that wants to emit JFIF 1.02 extension markers should set
* JFIF_minor_version to 2. We could probably get away with just defaulting
* to 1.02, but there may still be some decoders in use that will complain
* about that; saying 1.01 should minimize compatibility problems.
*/
cinfo->JFIF_major_version = 1; /* Default JFIF version = 1.01 */
cinfo->JFIF_minor_version = 1;
cinfo->density_unit = 0; /* Pixel size is unknown by default */
cinfo->X_density = 1; /* Pixel aspect ratio is square by default */
cinfo->Y_density = 1;
/* Choose JPEG colorspace based on input space, set defaults accordingly */
jpeg_default_colorspace(cinfo);
}
/*
* Select an appropriate JPEG colorspace for in_color_space.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_default_colorspace (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
switch (cinfo->in_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_GRAYSCALE);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_YCbCr);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_YCbCr);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_CMYK); /* By default, no translation */
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_YCCK);
break;
case JCS_UNKNOWN:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_UNKNOWN);
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
}
}
/*
* Set the JPEG colorspace, and choose colorspace-dependent default values.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_colorspace (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_COLOR_SPACE colorspace)
{
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
int ci;
#define SET_COMP(index,id,hsamp,vsamp,quant,dctbl,actbl) \
(compptr = &cinfo->comp_info[index], \
compptr->component_id = (id), \
compptr->h_samp_factor = (hsamp), \
compptr->v_samp_factor = (vsamp), \
compptr->quant_tbl_no = (quant), \
compptr->dc_tbl_no = (dctbl), \
compptr->ac_tbl_no = (actbl) )
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* For all colorspaces, we use Q and Huff tables 0 for luminance components,
* tables 1 for chrominance components.
*/
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = colorspace;
cinfo->write_JFIF_header = FALSE; /* No marker for non-JFIF colorspaces */
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = FALSE; /* write no Adobe marker by default */
switch (colorspace) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
cinfo->write_JFIF_header = TRUE; /* Write a JFIF marker */
cinfo->num_components = 1;
/* JFIF specifies component ID 1 */
SET_COMP(0, 1, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = TRUE; /* write Adobe marker to flag RGB */
cinfo->num_components = 3;
SET_COMP(0, 0x52 /* 'R' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 0x47 /* 'G' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(2, 0x42 /* 'B' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
cinfo->write_JFIF_header = TRUE; /* Write a JFIF marker */
cinfo->num_components = 3;
/* JFIF specifies component IDs 1,2,3 */
/* We default to 2x2 subsamples of chrominance */
SET_COMP(0, 1, 2,2, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 2, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
SET_COMP(2, 3, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = TRUE; /* write Adobe marker to flag CMYK */
cinfo->num_components = 4;
SET_COMP(0, 0x43 /* 'C' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 0x4D /* 'M' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(2, 0x59 /* 'Y' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(3, 0x4B /* 'K' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = TRUE; /* write Adobe marker to flag YCCK */
cinfo->num_components = 4;
SET_COMP(0, 1, 2,2, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 2, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
SET_COMP(2, 3, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
SET_COMP(3, 4, 2,2, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_UNKNOWN:
cinfo->num_components = cinfo->input_components;
if (cinfo->num_components < 1 || cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
SET_COMP(ci, ci, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
}
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
}
}
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
LOCAL(jpeg_scan_info *)
fill_a_scan (jpeg_scan_info * scanptr, int ci,
int Ss, int Se, int Ah, int Al)
/* Support routine: generate one scan for specified component */
{
scanptr->comps_in_scan = 1;
scanptr->component_index[0] = ci;
scanptr->Ss = Ss;
scanptr->Se = Se;
scanptr->Ah = Ah;
scanptr->Al = Al;
scanptr++;
return scanptr;
}
LOCAL(jpeg_scan_info *)
fill_scans (jpeg_scan_info * scanptr, int ncomps,
int Ss, int Se, int Ah, int Al)
/* Support routine: generate one scan for each component */
{
int ci;
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
scanptr->comps_in_scan = 1;
scanptr->component_index[0] = ci;
scanptr->Ss = Ss;
scanptr->Se = Se;
scanptr->Ah = Ah;
scanptr->Al = Al;
scanptr++;
}
return scanptr;
}
LOCAL(jpeg_scan_info *)
fill_dc_scans (jpeg_scan_info * scanptr, int ncomps, int Ah, int Al)
/* Support routine: generate interleaved DC scan if possible, else N scans */
{
int ci;
if (ncomps <= MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN) {
/* Single interleaved DC scan */
scanptr->comps_in_scan = ncomps;
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++)
scanptr->component_index[ci] = ci;
scanptr->Ss = scanptr->Se = 0;
scanptr->Ah = Ah;
scanptr->Al = Al;
scanptr++;
} else {
/* Noninterleaved DC scan for each component */
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 0, 0, Ah, Al);
}
return scanptr;
}
/*
* Create a recommended progressive-JPEG script.
* cinfo->num_components and cinfo->jpeg_color_space must be correct.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_simple_progression (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int ncomps = cinfo->num_components;
int nscans;
jpeg_scan_info * scanptr;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Figure space needed for script. Calculation must match code below! */
if (ncomps == 3 && cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
/* Custom script for YCbCr color images. */
nscans = 10;
} else {
/* All-purpose script for other color spaces. */
if (ncomps > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
nscans = 6 * ncomps; /* 2 DC + 4 AC scans per component */
else
nscans = 2 + 4 * ncomps; /* 2 DC scans; 4 AC scans per component */
}
/* Allocate space for script.
* We need to put it in the permanent pool in case the application performs
* multiple compressions without changing the settings. To avoid a memory
* leak if jpeg_simple_progression is called repeatedly for the same JPEG
* object, we try to re-use previously allocated space, and we allocate
* enough space to handle YCbCr even if initially asked for grayscale.
*/
if (cinfo->script_space == NULL || cinfo->script_space_size < nscans) {
cinfo->script_space_size = MAX(nscans, 10);
cinfo->script_space = (jpeg_scan_info *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
cinfo->script_space_size * SIZEOF(jpeg_scan_info));
}
scanptr = cinfo->script_space;
cinfo->scan_info = scanptr;
cinfo->num_scans = nscans;
if (ncomps == 3 && cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
/* Custom script for YCbCr color images. */
/* Initial DC scan */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 0, 1);
/* Initial AC scan: get some luma data out in a hurry */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 1, 5, 0, 2);
/* Chroma data is too small to be worth expending many scans on */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 2, 1, 63, 0, 1);
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 1, 1, 63, 0, 1);
/* Complete spectral selection for luma AC */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 6, 63, 0, 2);
/* Refine next bit of luma AC */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 1, 63, 2, 1);
/* Finish DC successive approximation */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 0);
/* Finish AC successive approximation */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 2, 1, 63, 1, 0);
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 1, 1, 63, 1, 0);
/* Luma bottom bit comes last since it's usually largest scan */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 1, 63, 1, 0);
} else {
/* All-purpose script for other color spaces. */
/* Successive approximation first pass */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 0, 1);
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 5, 0, 2);
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 6, 63, 0, 2);
/* Successive approximation second pass */
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 63, 2, 1);
/* Successive approximation final pass */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 0);
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 63, 1, 0);
}
}
#endif /* C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED */

358
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcprepct.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
/*
* jcprepct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the compression preprocessing controller.
* This controller manages the color conversion, downsampling,
* and edge expansion steps.
*
* Most of the complexity here is associated with buffering input rows
* as required by the downsampler. See the comments at the head of
* jcsample.c for the downsampler's needs.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* At present, jcsample.c can request context rows only for smoothing.
* In the future, we might also need context rows for CCIR601 sampling
* or other more-complex downsampling procedures. The code to support
* context rows should be compiled only if needed.
*/
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
#define CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
#endif
/*
* For the simple (no-context-row) case, we just need to buffer one
* row group's worth of pixels for the downsampling step. At the bottom of
* the image, we pad to a full row group by replicating the last pixel row.
* The downsampler's last output row is then replicated if needed to pad
* out to a full iMCU row.
*
* When providing context rows, we must buffer three row groups' worth of
* pixels. Three row groups are physically allocated, but the row pointer
* arrays are made five row groups high, with the extra pointers above and
* below "wrapping around" to point to the last and first real row groups.
* This allows the downsampler to access the proper context rows.
* At the top and bottom of the image, we create dummy context rows by
* copying the first or last real pixel row. This copying could be avoided
* by pointer hacking as is done in jdmainct.c, but it doesn't seem worth the
* trouble on the compression side.
*/
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_prep_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* Downsampling input buffer. This buffer holds color-converted data
* until we have enough to do a downsample step.
*/
JSAMPARRAY color_buf[MAX_COMPONENTS];
JDIMENSION rows_to_go; /* counts rows remaining in source image */
int next_buf_row; /* index of next row to store in color_buf */
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED /* only needed for context case */
int this_row_group; /* starting row index of group to process */
int next_buf_stop; /* downsample when we reach this index */
#endif
} my_prep_controller;
typedef my_prep_controller * my_prep_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_prep (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
if (pass_mode != JBUF_PASS_THRU)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
/* Initialize total-height counter for detecting bottom of image */
prep->rows_to_go = cinfo->image_height;
/* Mark the conversion buffer empty */
prep->next_buf_row = 0;
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
/* Preset additional state variables for context mode.
* These aren't used in non-context mode, so we needn't test which mode.
*/
prep->this_row_group = 0;
/* Set next_buf_stop to stop after two row groups have been read in. */
prep->next_buf_stop = 2 * cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
#endif
}
/*
* Expand an image vertically from height input_rows to height output_rows,
* by duplicating the bottom row.
*/
LOCAL(void)
expand_bottom_edge (JSAMPARRAY image_data, JDIMENSION num_cols,
int input_rows, int output_rows)
{
register int row;
for (row = input_rows; row < output_rows; row++) {
jcopy_sample_rows(image_data, input_rows-1, image_data, row,
1, num_cols);
}
}
/*
* Process some data in the simple no-context case.
*
* Preprocessor output data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be v_samp_factor sample rows of each component.
* Downsampling will produce this much data from each max_v_samp_factor
* input rows.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
pre_process_data (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_row_groups_avail)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
int numrows, ci;
JDIMENSION inrows;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
while (*in_row_ctr < in_rows_avail &&
*out_row_group_ctr < out_row_groups_avail) {
/* Do color conversion to fill the conversion buffer. */
inrows = in_rows_avail - *in_row_ctr;
numrows = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor - prep->next_buf_row;
numrows = (int) MIN((JDIMENSION) numrows, inrows);
(*cinfo->cconvert->color_convert) (cinfo, input_buf + *in_row_ctr,
prep->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) prep->next_buf_row,
numrows);
*in_row_ctr += numrows;
prep->next_buf_row += numrows;
prep->rows_to_go -= numrows;
/* If at bottom of image, pad to fill the conversion buffer. */
if (prep->rows_to_go == 0 &&
prep->next_buf_row < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
expand_bottom_edge(prep->color_buf[ci], cinfo->image_width,
prep->next_buf_row, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
}
prep->next_buf_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
}
/* If we've filled the conversion buffer, empty it. */
if (prep->next_buf_row == cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
(*cinfo->downsample->downsample) (cinfo,
prep->color_buf, (JDIMENSION) 0,
output_buf, *out_row_group_ctr);
prep->next_buf_row = 0;
(*out_row_group_ctr)++;
}
/* If at bottom of image, pad the output to a full iMCU height.
* Note we assume the caller is providing a one-iMCU-height output buffer!
*/
if (prep->rows_to_go == 0 &&
*out_row_group_ctr < out_row_groups_avail) {
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
numrows = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
expand_bottom_edge(output_buf[ci],
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size,
(int) (*out_row_group_ctr * numrows),
(int) (out_row_groups_avail * numrows));
}
*out_row_group_ctr = out_row_groups_avail;
break; /* can exit outer loop without test */
}
}
}
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data in the context case.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
pre_process_context (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_row_groups_avail)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
int numrows, ci;
int buf_height = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * 3;
JDIMENSION inrows;
while (*out_row_group_ctr < out_row_groups_avail) {
if (*in_row_ctr < in_rows_avail) {
/* Do color conversion to fill the conversion buffer. */
inrows = in_rows_avail - *in_row_ctr;
numrows = prep->next_buf_stop - prep->next_buf_row;
numrows = (int) MIN((JDIMENSION) numrows, inrows);
(*cinfo->cconvert->color_convert) (cinfo, input_buf + *in_row_ctr,
prep->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) prep->next_buf_row,
numrows);
/* Pad at top of image, if first time through */
if (prep->rows_to_go == cinfo->image_height) {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
int row;
for (row = 1; row <= cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; row++) {
jcopy_sample_rows(prep->color_buf[ci], 0,
prep->color_buf[ci], -row,
1, cinfo->image_width);
}
}
}
*in_row_ctr += numrows;
prep->next_buf_row += numrows;
prep->rows_to_go -= numrows;
} else {
/* Return for more data, unless we are at the bottom of the image. */
if (prep->rows_to_go != 0)
break;
/* When at bottom of image, pad to fill the conversion buffer. */
if (prep->next_buf_row < prep->next_buf_stop) {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
expand_bottom_edge(prep->color_buf[ci], cinfo->image_width,
prep->next_buf_row, prep->next_buf_stop);
}
prep->next_buf_row = prep->next_buf_stop;
}
}
/* If we've gotten enough data, downsample a row group. */
if (prep->next_buf_row == prep->next_buf_stop) {
(*cinfo->downsample->downsample) (cinfo,
prep->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) prep->this_row_group,
output_buf, *out_row_group_ctr);
(*out_row_group_ctr)++;
/* Advance pointers with wraparound as necessary. */
prep->this_row_group += cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
if (prep->this_row_group >= buf_height)
prep->this_row_group = 0;
if (prep->next_buf_row >= buf_height)
prep->next_buf_row = 0;
prep->next_buf_stop = prep->next_buf_row + cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
}
}
}
/*
* Create the wrapped-around downsampling input buffer needed for context mode.
*/
LOCAL(void)
create_context_buffer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
int rgroup_height = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
int ci, i;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JSAMPARRAY true_buffer, fake_buffer;
/* Grab enough space for fake row pointers for all the components;
* we need five row groups' worth of pointers for each component.
*/
fake_buffer = (JSAMPARRAY)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(cinfo->num_components * 5 * rgroup_height) *
SIZEOF(JSAMPROW));
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Allocate the actual buffer space (3 row groups) for this component.
* We make the buffer wide enough to allow the downsampler to edge-expand
* horizontally within the buffer, if it so chooses.
*/
true_buffer = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) (((long) compptr->width_in_blocks *
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size *
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor) / compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) (3 * rgroup_height));
/* Copy true buffer row pointers into the middle of the fake row array */
MEMCOPY(fake_buffer + rgroup_height, true_buffer,
3 * rgroup_height * SIZEOF(JSAMPROW));
/* Fill in the above and below wraparound pointers */
for (i = 0; i < rgroup_height; i++) {
fake_buffer[i] = true_buffer[2 * rgroup_height + i];
fake_buffer[4 * rgroup_height + i] = true_buffer[i];
}
prep->color_buf[ci] = fake_buffer + rgroup_height;
fake_buffer += 5 * rgroup_height; /* point to space for next component */
}
}
#endif /* CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize preprocessing controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_prep_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_prep_ptr prep;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
if (need_full_buffer) /* safety check */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
prep = (my_prep_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_prep_controller));
cinfo->prep = (struct jpeg_c_prep_controller *) prep;
prep->pub.start_pass = start_pass_prep;
/* Allocate the color conversion buffer.
* We make the buffer wide enough to allow the downsampler to edge-expand
* horizontally within the buffer, if it so chooses.
*/
if (cinfo->downsample->need_context_rows) {
/* Set up to provide context rows */
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
prep->pub.pre_process_data = pre_process_context;
create_context_buffer(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
/* No context, just make it tall enough for one row group */
prep->pub.pre_process_data = pre_process_data;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
prep->color_buf[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) (((long) compptr->width_in_blocks *
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size *
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor) / compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
}
}
}

545
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jcsample.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,545 @@
/*
* jcsample.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains downsampling routines.
*
* Downsampling input data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be max_v_samp_factor pixel rows of each component,
* from which the downsampler produces v_samp_factor sample rows.
* A single row group is processed in each call to the downsampler module.
*
* The downsampler is responsible for edge-expansion of its output data
* to fill an integral number of DCT blocks horizontally. The source buffer
* may be modified if it is helpful for this purpose (the source buffer is
* allocated wide enough to correspond to the desired output width).
* The caller (the prep controller) is responsible for vertical padding.
*
* The downsampler may request "context rows" by setting need_context_rows
* during startup. In this case, the input arrays will contain at least
* one row group's worth of pixels above and below the passed-in data;
* the caller will create dummy rows at image top and bottom by replicating
* the first or last real pixel row.
*
* An excellent reference for image resampling is
* Digital Image Warping, George Wolberg, 1990.
* Pub. by IEEE Computer Society Press, Los Alamitos, CA. ISBN 0-8186-8944-7.
*
* The downsampling algorithm used here is a simple average of the source
* pixels covered by the output pixel. The hi-falutin sampling literature
* refers to this as a "box filter". In general the characteristics of a box
* filter are not very good, but for the specific cases we normally use (1:1
* and 2:1 ratios) the box is equivalent to a "triangle filter" which is not
* nearly so bad. If you intend to use other sampling ratios, you'd be well
* advised to improve this code.
*
* A simple input-smoothing capability is provided. This is mainly intended
* for cleaning up color-dithered GIF input files (if you find it inadequate,
* we suggest using an external filtering program such as pnmconvol). When
* enabled, each input pixel P is replaced by a weighted sum of itself and its
* eight neighbors. P's weight is 1-8*SF and each neighbor's weight is SF,
* where SF = (smoothing_factor / 1024).
* Currently, smoothing is only supported for 2h2v sampling factors.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Pointer to routine to downsample a single component */
typedef JMETHOD(void, downsample1_ptr,
(j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data));
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_downsampler pub; /* public fields */
/* Downsampling method pointers, one per component */
downsample1_ptr methods[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* Height of an output row group for each component. */
int rowgroup_height[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* These arrays save pixel expansion factors so that int_downsample need not
* recompute them each time. They are unused for other downsampling methods.
*/
UINT8 h_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
UINT8 v_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_downsampler;
typedef my_downsampler * my_downsample_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for a downsampling pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work for now */
}
/*
* Expand a component horizontally from width input_cols to width output_cols,
* by duplicating the rightmost samples.
*/
LOCAL(void)
expand_right_edge (JSAMPARRAY image_data, int num_rows,
JDIMENSION input_cols, JDIMENSION output_cols)
{
register JSAMPROW ptr;
register JSAMPLE pixval;
register int count;
int row;
int numcols = (int) (output_cols - input_cols);
if (numcols > 0) {
for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) {
ptr = image_data[row] + input_cols;
pixval = ptr[-1]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
for (count = numcols; count > 0; count--)
*ptr++ = pixval;
}
}
}
/*
* Do downsampling for a whole row group (all components).
*
* In this version we simply downsample each component independently.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
sep_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_index,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION out_row_group_index)
{
my_downsample_ptr downsample = (my_downsample_ptr) cinfo->downsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JSAMPARRAY in_ptr, out_ptr;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
in_ptr = input_buf[ci] + in_row_index;
out_ptr = output_buf[ci] +
(out_row_group_index * downsample->rowgroup_height[ci]);
(*downsample->methods[ci]) (cinfo, compptr, in_ptr, out_ptr);
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* One row group is processed per call.
* This version handles arbitrary integral sampling ratios, without smoothing.
* Note that this version is not actually used for customary sampling ratios.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
int_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
my_downsample_ptr downsample = (my_downsample_ptr) cinfo->downsample;
int inrow, outrow, h_expand, v_expand, numpix, numpix2, h, v;
JDIMENSION outcol, outcol_h; /* outcol_h == outcol*h_expand */
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
INT32 outvalue;
h_expand = downsample->h_expand[compptr->component_index];
v_expand = downsample->v_expand[compptr->component_index];
numpix = h_expand * v_expand;
numpix2 = numpix/2;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * h_expand);
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
for (outcol = 0, outcol_h = 0; outcol < output_cols;
outcol++, outcol_h += h_expand) {
outvalue = 0;
for (v = 0; v < v_expand; v++) {
inptr = input_data[inrow+v] + outcol_h;
for (h = 0; h < h_expand; h++) {
outvalue += (INT32) GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
}
}
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((outvalue + numpix2) / numpix);
}
inrow += v_expand;
outrow++;
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the special case of a full-size component,
* without smoothing.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
fullsize_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
/* Copy the data */
jcopy_sample_rows(input_data, 0, output_data, 0,
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor, cinfo->image_width);
/* Edge-expand */
expand_right_edge(output_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor, cinfo->image_width,
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size);
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical,
* without smoothing.
*
* A note about the "bias" calculations: when rounding fractional values to
* integer, we do not want to always round 0.5 up to the next integer.
* If we did that, we'd introduce a noticeable bias towards larger values.
* Instead, this code is arranged so that 0.5 will be rounded up or down at
* alternate pixel locations (a simple ordered dither pattern).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v1_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow;
JDIMENSION outcol;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register int bias;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * 2);
for (inrow = 0; inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; inrow++) {
outptr = output_data[inrow];
inptr = input_data[inrow];
bias = 0; /* bias = 0,1,0,1,... for successive samples */
for (outcol = 0; outcol < output_cols; outcol++) {
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((GETJSAMPLE(*inptr) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr[1])
+ bias) >> 1);
bias ^= 1; /* 0=>1, 1=>0 */
inptr += 2;
}
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the standard case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical,
* without smoothing.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow, outrow;
JDIMENSION outcol;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, outptr;
register int bias;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * 2);
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
inptr0 = input_data[inrow];
inptr1 = input_data[inrow+1];
bias = 1; /* bias = 1,2,1,2,... for successive samples */
for (outcol = 0; outcol < output_cols; outcol++) {
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1])
+ bias) >> 2);
bias ^= 3; /* 1=>2, 2=>1 */
inptr0 += 2; inptr1 += 2;
}
inrow += 2;
outrow++;
}
}
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the standard case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical,
* with smoothing. One row of context is required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_smooth_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow, outrow;
JDIMENSION colctr;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, above_ptr, below_ptr, outptr;
INT32 membersum, neighsum, memberscale, neighscale;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data - 1, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor + 2,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * 2);
/* We don't bother to form the individual "smoothed" input pixel values;
* we can directly compute the output which is the average of the four
* smoothed values. Each of the four member pixels contributes a fraction
* (1-8*SF) to its own smoothed image and a fraction SF to each of the three
* other smoothed pixels, therefore a total fraction (1-5*SF)/4 to the final
* output. The four corner-adjacent neighbor pixels contribute a fraction
* SF to just one smoothed pixel, or SF/4 to the final output; while the
* eight edge-adjacent neighbors contribute SF to each of two smoothed
* pixels, or SF/2 overall. In order to use integer arithmetic, these
* factors are scaled by 2^16 = 65536.
* Also recall that SF = smoothing_factor / 1024.
*/
memberscale = 16384 - cinfo->smoothing_factor * 80; /* scaled (1-5*SF)/4 */
neighscale = cinfo->smoothing_factor * 16; /* scaled SF/4 */
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
inptr0 = input_data[inrow];
inptr1 = input_data[inrow+1];
above_ptr = input_data[inrow-1];
below_ptr = input_data[inrow+2];
/* Special case for first column: pretend column -1 is same as column 0 */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
neighsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[2]);
neighsum += neighsum;
neighsum += GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[2]);
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
inptr0 += 2; inptr1 += 2; above_ptr += 2; below_ptr += 2;
for (colctr = output_cols - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
/* sum of pixels directly mapped to this output element */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
/* sum of edge-neighbor pixels */
neighsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[2]);
/* The edge-neighbors count twice as much as corner-neighbors */
neighsum += neighsum;
/* Add in the corner-neighbors */
neighsum += GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[2]);
/* form final output scaled up by 2^16 */
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
/* round, descale and output it */
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
inptr0 += 2; inptr1 += 2; above_ptr += 2; below_ptr += 2;
}
/* Special case for last column */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
neighsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
neighsum += neighsum;
neighsum += GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]);
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
inrow += 2;
outrow++;
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the special case of a full-size component,
* with smoothing. One row of context is required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
fullsize_smooth_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info *compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow;
JDIMENSION colctr;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
register JSAMPROW inptr, above_ptr, below_ptr, outptr;
INT32 membersum, neighsum, memberscale, neighscale;
int colsum, lastcolsum, nextcolsum;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data - 1, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor + 2,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols);
/* Each of the eight neighbor pixels contributes a fraction SF to the
* smoothed pixel, while the main pixel contributes (1-8*SF). In order
* to use integer arithmetic, these factors are multiplied by 2^16 = 65536.
* Also recall that SF = smoothing_factor / 1024.
*/
memberscale = 65536L - cinfo->smoothing_factor * 512L; /* scaled 1-8*SF */
neighscale = cinfo->smoothing_factor * 64; /* scaled SF */
for (inrow = 0; inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; inrow++) {
outptr = output_data[inrow];
inptr = input_data[inrow];
above_ptr = input_data[inrow-1];
below_ptr = input_data[inrow+1];
/* Special case for first column */
colsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr++) + GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr++) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
neighsum = colsum + (colsum - membersum) + nextcolsum;
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
lastcolsum = colsum; colsum = nextcolsum;
for (colctr = output_cols - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
above_ptr++; below_ptr++;
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
neighsum = lastcolsum + (colsum - membersum) + nextcolsum;
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
lastcolsum = colsum; colsum = nextcolsum;
}
/* Special case for last column */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
neighsum = lastcolsum + (colsum - membersum) + colsum;
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
}
}
#endif /* INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Module initialization routine for downsampling.
* Note that we must select a routine for each component.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_downsampler (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_downsample_ptr downsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
boolean smoothok = TRUE;
int h_in_group, v_in_group, h_out_group, v_out_group;
downsample = (my_downsample_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_downsampler));
cinfo->downsample = (struct jpeg_downsampler *) downsample;
downsample->pub.start_pass = start_pass_downsample;
downsample->pub.downsample = sep_downsample;
downsample->pub.need_context_rows = FALSE;
if (cinfo->CCIR601_sampling)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL);
/* Verify we can handle the sampling factors, and set up method pointers */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Compute size of an "output group" for DCT scaling. This many samples
* are to be converted from max_h_samp_factor * max_v_samp_factor pixels.
*/
h_out_group = (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size;
v_out_group = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
h_in_group = cinfo->max_h_samp_factor;
v_in_group = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
downsample->rowgroup_height[ci] = v_out_group; /* save for use later */
if (h_in_group == h_out_group && v_in_group == v_out_group) {
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->smoothing_factor) {
downsample->methods[ci] = fullsize_smooth_downsample;
downsample->pub.need_context_rows = TRUE;
} else
#endif
downsample->methods[ci] = fullsize_downsample;
} else if (h_in_group == h_out_group * 2 &&
v_in_group == v_out_group) {
smoothok = FALSE;
downsample->methods[ci] = h2v1_downsample;
} else if (h_in_group == h_out_group * 2 &&
v_in_group == v_out_group * 2) {
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->smoothing_factor) {
downsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_smooth_downsample;
downsample->pub.need_context_rows = TRUE;
} else
#endif
downsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_downsample;
} else if ((h_in_group % h_out_group) == 0 &&
(v_in_group % v_out_group) == 0) {
smoothok = FALSE;
downsample->methods[ci] = int_downsample;
downsample->h_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (h_in_group / h_out_group);
downsample->v_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (v_in_group / v_out_group);
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL);
}
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->smoothing_factor && !smoothok)
TRACEMS(cinfo, 0, JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL);
#endif
}

382
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jctrans.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
/*
* jctrans.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2000-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains library routines for transcoding compression,
* that is, writing raw DCT coefficient arrays to an output JPEG file.
* The routines in jcapimin.c will also be needed by a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL(void) transencode_master_selection
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays));
LOCAL(void) transencode_coef_controller
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays));
/*
* Compression initialization for writing raw-coefficient data.
* Before calling this, all parameters and a data destination must be set up.
* Call jpeg_finish_compress() to actually write the data.
*
* The number of passed virtual arrays must match cinfo->num_components.
* Note that the virtual arrays need not be filled or even realized at
* the time write_coefficients is called; indeed, if the virtual arrays
* were requested from this compression object's memory manager, they
* typically will be realized during this routine and filled afterwards.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_coefficients (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Mark all tables to be written */
jpeg_suppress_tables(cinfo, FALSE);
/* (Re)initialize error mgr and destination modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->init_destination) (cinfo);
/* Perform master selection of active modules */
transencode_master_selection(cinfo, coef_arrays);
/* Wait for jpeg_finish_compress() call */
cinfo->next_scanline = 0; /* so jpeg_write_marker works */
cinfo->global_state = CSTATE_WRCOEFS;
}
/*
* Initialize the compression object with default parameters,
* then copy from the source object all parameters needed for lossless
* transcoding. Parameters that can be varied without loss (such as
* scan script and Huffman optimization) are left in their default states.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_copy_critical_parameters (j_decompress_ptr srcinfo,
j_compress_ptr dstinfo)
{
JQUANT_TBL ** qtblptr;
jpeg_component_info *incomp, *outcomp;
JQUANT_TBL *c_quant, *slot_quant;
int tblno, ci, coefi;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (dstinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(dstinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, dstinfo->global_state);
/* Copy fundamental image dimensions */
dstinfo->image_width = srcinfo->image_width;
dstinfo->image_height = srcinfo->image_height;
dstinfo->input_components = srcinfo->num_components;
dstinfo->in_color_space = srcinfo->jpeg_color_space;
dstinfo->jpeg_width = srcinfo->output_width;
dstinfo->jpeg_height = srcinfo->output_height;
dstinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = srcinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size;
dstinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = srcinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
/* Initialize all parameters to default values */
jpeg_set_defaults(dstinfo);
/* jpeg_set_defaults may choose wrong colorspace, eg YCbCr if input is RGB.
* Fix it to get the right header markers for the image colorspace.
*/
jpeg_set_colorspace(dstinfo, srcinfo->jpeg_color_space);
dstinfo->data_precision = srcinfo->data_precision;
dstinfo->CCIR601_sampling = srcinfo->CCIR601_sampling;
/* Copy the source's quantization tables. */
for (tblno = 0; tblno < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; tblno++) {
if (srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno] != NULL) {
qtblptr = & dstinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno];
if (*qtblptr == NULL)
*qtblptr = jpeg_alloc_quant_table((j_common_ptr) dstinfo);
MEMCOPY((*qtblptr)->quantval,
srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno]->quantval,
SIZEOF((*qtblptr)->quantval));
(*qtblptr)->sent_table = FALSE;
}
}
/* Copy the source's per-component info.
* Note we assume jpeg_set_defaults has allocated the dest comp_info array.
*/
dstinfo->num_components = srcinfo->num_components;
if (dstinfo->num_components < 1 || dstinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(dstinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, dstinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
for (ci = 0, incomp = srcinfo->comp_info, outcomp = dstinfo->comp_info;
ci < dstinfo->num_components; ci++, incomp++, outcomp++) {
outcomp->component_id = incomp->component_id;
outcomp->h_samp_factor = incomp->h_samp_factor;
outcomp->v_samp_factor = incomp->v_samp_factor;
outcomp->quant_tbl_no = incomp->quant_tbl_no;
/* Make sure saved quantization table for component matches the qtable
* slot. If not, the input file re-used this qtable slot.
* IJG encoder currently cannot duplicate this.
*/
tblno = outcomp->quant_tbl_no;
if (tblno < 0 || tblno >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS ||
srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(dstinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, tblno);
slot_quant = srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno];
c_quant = incomp->quant_table;
if (c_quant != NULL) {
for (coefi = 0; coefi < DCTSIZE2; coefi++) {
if (c_quant->quantval[coefi] != slot_quant->quantval[coefi])
ERREXIT1(dstinfo, JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE, tblno);
}
}
/* Note: we do not copy the source's Huffman table assignments;
* instead we rely on jpeg_set_colorspace to have made a suitable choice.
*/
}
/* Also copy JFIF version and resolution information, if available.
* Strictly speaking this isn't "critical" info, but it's nearly
* always appropriate to copy it if available. In particular,
* if the application chooses to copy JFIF 1.02 extension markers from
* the source file, we need to copy the version to make sure we don't
* emit a file that has 1.02 extensions but a claimed version of 1.01.
* We will *not*, however, copy version info from mislabeled "2.01" files.
*/
if (srcinfo->saw_JFIF_marker) {
if (srcinfo->JFIF_major_version == 1) {
dstinfo->JFIF_major_version = srcinfo->JFIF_major_version;
dstinfo->JFIF_minor_version = srcinfo->JFIF_minor_version;
}
dstinfo->density_unit = srcinfo->density_unit;
dstinfo->X_density = srcinfo->X_density;
dstinfo->Y_density = srcinfo->Y_density;
}
}
/*
* Master selection of compression modules for transcoding.
* This substitutes for jcinit.c's initialization of the full compressor.
*/
LOCAL(void)
transencode_master_selection (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)
{
/* Initialize master control (includes parameter checking/processing) */
jinit_c_master_control(cinfo, TRUE /* transcode only */);
/* Entropy encoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code)
jinit_arith_encoder(cinfo);
else {
jinit_huff_encoder(cinfo);
}
/* We need a special coefficient buffer controller. */
transencode_coef_controller(cinfo, coef_arrays);
jinit_marker_writer(cinfo);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Write the datastream header (SOI, JFIF) immediately.
* Frame and scan headers are postponed till later.
* This lets application insert special markers after the SOI.
*/
(*cinfo->marker->write_file_header) (cinfo);
}
/*
* The rest of this file is a special implementation of the coefficient
* buffer controller. This is similar to jccoefct.c, but it handles only
* output from presupplied virtual arrays. Furthermore, we generate any
* dummy padding blocks on-the-fly rather than expecting them to be present
* in the arrays.
*/
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_coef_controller pub; /* public fields */
JDIMENSION iMCU_row_num; /* iMCU row # within image */
JDIMENSION mcu_ctr; /* counts MCUs processed in current row */
int MCU_vert_offset; /* counts MCU rows within iMCU row */
int MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row; /* number of such rows needed */
/* Virtual block array for each component. */
jvirt_barray_ptr * whole_image;
/* Workspace for constructing dummy blocks at right/bottom edges. */
JBLOCKROW dummy_buffer[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
} my_coef_controller;
typedef my_coef_controller * my_coef_ptr;
LOCAL(void)
start_iMCU_row (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Reset within-iMCU-row counters for a new row */
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* In an interleaved scan, an MCU row is the same as an iMCU row.
* In a noninterleaved scan, an iMCU row has v_samp_factor MCU rows.
* But at the bottom of the image, process only what's left.
*/
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan > 1) {
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = 1;
} else {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < (cinfo->total_iMCU_rows-1))
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->v_samp_factor;
else
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->last_row_height;
}
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
coef->MCU_vert_offset = 0;
}
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_coef (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
if (pass_mode != JBUF_CRANK_DEST)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->iMCU_row_num = 0;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
}
/*
* Process some data.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the scan.
* The data is obtained from the virtual arrays and fed to the entropy coder.
* Returns TRUE if the iMCU row is completed, FALSE if suspended.
*
* NB: input_buf is ignored; it is likely to be a NULL pointer.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_output (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
JDIMENSION last_MCU_col = cinfo->MCUs_per_row - 1;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset, blockcnt;
JDIMENSION start_col;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
JBLOCKROW MCU_buffer[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Align the virtual buffers for the components used in this scan. */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[compptr->component_index],
coef->iMCU_row_num * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, FALSE);
}
/* Loop to process one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->mcu_ctr; MCU_col_num < cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Construct list of pointers to DCT blocks belonging to this MCU */
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_width;
blockcnt = (MCU_col_num < last_MCU_col) ? compptr->MCU_width
: compptr->last_col_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < last_iMCU_row ||
yindex+yoffset < compptr->last_row_height) {
/* Fill in pointers to real blocks in this row */
buffer_ptr = buffer[ci][yindex+yoffset] + start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < blockcnt; xindex++)
MCU_buffer[blkn++] = buffer_ptr++;
} else {
/* At bottom of image, need a whole row of dummy blocks */
xindex = 0;
}
/* Fill in any dummy blocks needed in this row.
* Dummy blocks are filled in the same way as in jccoefct.c:
* all zeroes in the AC entries, DC entries equal to previous
* block's DC value. The init routine has already zeroed the
* AC entries, so we need only set the DC entries correctly.
*/
for (; xindex < compptr->MCU_width; xindex++) {
MCU_buffer[blkn] = coef->dummy_buffer[blkn];
MCU_buffer[blkn][0][0] = MCU_buffer[blkn-1][0][0];
blkn++;
}
}
}
/* Try to write the MCU. */
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->encode_mcu) (cinfo, MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->mcu_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
coef->iMCU_row_num++;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Initialize coefficient buffer controller.
*
* Each passed coefficient array must be the right size for that
* coefficient: width_in_blocks wide and height_in_blocks high,
* with unitheight at least v_samp_factor.
*/
LOCAL(void)
transencode_coef_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)
{
my_coef_ptr coef;
JBLOCKROW buffer;
int i;
coef = (my_coef_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_coef_controller));
cinfo->coef = (struct jpeg_c_coef_controller *) coef;
coef->pub.start_pass = start_pass_coef;
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_output;
/* Save pointer to virtual arrays */
coef->whole_image = coef_arrays;
/* Allocate and pre-zero space for dummy DCT blocks. */
buffer = (JBLOCKROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) buffer, C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (i = 0; i < C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; i++) {
coef->dummy_buffer[i] = buffer + i;
}
}

396
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdapimin.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
/*
* jdapimin.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the decompression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "minimum" API routines that may be
* needed in either the normal full-decompression case or the
* transcoding-only case.
*
* Most of the routines intended to be called directly by an application
* are in this file or in jdapistd.c. But also see jcomapi.c for routines
* shared by compression and decompression, and jdtrans.c for the transcoding
* case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Initialization of a JPEG decompression object.
* The error manager must already be set up (in case memory manager fails).
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_CreateDecompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int version, size_t structsize)
{
int i;
/* Guard against version mismatches between library and caller. */
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* so jpeg_destroy knows mem mgr not called */
if (version != JPEG_LIB_VERSION)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION, JPEG_LIB_VERSION, version);
if (structsize != SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct))
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
(int) SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct), (int) structsize);
/* For debugging purposes, we zero the whole master structure.
* But the application has already set the err pointer, and may have set
* client_data, so we have to save and restore those fields.
* Note: if application hasn't set client_data, tools like Purify may
* complain here.
*/
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
void * client_data = cinfo->client_data; /* ignore Purify complaint here */
MEMZERO(cinfo, SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct));
cinfo->err = err;
cinfo->client_data = client_data;
}
cinfo->is_decompressor = TRUE;
/* Initialize a memory manager instance for this object */
jinit_memory_mgr((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Zero out pointers to permanent structures. */
cinfo->progress = NULL;
cinfo->src = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++)
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
}
/* Initialize marker processor so application can override methods
* for COM, APPn markers before calling jpeg_read_header.
*/
cinfo->marker_list = NULL;
jinit_marker_reader(cinfo);
/* And initialize the overall input controller. */
jinit_input_controller(cinfo);
/* OK, I'm ready */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_START;
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG decompression object
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_destroy_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_destroy((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG decompression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_abort_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Set default decompression parameters.
*/
LOCAL(void)
default_decompress_parms (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Guess the input colorspace, and set output colorspace accordingly. */
/* (Wish JPEG committee had provided a real way to specify this...) */
/* Note application may override our guesses. */
switch (cinfo->num_components) {
case 1:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_GRAYSCALE;
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_GRAYSCALE;
break;
case 3:
if (cinfo->saw_JFIF_marker) {
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* JFIF implies YCbCr */
} else if (cinfo->saw_Adobe_marker) {
switch (cinfo->Adobe_transform) {
case 0:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_RGB;
break;
case 1:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr;
break;
default:
WARNMS1(cinfo, JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, cinfo->Adobe_transform);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume it's YCbCr */
break;
}
} else {
/* Saw no special markers, try to guess from the component IDs */
int cid0 = cinfo->comp_info[0].component_id;
int cid1 = cinfo->comp_info[1].component_id;
int cid2 = cinfo->comp_info[2].component_id;
if (cid0 == 1 && cid1 == 2 && cid2 == 3)
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume JFIF w/out marker */
else if (cid0 == 82 && cid1 == 71 && cid2 == 66)
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_RGB; /* ASCII 'R', 'G', 'B' */
else {
TRACEMS3(cinfo, 1, JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS, cid0, cid1, cid2);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume it's YCbCr */
}
}
/* Always guess RGB is proper output colorspace. */
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_RGB;
break;
case 4:
if (cinfo->saw_Adobe_marker) {
switch (cinfo->Adobe_transform) {
case 0:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
break;
case 2:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCCK;
break;
default:
WARNMS1(cinfo, JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, cinfo->Adobe_transform);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCCK; /* assume it's YCCK */
break;
}
} else {
/* No special markers, assume straight CMYK. */
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
}
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
break;
default:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_UNKNOWN;
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_UNKNOWN;
break;
}
/* Set defaults for other decompression parameters. */
cinfo->scale_num = cinfo->block_size; /* 1:1 scaling */
cinfo->scale_denom = cinfo->block_size;
cinfo->output_gamma = 1.0;
cinfo->buffered_image = FALSE;
cinfo->raw_data_out = FALSE;
cinfo->dct_method = JDCT_DEFAULT;
cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling = TRUE;
cinfo->do_block_smoothing = TRUE;
cinfo->quantize_colors = FALSE;
/* We set these in case application only sets quantize_colors. */
cinfo->dither_mode = JDITHER_FS;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
cinfo->two_pass_quantize = TRUE;
#else
cinfo->two_pass_quantize = FALSE;
#endif
cinfo->desired_number_of_colors = 256;
cinfo->colormap = NULL;
/* Initialize for no mode change in buffered-image mode. */
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
}
/*
* Decompression startup: read start of JPEG datastream to see what's there.
* Need only initialize JPEG object and supply a data source before calling.
*
* This routine will read as far as the first SOS marker (ie, actual start of
* compressed data), and will save all tables and parameters in the JPEG
* object. It will also initialize the decompression parameters to default
* values, and finally return JPEG_HEADER_OK. On return, the application may
* adjust the decompression parameters and then call jpeg_start_decompress.
* (Or, if the application only wanted to determine the image parameters,
* the data need not be decompressed. In that case, call jpeg_abort or
* jpeg_destroy to release any temporary space.)
* If an abbreviated (tables only) datastream is presented, the routine will
* return JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY upon reaching EOI. The application may then
* re-use the JPEG object to read the abbreviated image datastream(s).
* It is unnecessary (but OK) to call jpeg_abort in this case.
* The JPEG_SUSPENDED return code only occurs if the data source module
* requests suspension of the decompressor. In this case the application
* should load more source data and then re-call jpeg_read_header to resume
* processing.
* If a non-suspending data source is used and require_image is TRUE, then the
* return code need not be inspected since only JPEG_HEADER_OK is possible.
*
* This routine is now just a front end to jpeg_consume_input, with some
* extra error checking.
*/
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_read_header (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean require_image)
{
int retcode;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_START &&
cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_INHEADER)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
retcode = jpeg_consume_input(cinfo);
switch (retcode) {
case JPEG_REACHED_SOS:
retcode = JPEG_HEADER_OK;
break;
case JPEG_REACHED_EOI:
if (require_image) /* Complain if application wanted an image */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NO_IMAGE);
/* Reset to start state; it would be safer to require the application to
* call jpeg_abort, but we can't change it now for compatibility reasons.
* A side effect is to free any temporary memory (there shouldn't be any).
*/
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* sets state = DSTATE_START */
retcode = JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY;
break;
case JPEG_SUSPENDED:
/* no work */
break;
}
return retcode;
}
/*
* Consume data in advance of what the decompressor requires.
* This can be called at any time once the decompressor object has
* been created and a data source has been set up.
*
* This routine is essentially a state machine that handles a couple
* of critical state-transition actions, namely initial setup and
* transition from header scanning to ready-for-start_decompress.
* All the actual input is done via the input controller's consume_input
* method.
*/
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_consume_input (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
int retcode = JPEG_SUSPENDED;
/* NB: every possible DSTATE value should be listed in this switch */
switch (cinfo->global_state) {
case DSTATE_START:
/* Start-of-datastream actions: reset appropriate modules */
(*cinfo->inputctl->reset_input_controller) (cinfo);
/* Initialize application's data source module */
(*cinfo->src->init_source) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_INHEADER;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case DSTATE_INHEADER:
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS) { /* Found SOS, prepare to decompress */
/* Set up default parameters based on header data */
default_decompress_parms(cinfo);
/* Set global state: ready for start_decompress */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_READY;
}
break;
case DSTATE_READY:
/* Can't advance past first SOS until start_decompress is called */
retcode = JPEG_REACHED_SOS;
break;
case DSTATE_PRELOAD:
case DSTATE_PRESCAN:
case DSTATE_SCANNING:
case DSTATE_RAW_OK:
case DSTATE_BUFIMAGE:
case DSTATE_BUFPOST:
case DSTATE_STOPPING:
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
break;
default:
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
return retcode;
}
/*
* Have we finished reading the input file?
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_input_complete (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Check for valid jpeg object */
if (cinfo->global_state < DSTATE_START ||
cinfo->global_state > DSTATE_STOPPING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached;
}
/*
* Is there more than one scan?
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_has_multiple_scans (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Only valid after jpeg_read_header completes */
if (cinfo->global_state < DSTATE_READY ||
cinfo->global_state > DSTATE_STOPPING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans;
}
/*
* Finish JPEG decompression.
*
* This will normally just verify the file trailer and release temp storage.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_finish_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RAW_OK) && ! cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* Terminate final pass of non-buffered mode */
if (cinfo->output_scanline < cinfo->output_height)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA);
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
} else if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_BUFIMAGE) {
/* Finishing after a buffered-image operation */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_STOPPING) {
/* STOPPING = repeat call after a suspension, anything else is error */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
/* Read until EOI */
while (! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE; /* Suspend, come back later */
}
/* Do final cleanup */
(*cinfo->src->term_source) (cinfo);
/* We can use jpeg_abort to release memory and reset global_state */
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
return TRUE;
}

275
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdapistd.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/*
* jdapistd.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the decompression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "standard" API routines that are
* used in the normal full-decompression case. They are not used by a
* transcoding-only application. Note that if an application links in
* jpeg_start_decompress, it will end up linking in the entire decompressor.
* We thus must separate this file from jdapimin.c to avoid linking the
* whole decompression library into a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL(boolean) output_pass_setup JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Decompression initialization.
* jpeg_read_header must be completed before calling this.
*
* If a multipass operating mode was selected, this will do all but the
* last pass, and thus may take a great deal of time.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_start_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_READY) {
/* First call: initialize master control, select active modules */
jinit_master_decompress(cinfo);
if (cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* No more work here; expecting jpeg_start_output next */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFIMAGE;
return TRUE;
}
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_PRELOAD;
}
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_PRELOAD) {
/* If file has multiple scans, absorb them all into the coef buffer */
if (cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
for (;;) {
int retcode;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL)
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Absorb some more input */
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE;
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_EOI)
break;
/* Advance progress counter if appropriate */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL &&
(retcode == JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED || retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS)) {
if (++cinfo->progress->pass_counter >= cinfo->progress->pass_limit) {
/* jdmaster underestimated number of scans; ratchet up one scan */
cinfo->progress->pass_limit += (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
}
}
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
}
cinfo->output_scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Perform any dummy output passes, and set up for the final pass */
return output_pass_setup(cinfo);
}
/*
* Set up for an output pass, and perform any dummy pass(es) needed.
* Common subroutine for jpeg_start_decompress and jpeg_start_output.
* Entry: global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN only if previously suspended.
* Exit: If done, returns TRUE and sets global_state for proper output mode.
* If suspended, returns FALSE and sets global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN.
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
output_pass_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN) {
/* First call: do pass setup */
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->output_scanline = 0;
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN;
}
/* Loop over any required dummy passes */
while (cinfo->master->is_dummy_pass) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/* Crank through the dummy pass */
while (cinfo->output_scanline < cinfo->output_height) {
JDIMENSION last_scanline;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Process some data */
last_scanline = cinfo->output_scanline;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPARRAY) NULL,
&cinfo->output_scanline, (JDIMENSION) 0);
if (cinfo->output_scanline == last_scanline)
return FALSE; /* No progress made, must suspend */
}
/* Finish up dummy pass, and set up for another one */
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->output_scanline = 0;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
}
/* Ready for application to drive output pass through
* jpeg_read_scanlines or jpeg_read_raw_data.
*/
cinfo->global_state = cinfo->raw_data_out ? DSTATE_RAW_OK : DSTATE_SCANNING;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Read some scanlines of data from the JPEG decompressor.
*
* The return value will be the number of lines actually read.
* This may be less than the number requested in several cases,
* including bottom of image, data source suspension, and operating
* modes that emit multiple scanlines at a time.
*
* Note: we warn about excess calls to jpeg_read_scanlines() since
* this likely signals an application programmer error. However,
* an oversize buffer (max_lines > scanlines remaining) is not an error.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_read_scanlines (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY scanlines,
JDIMENSION max_lines)
{
JDIMENSION row_ctr;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_SCANNING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->output_scanline >= cinfo->output_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Process some data */
row_ctr = 0;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, scanlines, &row_ctr, max_lines);
cinfo->output_scanline += row_ctr;
return row_ctr;
}
/*
* Alternate entry point to read raw data.
* Processes exactly one iMCU row per call, unless suspended.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_read_raw_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE data,
JDIMENSION max_lines)
{
JDIMENSION lines_per_iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_RAW_OK)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->output_scanline >= cinfo->output_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Verify that at least one iMCU row can be returned. */
lines_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
if (max_lines < lines_per_iMCU_row)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BUFFER_SIZE);
/* Decompress directly into user's buffer. */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo, data))
return 0; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
/* OK, we processed one iMCU row. */
cinfo->output_scanline += lines_per_iMCU_row;
return lines_per_iMCU_row;
}
/* Additional entry points for buffered-image mode. */
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Initialize for an output pass in buffered-image mode.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_start_output (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int scan_number)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFIMAGE &&
cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Limit scan number to valid range */
if (scan_number <= 0)
scan_number = 1;
if (cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached &&
scan_number > cinfo->input_scan_number)
scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
cinfo->output_scan_number = scan_number;
/* Perform any dummy output passes, and set up for the real pass */
return output_pass_setup(cinfo);
}
/*
* Finish up after an output pass in buffered-image mode.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_finish_output (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RAW_OK) && cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* Terminate this pass. */
/* We do not require the whole pass to have been completed. */
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFPOST;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFPOST) {
/* BUFPOST = repeat call after a suspension, anything else is error */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
/* Read markers looking for SOS or EOI */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number <= cinfo->output_scan_number &&
! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE; /* Suspend, come back later */
}
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFIMAGE;
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */

776
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdarith.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,776 @@
/*
* jdarith.c
*
* Developed 1997-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains portable arithmetic entropy decoding routines for JPEG
* (implementing the ISO/IEC IS 10918-1 and CCITT Recommendation ITU-T T.81).
*
* Both sequential and progressive modes are supported in this single module.
*
* Suspension is not currently supported in this module.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Expanded entropy decoder object for arithmetic decoding. */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_entropy_decoder pub; /* public fields */
INT32 c; /* C register, base of coding interval + input bit buffer */
INT32 a; /* A register, normalized size of coding interval */
int ct; /* bit shift counter, # of bits left in bit buffer part of C */
/* init: ct = -16 */
/* run: ct = 0..7 */
/* error: ct = -1 */
int last_dc_val[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* last DC coef for each component */
int dc_context[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* context index for DC conditioning */
unsigned int restarts_to_go; /* MCUs left in this restart interval */
/* Pointers to statistics areas (these workspaces have image lifespan) */
unsigned char * dc_stats[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
unsigned char * ac_stats[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
/* Statistics bin for coding with fixed probability 0.5 */
unsigned char fixed_bin[4];
} arith_entropy_decoder;
typedef arith_entropy_decoder * arith_entropy_ptr;
/* The following two definitions specify the allocation chunk size
* for the statistics area.
* According to sections F.1.4.4.1.3 and F.1.4.4.2, we need at least
* 49 statistics bins for DC, and 245 statistics bins for AC coding.
*
* We use a compact representation with 1 byte per statistics bin,
* thus the numbers directly represent byte sizes.
* This 1 byte per statistics bin contains the meaning of the MPS
* (more probable symbol) in the highest bit (mask 0x80), and the
* index into the probability estimation state machine table
* in the lower bits (mask 0x7F).
*/
#define DC_STAT_BINS 64
#define AC_STAT_BINS 256
LOCAL(int)
get_byte (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Read next input byte; we do not support suspension in this module. */
{
struct jpeg_source_mgr * src = cinfo->src;
if (src->bytes_in_buffer == 0)
if (! (*src->fill_input_buffer) (cinfo))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
src->bytes_in_buffer--;
return GETJOCTET(*src->next_input_byte++);
}
/*
* The core arithmetic decoding routine (common in JPEG and JBIG).
* This needs to go as fast as possible.
* Machine-dependent optimization facilities
* are not utilized in this portable implementation.
* However, this code should be fairly efficient and
* may be a good base for further optimizations anyway.
*
* Return value is 0 or 1 (binary decision).
*
* Note: I've changed the handling of the code base & bit
* buffer register C compared to other implementations
* based on the standards layout & procedures.
* While it also contains both the actual base of the
* coding interval (16 bits) and the next-bits buffer,
* the cut-point between these two parts is floating
* (instead of fixed) with the bit shift counter CT.
* Thus, we also need only one (variable instead of
* fixed size) shift for the LPS/MPS decision, and
* we can get away with any renormalization update
* of C (except for new data insertion, of course).
*
* I've also introduced a new scheme for accessing
* the probability estimation state machine table,
* derived from Markus Kuhn's JBIG implementation.
*/
LOCAL(int)
arith_decode (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, unsigned char *st)
{
register arith_entropy_ptr e = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
register unsigned char nl, nm;
register INT32 qe, temp;
register int sv, data;
/* Renormalization & data input per section D.2.6 */
while (e->a < 0x8000L) {
if (--e->ct < 0) {
/* Need to fetch next data byte */
if (cinfo->unread_marker)
data = 0; /* stuff zero data */
else {
data = get_byte(cinfo); /* read next input byte */
if (data == 0xFF) { /* zero stuff or marker code */
do data = get_byte(cinfo);
while (data == 0xFF); /* swallow extra 0xFF bytes */
if (data == 0)
data = 0xFF; /* discard stuffed zero byte */
else {
/* Note: Different from the Huffman decoder, hitting
* a marker while processing the compressed data
* segment is legal in arithmetic coding.
* The convention is to supply zero data
* then until decoding is complete.
*/
cinfo->unread_marker = data;
data = 0;
}
}
}
e->c = (e->c << 8) | data; /* insert data into C register */
if ((e->ct += 8) < 0) /* update bit shift counter */
/* Need more initial bytes */
if (++e->ct == 0)
/* Got 2 initial bytes -> re-init A and exit loop */
e->a = 0x8000L; /* => e->a = 0x10000L after loop exit */
}
e->a <<= 1;
}
/* Fetch values from our compact representation of Table D.3(D.2):
* Qe values and probability estimation state machine
*/
sv = *st;
qe = jpeg_aritab[sv & 0x7F]; /* => Qe_Value */
nl = qe & 0xFF; qe >>= 8; /* Next_Index_LPS + Switch_MPS */
nm = qe & 0xFF; qe >>= 8; /* Next_Index_MPS */
/* Decode & estimation procedures per sections D.2.4 & D.2.5 */
temp = e->a - qe;
e->a = temp;
temp <<= e->ct;
if (e->c >= temp) {
e->c -= temp;
/* Conditional LPS (less probable symbol) exchange */
if (e->a < qe) {
e->a = qe;
*st = (sv & 0x80) ^ nm; /* Estimate_after_MPS */
} else {
e->a = qe;
*st = (sv & 0x80) ^ nl; /* Estimate_after_LPS */
sv ^= 0x80; /* Exchange LPS/MPS */
}
} else if (e->a < 0x8000L) {
/* Conditional MPS (more probable symbol) exchange */
if (e->a < qe) {
*st = (sv & 0x80) ^ nl; /* Estimate_after_LPS */
sv ^= 0x80; /* Exchange LPS/MPS */
} else {
*st = (sv & 0x80) ^ nm; /* Estimate_after_MPS */
}
}
return sv >> 7;
}
/*
* Check for a restart marker & resynchronize decoder.
*/
LOCAL(void)
process_restart (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
/* Advance past the RSTn marker */
if (! (*cinfo->marker->read_restart_marker) (cinfo))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
/* Re-initialize statistics areas */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
if (! cinfo->progressive_mode || (cinfo->Ss == 0 && cinfo->Ah == 0)) {
MEMZERO(entropy->dc_stats[compptr->dc_tbl_no], DC_STAT_BINS);
/* Reset DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0;
}
if ((! cinfo->progressive_mode && cinfo->lim_Se) ||
(cinfo->progressive_mode && cinfo->Ss)) {
MEMZERO(entropy->ac_stats[compptr->ac_tbl_no], AC_STAT_BINS);
}
}
/* Reset arithmetic decoding variables */
entropy->c = 0;
entropy->a = 0;
entropy->ct = -16; /* force reading 2 initial bytes to fill C */
/* Reset restart counter */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
}
/*
* Arithmetic MCU decoding.
* Each of these routines decodes and returns one MCU's worth of
* arithmetic-compressed coefficients.
* The coefficients are reordered from zigzag order into natural array order,
* but are not dequantized.
*
* The i'th block of the MCU is stored into the block pointed to by
* MCU_data[i]. WE ASSUME THIS AREA IS INITIALLY ZEROED BY THE CALLER.
*/
/*
* MCU decoding for DC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu_DC_first (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int blkn, ci, tbl, sign;
int v, m;
/* Process restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
process_restart(cinfo);
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
if (entropy->ct == -1) return TRUE; /* if error do nothing */
/* Outer loop handles each block in the MCU */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
tbl = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci]->dc_tbl_no;
/* Sections F.2.4.1 & F.1.4.4.1: Decoding of DC coefficients */
/* Table F.4: Point to statistics bin S0 for DC coefficient coding */
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + entropy->dc_context[ci];
/* Figure F.19: Decode_DC_DIFF */
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st) == 0)
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0;
else {
/* Figure F.21: Decoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.22: Decoding the sign of v */
sign = arith_decode(cinfo, st + 1);
st += 2; st += sign;
/* Figure F.23: Decoding the magnitude category of v */
if ((m = arith_decode(cinfo, st)) != 0) {
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + 20; /* Table F.4: X1 = 20 */
while (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) {
if ((m <<= 1) == 0x8000) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE);
entropy->ct = -1; /* magnitude overflow */
return TRUE;
}
st += 1;
}
}
/* Section F.1.4.4.1.2: Establish dc_context conditioning category */
if (m < (int) ((1L << cinfo->arith_dc_L[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
else if (m > (int) ((1L << cinfo->arith_dc_U[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 12 + (sign * 4); /* large diff category */
else
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 4 + (sign * 4); /* small diff category */
v = m;
/* Figure F.24: Decoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) v |= m;
v += 1; if (sign) v = -v;
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] += v;
}
/* Scale and output the DC coefficient (assumes jpeg_natural_order[0]=0) */
(*block)[0] = (JCOEF) (entropy->last_dc_val[ci] << cinfo->Al);
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU decoding for AC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu_AC_first (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int tbl, sign, k;
int v, m;
const int * natural_order;
/* Process restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
process_restart(cinfo);
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
if (entropy->ct == -1) return TRUE; /* if error do nothing */
natural_order = cinfo->natural_order;
/* There is always only one block per MCU */
block = MCU_data[0];
tbl = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->ac_tbl_no;
/* Sections F.2.4.2 & F.1.4.4.2: Decoding of AC coefficients */
/* Figure F.20: Decode_AC_coefficients */
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k <= cinfo->Se; k++) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) break; /* EOB flag */
while (arith_decode(cinfo, st + 1) == 0) {
st += 3; k++;
if (k > cinfo->Se) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE);
entropy->ct = -1; /* spectral overflow */
return TRUE;
}
}
/* Figure F.21: Decoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.22: Decoding the sign of v */
sign = arith_decode(cinfo, entropy->fixed_bin);
st += 2;
/* Figure F.23: Decoding the magnitude category of v */
if ((m = arith_decode(cinfo, st)) != 0) {
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) {
m <<= 1;
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] +
(k <= cinfo->arith_ac_K[tbl] ? 189 : 217);
while (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) {
if ((m <<= 1) == 0x8000) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE);
entropy->ct = -1; /* magnitude overflow */
return TRUE;
}
st += 1;
}
}
}
v = m;
/* Figure F.24: Decoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) v |= m;
v += 1; if (sign) v = -v;
/* Scale and output coefficient in natural (dezigzagged) order */
(*block)[natural_order[k]] = (JCOEF) (v << cinfo->Al);
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU decoding for DC successive approximation refinement scan.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu_DC_refine (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
unsigned char *st;
int p1, blkn;
/* Process restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
process_restart(cinfo);
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
st = entropy->fixed_bin; /* use fixed probability estimation */
p1 = 1 << cinfo->Al; /* 1 in the bit position being coded */
/* Outer loop handles each block in the MCU */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
/* Encoded data is simply the next bit of the two's-complement DC value */
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st))
MCU_data[blkn][0][0] |= p1;
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU decoding for AC successive approximation refinement scan.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu_AC_refine (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
JBLOCKROW block;
JCOEFPTR thiscoef;
unsigned char *st;
int tbl, k, kex;
int p1, m1;
const int * natural_order;
/* Process restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
process_restart(cinfo);
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
if (entropy->ct == -1) return TRUE; /* if error do nothing */
natural_order = cinfo->natural_order;
/* There is always only one block per MCU */
block = MCU_data[0];
tbl = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->ac_tbl_no;
p1 = 1 << cinfo->Al; /* 1 in the bit position being coded */
m1 = (-1) << cinfo->Al; /* -1 in the bit position being coded */
/* Establish EOBx (previous stage end-of-block) index */
for (kex = cinfo->Se; kex > 0; kex--)
if ((*block)[natural_order[kex]]) break;
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k <= cinfo->Se; k++) {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * (k - 1);
if (k > kex)
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) break; /* EOB flag */
for (;;) {
thiscoef = *block + natural_order[k];
if (*thiscoef) { /* previously nonzero coef */
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st + 2)) {
if (*thiscoef < 0)
*thiscoef += m1;
else
*thiscoef += p1;
}
break;
}
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st + 1)) { /* newly nonzero coef */
if (arith_decode(cinfo, entropy->fixed_bin))
*thiscoef = m1;
else
*thiscoef = p1;
break;
}
st += 3; k++;
if (k > cinfo->Se) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE);
entropy->ct = -1; /* spectral overflow */
return TRUE;
}
}
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Decode one MCU's worth of arithmetic-compressed coefficients.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JBLOCKROW block;
unsigned char *st;
int blkn, ci, tbl, sign, k;
int v, m;
const int * natural_order;
/* Process restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
process_restart(cinfo);
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
if (entropy->ct == -1) return TRUE; /* if error do nothing */
natural_order = cinfo->natural_order;
/* Outer loop handles each block in the MCU */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Sections F.2.4.1 & F.1.4.4.1: Decoding of DC coefficients */
tbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
/* Table F.4: Point to statistics bin S0 for DC coefficient coding */
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + entropy->dc_context[ci];
/* Figure F.19: Decode_DC_DIFF */
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st) == 0)
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0;
else {
/* Figure F.21: Decoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.22: Decoding the sign of v */
sign = arith_decode(cinfo, st + 1);
st += 2; st += sign;
/* Figure F.23: Decoding the magnitude category of v */
if ((m = arith_decode(cinfo, st)) != 0) {
st = entropy->dc_stats[tbl] + 20; /* Table F.4: X1 = 20 */
while (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) {
if ((m <<= 1) == 0x8000) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE);
entropy->ct = -1; /* magnitude overflow */
return TRUE;
}
st += 1;
}
}
/* Section F.1.4.4.1.2: Establish dc_context conditioning category */
if (m < (int) ((1L << cinfo->arith_dc_L[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0; /* zero diff category */
else if (m > (int) ((1L << cinfo->arith_dc_U[tbl]) >> 1))
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 12 + (sign * 4); /* large diff category */
else
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 4 + (sign * 4); /* small diff category */
v = m;
/* Figure F.24: Decoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) v |= m;
v += 1; if (sign) v = -v;
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] += v;
}
(*block)[0] = (JCOEF) entropy->last_dc_val[ci];
/* Sections F.2.4.2 & F.1.4.4.2: Decoding of AC coefficients */
if (cinfo->lim_Se == 0) continue;
tbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
k = 0;
/* Figure F.20: Decode_AC_coefficients */
do {
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] + 3 * k;
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) break; /* EOB flag */
for (;;) {
k++;
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st + 1)) break;
st += 3;
if (k >= cinfo->lim_Se) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE);
entropy->ct = -1; /* spectral overflow */
return TRUE;
}
}
/* Figure F.21: Decoding nonzero value v */
/* Figure F.22: Decoding the sign of v */
sign = arith_decode(cinfo, entropy->fixed_bin);
st += 2;
/* Figure F.23: Decoding the magnitude category of v */
if ((m = arith_decode(cinfo, st)) != 0) {
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) {
m <<= 1;
st = entropy->ac_stats[tbl] +
(k <= cinfo->arith_ac_K[tbl] ? 189 : 217);
while (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) {
if ((m <<= 1) == 0x8000) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE);
entropy->ct = -1; /* magnitude overflow */
return TRUE;
}
st += 1;
}
}
}
v = m;
/* Figure F.24: Decoding the magnitude bit pattern of v */
st += 14;
while (m >>= 1)
if (arith_decode(cinfo, st)) v |= m;
v += 1; if (sign) v = -v;
(*block)[natural_order[k]] = (JCOEF) v;
} while (k < cinfo->lim_Se);
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Initialize for an arithmetic-compressed scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci, tbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Validate progressive scan parameters */
if (cinfo->Ss == 0) {
if (cinfo->Se != 0)
goto bad;
} else {
/* need not check Ss/Se < 0 since they came from unsigned bytes */
if (cinfo->Se < cinfo->Ss || cinfo->Se > cinfo->lim_Se)
goto bad;
/* AC scans may have only one component */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan != 1)
goto bad;
}
if (cinfo->Ah != 0) {
/* Successive approximation refinement scan: must have Al = Ah-1. */
if (cinfo->Ah-1 != cinfo->Al)
goto bad;
}
if (cinfo->Al > 13) { /* need not check for < 0 */
bad:
ERREXIT4(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION,
cinfo->Ss, cinfo->Se, cinfo->Ah, cinfo->Al);
}
/* Update progression status, and verify that scan order is legal.
* Note that inter-scan inconsistencies are treated as warnings
* not fatal errors ... not clear if this is right way to behave.
*/
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
int coefi, cindex = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci]->component_index;
int *coef_bit_ptr = & cinfo->coef_bits[cindex][0];
if (cinfo->Ss && coef_bit_ptr[0] < 0) /* AC without prior DC scan */
WARNMS2(cinfo, JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION, cindex, 0);
for (coefi = cinfo->Ss; coefi <= cinfo->Se; coefi++) {
int expected = (coef_bit_ptr[coefi] < 0) ? 0 : coef_bit_ptr[coefi];
if (cinfo->Ah != expected)
WARNMS2(cinfo, JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION, cindex, coefi);
coef_bit_ptr[coefi] = cinfo->Al;
}
}
/* Select MCU decoding routine */
if (cinfo->Ah == 0) {
if (cinfo->Ss == 0)
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu_DC_first;
else
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu_AC_first;
} else {
if (cinfo->Ss == 0)
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu_DC_refine;
else
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu_AC_refine;
}
} else {
/* Check that the scan parameters Ss, Se, Ah/Al are OK for sequential JPEG.
* This ought to be an error condition, but we make it a warning.
*/
if (cinfo->Ss != 0 || cinfo->Ah != 0 || cinfo->Al != 0 ||
(cinfo->Se < DCTSIZE2 && cinfo->Se != cinfo->lim_Se))
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL);
/* Select MCU decoding routine */
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu;
}
/* Allocate & initialize requested statistics areas */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
if (! cinfo->progressive_mode || (cinfo->Ss == 0 && cinfo->Ah == 0)) {
tbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
if (tbl < 0 || tbl >= NUM_ARITH_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, tbl);
if (entropy->dc_stats[tbl] == NULL)
entropy->dc_stats[tbl] = (unsigned char *) (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, DC_STAT_BINS);
MEMZERO(entropy->dc_stats[tbl], DC_STAT_BINS);
/* Initialize DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
entropy->dc_context[ci] = 0;
}
if ((! cinfo->progressive_mode && cinfo->lim_Se) ||
(cinfo->progressive_mode && cinfo->Ss)) {
tbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
if (tbl < 0 || tbl >= NUM_ARITH_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, tbl);
if (entropy->ac_stats[tbl] == NULL)
entropy->ac_stats[tbl] = (unsigned char *) (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, AC_STAT_BINS);
MEMZERO(entropy->ac_stats[tbl], AC_STAT_BINS);
}
}
/* Initialize arithmetic decoding variables */
entropy->c = 0;
entropy->a = 0;
entropy->ct = -16; /* force reading 2 initial bytes to fill C */
/* Initialize restart counter */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for arithmetic entropy decoding.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_arith_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
arith_entropy_ptr entropy;
int i;
entropy = (arith_entropy_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(arith_entropy_decoder));
cinfo->entropy = (struct jpeg_entropy_decoder *) entropy;
entropy->pub.start_pass = start_pass;
/* Mark tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++) {
entropy->dc_stats[i] = NULL;
entropy->ac_stats[i] = NULL;
}
/* Initialize index for fixed probability estimation */
entropy->fixed_bin[0] = 113;
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Create progression status table */
int *coef_bit_ptr, ci;
cinfo->coef_bits = (int (*)[DCTSIZE2])
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->num_components*DCTSIZE2*SIZEOF(int));
coef_bit_ptr = & cinfo->coef_bits[0][0];
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++)
*coef_bit_ptr++ = -1;
}
}

268
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdatadst.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
/*
* jdatadst.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2009-2012 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains compression data destination routines for the case of
* emitting JPEG data to memory or to a file (or any stdio stream).
* While these routines are sufficient for most applications,
* some will want to use a different destination manager.
* IMPORTANT: we assume that fwrite() will correctly transcribe an array of
* JOCTETs into 8-bit-wide elements on external storage. If char is wider
* than 8 bits on your machine, you may need to do some tweaking.
*/
/* this is not a core library module, so it doesn't define JPEG_INTERNALS */
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jerror.h"
#ifndef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* <stdlib.h> should declare malloc(),free() */
extern void * malloc JPP((size_t size));
extern void free JPP((void *ptr));
#endif
/* Expanded data destination object for stdio output */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_destination_mgr pub; /* public fields */
#ifdef JFILE
JFILE * outfile; /* target stream */
#endif /* JFILE */
JOCTET * buffer; /* start of buffer */
} my_destination_mgr;
typedef my_destination_mgr * my_dest_ptr;
#define OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE 4096 /* choose an efficiently fwrite'able size */
/* Expanded data destination object for memory output */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_destination_mgr pub; /* public fields */
unsigned char ** outbuffer; /* target buffer */
unsigned long * outsize;
unsigned char * newbuffer; /* newly allocated buffer */
JOCTET * buffer; /* start of buffer */
size_t bufsize;
} my_mem_destination_mgr;
typedef my_mem_destination_mgr * my_mem_dest_ptr;
/*
* Initialize destination --- called by jpeg_start_compress
* before any data is actually written.
*/
#ifdef JFILE
METHODDEF(void)
init_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_dest_ptr dest = (my_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
/* Allocate the output buffer --- it will be released when done with image */
dest->buffer = (JOCTET *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE * SIZEOF(JOCTET));
dest->pub.next_output_byte = dest->buffer;
dest->pub.free_in_buffer = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE;
}
#endif /* JFILE */
METHODDEF(void)
init_mem_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work necessary here */
}
/*
* Empty the output buffer --- called whenever buffer fills up.
*
* In typical applications, this should write the entire output buffer
* (ignoring the current state of next_output_byte & free_in_buffer),
* reset the pointer & count to the start of the buffer, and return TRUE
* indicating that the buffer has been dumped.
*
* In applications that need to be able to suspend compression due to output
* overrun, a FALSE return indicates that the buffer cannot be emptied now.
* In this situation, the compressor will return to its caller (possibly with
* an indication that it has not accepted all the supplied scanlines). The
* application should resume compression after it has made more room in the
* output buffer. Note that there are substantial restrictions on the use of
* suspension --- see the documentation.
*
* When suspending, the compressor will back up to a convenient restart point
* (typically the start of the current MCU). next_output_byte & free_in_buffer
* indicate where the restart point will be if the current call returns FALSE.
* Data beyond this point will be regenerated after resumption, so do not
* write it out when emptying the buffer externally.
*/
#ifdef JFILE
METHODDEF(boolean)
empty_output_buffer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_dest_ptr dest = (my_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
if (JFWRITE(dest->outfile, dest->buffer, OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE) !=
(size_t) OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FILE_WRITE);
dest->pub.next_output_byte = dest->buffer;
dest->pub.free_in_buffer = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE;
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* JFILE */
METHODDEF(boolean)
empty_mem_output_buffer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
size_t nextsize;
JOCTET * nextbuffer;
my_mem_dest_ptr dest = (my_mem_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
/* Try to allocate new buffer with double size */
nextsize = dest->bufsize * 2;
nextbuffer = (JOCTET *) malloc(nextsize);
if (nextbuffer == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, 10);
MEMCOPY(nextbuffer, dest->buffer, dest->bufsize);
if (dest->newbuffer != NULL)
free(dest->newbuffer);
dest->newbuffer = nextbuffer;
dest->pub.next_output_byte = nextbuffer + dest->bufsize;
dest->pub.free_in_buffer = dest->bufsize;
dest->buffer = nextbuffer;
dest->bufsize = nextsize;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Terminate destination --- called by jpeg_finish_compress
* after all data has been written. Usually needs to flush buffer.
*
* NB: *not* called by jpeg_abort or jpeg_destroy; surrounding
* application must deal with any cleanup that should happen even
* for error exit.
*/
#ifdef JFILE
METHODDEF(void)
term_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_dest_ptr dest = (my_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
size_t datacount = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE - dest->pub.free_in_buffer;
/* Write any data remaining in the buffer */
if (datacount > 0) {
if (JFWRITE(dest->outfile, dest->buffer, datacount) != datacount)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FILE_WRITE);
}
}
#endif /* JFILE */
METHODDEF(void)
term_mem_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_mem_dest_ptr dest = (my_mem_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
*dest->outbuffer = dest->buffer;
*dest->outsize = dest->bufsize - dest->pub.free_in_buffer;
}
/*
* Prepare for output to a stdio stream.
* The caller must have already opened the stream, and is responsible
* for closing it after finishing compression.
*/
#ifdef JFILE
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_stdio_dest (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JFILE * outfile)
{
my_dest_ptr dest;
/* The destination object is made permanent so that multiple JPEG images
* can be written to the same file without re-executing jpeg_stdio_dest.
* This makes it dangerous to use this manager and a different destination
* manager serially with the same JPEG object, because their private object
* sizes may be different. Caveat programmer.
*/
if (cinfo->dest == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */
cinfo->dest = (struct jpeg_destination_mgr *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_destination_mgr));
}
dest = (my_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
dest->pub.init_destination = init_destination;
dest->pub.empty_output_buffer = empty_output_buffer;
dest->pub.term_destination = term_destination;
dest->outfile = outfile;
}
#endif /* JFILE */
/*
* Prepare for output to a memory buffer.
* The caller may supply an own initial buffer with appropriate size.
* Otherwise, or when the actual data output exceeds the given size,
* the library adapts the buffer size as necessary.
* The standard library functions malloc/free are used for allocating
* larger memory, so the buffer is available to the application after
* finishing compression, and then the application is responsible for
* freeing the requested memory.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_mem_dest (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
unsigned char ** outbuffer, unsigned long * outsize)
{
my_mem_dest_ptr dest;
if (outbuffer == NULL || outsize == NULL) /* sanity check */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BUFFER_SIZE);
/* The destination object is made permanent so that multiple JPEG images
* can be written to the same buffer without re-executing jpeg_mem_dest.
*/
if (cinfo->dest == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */
cinfo->dest = (struct jpeg_destination_mgr *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_mem_destination_mgr));
}
dest = (my_mem_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
dest->pub.init_destination = init_mem_destination;
dest->pub.empty_output_buffer = empty_mem_output_buffer;
dest->pub.term_destination = term_mem_destination;
dest->outbuffer = outbuffer;
dest->outsize = outsize;
dest->newbuffer = NULL;
if (*outbuffer == NULL || *outsize == 0) {
/* Allocate initial buffer */
dest->newbuffer = *outbuffer = (unsigned char *) malloc(OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE);
if (dest->newbuffer == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, 10);
*outsize = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE;
}
dest->pub.next_output_byte = dest->buffer = *outbuffer;
dest->pub.free_in_buffer = dest->bufsize = *outsize;
}

278
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdatasrc.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
/*
* jdatasrc.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2009-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains decompression data source routines for the case of
* reading JPEG data from memory or from a file (or any stdio stream).
* While these routines are sufficient for most applications,
* some will want to use a different source manager.
* IMPORTANT: we assume that fread() will correctly transcribe an array of
* JOCTETs from 8-bit-wide elements on external storage. If char is wider
* than 8 bits on your machine, you may need to do some tweaking.
*/
/* this is not a core library module, so it doesn't define JPEG_INTERNALS */
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jerror.h"
/* Expanded data source object for stdio input */
#ifdef JFILE
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_source_mgr pub; /* public fields */
JFILE * infile; /* source stream */
JOCTET * buffer; /* start of buffer */
boolean start_of_file; /* have we gotten any data yet? */
} my_source_mgr;
typedef my_source_mgr * my_src_ptr;
#endif /* 0 */
#define INPUT_BUF_SIZE 4096 /* choose an efficiently fread'able size */
/*
* Initialize source --- called by jpeg_read_header
* before any data is actually read.
*/
#ifdef JFILE
METHODDEF(void)
init_source (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
/* We reset the empty-input-file flag for each image,
* but we don't clear the input buffer.
* This is correct behavior for reading a series of images from one source.
*/
src->start_of_file = TRUE;
}
#endif /* 0 */
METHODDEF(void)
init_mem_source (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work necessary here */
}
/*
* Fill the input buffer --- called whenever buffer is emptied.
*
* In typical applications, this should read fresh data into the buffer
* (ignoring the current state of next_input_byte & bytes_in_buffer),
* reset the pointer & count to the start of the buffer, and return TRUE
* indicating that the buffer has been reloaded. It is not necessary to
* fill the buffer entirely, only to obtain at least one more byte.
*
* There is no such thing as an EOF return. If the end of the file has been
* reached, the routine has a choice of ERREXIT() or inserting fake data into
* the buffer. In most cases, generating a warning message and inserting a
* fake EOI marker is the best course of action --- this will allow the
* decompressor to output however much of the image is there. However,
* the resulting error message is misleading if the real problem is an empty
* input file, so we handle that case specially.
*
* In applications that need to be able to suspend compression due to input
* not being available yet, a FALSE return indicates that no more data can be
* obtained right now, but more may be forthcoming later. In this situation,
* the decompressor will return to its caller (with an indication of the
* number of scanlines it has read, if any). The application should resume
* decompression after it has loaded more data into the input buffer. Note
* that there are substantial restrictions on the use of suspension --- see
* the documentation.
*
* When suspending, the decompressor will back up to a convenient restart point
* (typically the start of the current MCU). next_input_byte & bytes_in_buffer
* indicate where the restart point will be if the current call returns FALSE.
* Data beyond this point must be rescanned after resumption, so move it to
* the front of the buffer rather than discarding it.
*/
#ifdef JFILE
METHODDEF(boolean)
fill_input_buffer (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
size_t nbytes;
nbytes = JFREAD(src->infile, src->buffer, INPUT_BUF_SIZE);
if (nbytes <= 0) {
if (src->start_of_file) /* Treat empty input file as fatal error */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_INPUT_EMPTY);
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_JPEG_EOF);
/* Insert a fake EOI marker */
src->buffer[0] = (JOCTET) 0xFF;
src->buffer[1] = (JOCTET) JPEG_EOI;
nbytes = 2;
}
src->pub.next_input_byte = src->buffer;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = nbytes;
src->start_of_file = FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* JFILE */
METHODDEF(boolean)
fill_mem_input_buffer (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
static const JOCTET mybuffer[4] = {
(JOCTET) 0xFF, (JOCTET) JPEG_EOI, 0, 0
};
/* The whole JPEG data is expected to reside in the supplied memory
* buffer, so any request for more data beyond the given buffer size
* is treated as an error.
*/
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_JPEG_EOF);
/* Insert a fake EOI marker */
cinfo->src->next_input_byte = mybuffer;
cinfo->src->bytes_in_buffer = 2;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Skip data --- used to skip over a potentially large amount of
* uninteresting data (such as an APPn marker).
*
* Writers of suspendable-input applications must note that skip_input_data
* is not granted the right to give a suspension return. If the skip extends
* beyond the data currently in the buffer, the buffer can be marked empty so
* that the next read will cause a fill_input_buffer call that can suspend.
* Arranging for additional bytes to be discarded before reloading the input
* buffer is the application writer's problem.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
skip_input_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)
{
struct jpeg_source_mgr * src = cinfo->src;
/* Just a dumb implementation for now. Could use fseek() except
* it doesn't work on pipes. Not clear that being smart is worth
* any trouble anyway --- large skips are infrequent.
*/
if (num_bytes > 0) {
while (num_bytes > (long) src->bytes_in_buffer) {
num_bytes -= (long) src->bytes_in_buffer;
(void) (*src->fill_input_buffer) (cinfo);
/* note we assume that fill_input_buffer will never return FALSE,
* so suspension need not be handled.
*/
}
src->next_input_byte += (size_t) num_bytes;
src->bytes_in_buffer -= (size_t) num_bytes;
}
}
/*
* An additional method that can be provided by data source modules is the
* resync_to_restart method for error recovery in the presence of RST markers.
* For the moment, this source module just uses the default resync method
* provided by the JPEG library. That method assumes that no backtracking
* is possible.
*/
/*
* Terminate source --- called by jpeg_finish_decompress
* after all data has been read. Often a no-op.
*
* NB: *not* called by jpeg_abort or jpeg_destroy; surrounding
* application must deal with any cleanup that should happen even
* for error exit.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
term_source (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work necessary here */
}
/*
* Prepare for input from a stdio stream.
* The caller must have already opened the stream, and is responsible
* for closing it after finishing decompression.
*/
#ifdef JFILE
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_stdio_src (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JFILE * infile)
{
my_src_ptr src;
/* The source object and input buffer are made permanent so that a series
* of JPEG images can be read from the same file by calling jpeg_stdio_src
* only before the first one. (If we discarded the buffer at the end of
* one image, we'd likely lose the start of the next one.)
* This makes it unsafe to use this manager and a different source
* manager serially with the same JPEG object. Caveat programmer.
*/
if (cinfo->src == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */
cinfo->src = (struct jpeg_source_mgr *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_source_mgr));
src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
src->buffer = (JOCTET *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
INPUT_BUF_SIZE * SIZEOF(JOCTET));
}
src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
src->pub.init_source = init_source;
src->pub.fill_input_buffer = fill_input_buffer;
src->pub.skip_input_data = skip_input_data;
src->pub.resync_to_restart = jpeg_resync_to_restart; /* use default method */
src->pub.term_source = term_source;
src->infile = infile;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = 0; /* forces fill_input_buffer on first read */
src->pub.next_input_byte = NULL; /* until buffer loaded */
}
#endif /* JFILE */
/*
* Prepare for input from a supplied memory buffer.
* The buffer must contain the whole JPEG data.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_mem_src (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
unsigned char * inbuffer, unsigned long insize)
{
struct jpeg_source_mgr * src;
if (inbuffer == NULL || insize == 0) /* Treat empty input as fatal error */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_INPUT_EMPTY);
/* The source object is made permanent so that a series of JPEG images
* can be read from the same buffer by calling jpeg_mem_src only before
* the first one.
*/
if (cinfo->src == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */
cinfo->src = (struct jpeg_source_mgr *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(struct jpeg_source_mgr));
}
src = cinfo->src;
src->init_source = init_mem_source;
src->fill_input_buffer = fill_mem_input_buffer;
src->skip_input_data = skip_input_data;
src->resync_to_restart = jpeg_resync_to_restart; /* use default method */
src->term_source = term_source;
src->bytes_in_buffer = (size_t) insize;
src->next_input_byte = (JOCTET *) inbuffer;
}

741
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdcoefct.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
/*
* jdcoefct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2002-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the coefficient buffer controller for decompression.
* This controller is the top level of the JPEG decompressor proper.
* The coefficient buffer lies between entropy decoding and inverse-DCT steps.
*
* In buffered-image mode, this controller is the interface between
* input-oriented processing and output-oriented processing.
* Also, the input side (only) is used when reading a file for transcoding.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Block smoothing is only applicable for progressive JPEG, so: */
#ifndef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
#undef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
#endif
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_d_coef_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* These variables keep track of the current location of the input side. */
/* cinfo->input_iMCU_row is also used for this. */
JDIMENSION MCU_ctr; /* counts MCUs processed in current row */
int MCU_vert_offset; /* counts MCU rows within iMCU row */
int MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row; /* number of such rows needed */
/* The output side's location is represented by cinfo->output_iMCU_row. */
/* In single-pass modes, it's sufficient to buffer just one MCU.
* We allocate a workspace of D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU coefficient blocks,
* and let the entropy decoder write into that workspace each time.
* (On 80x86, the workspace is FAR even though it's not really very big;
* this is to keep the module interfaces unchanged when a large coefficient
* buffer is necessary.)
* In multi-pass modes, this array points to the current MCU's blocks
* within the virtual arrays; it is used only by the input side.
*/
JBLOCKROW MCU_buffer[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/* In multi-pass modes, we need a virtual block array for each component. */
jvirt_barray_ptr whole_image[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#endif
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/* When doing block smoothing, we latch coefficient Al values here */
int * coef_bits_latch;
#define SAVED_COEFS 6 /* we save coef_bits[0..5] */
#endif
} my_coef_controller;
typedef my_coef_controller * my_coef_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(int) decompress_onepass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(int) decompress_data
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
#endif
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
LOCAL(boolean) smoothing_ok JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
METHODDEF(int) decompress_smooth_data
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
#endif
LOCAL(void)
start_iMCU_row (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Reset within-iMCU-row counters for a new row (input side) */
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* In an interleaved scan, an MCU row is the same as an iMCU row.
* In a noninterleaved scan, an iMCU row has v_samp_factor MCU rows.
* But at the bottom of the image, process only what's left.
*/
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan > 1) {
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = 1;
} else {
if (cinfo->input_iMCU_row < (cinfo->total_iMCU_rows-1))
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->v_samp_factor;
else
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->last_row_height;
}
coef->MCU_ctr = 0;
coef->MCU_vert_offset = 0;
}
/*
* Initialize for an input processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_input_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->input_iMCU_row = 0;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
}
/*
* Initialize for an output processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_output_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* If multipass, check to see whether to use block smoothing on this pass */
if (coef->pub.coef_arrays != NULL) {
if (cinfo->do_block_smoothing && smoothing_ok(cinfo))
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_smooth_data;
else
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_data;
}
#endif
cinfo->output_iMCU_row = 0;
}
/*
* Decompress and return some data in the single-pass case.
* Always attempts to emit one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row).
* Input and output must run in lockstep since we have only a one-MCU buffer.
* Return value is JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED, JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED, or JPEG_SUSPENDED.
*
* NB: output_buf contains a plane for each component in image,
* which we index according to the component's SOF position.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
decompress_onepass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
JDIMENSION last_MCU_col = cinfo->MCUs_per_row - 1;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset, useful_width;
JSAMPARRAY output_ptr;
JDIMENSION start_col, output_col;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT;
/* Loop to process as much as one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->MCU_ctr; MCU_col_num <= last_MCU_col;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Try to fetch an MCU. Entropy decoder expects buffer to be zeroed. */
if (cinfo->lim_Se) /* can bypass in DC only case */
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) coef->MCU_buffer[0],
(size_t) (cinfo->blocks_in_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK)));
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->decode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->MCU_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
/* Determine where data should go in output_buf and do the IDCT thing.
* We skip dummy blocks at the right and bottom edges (but blkn gets
* incremented past them!). Note the inner loop relies on having
* allocated the MCU_buffer[] blocks sequentially.
*/
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Don't bother to IDCT an uninteresting component. */
if (! compptr->component_needed) {
blkn += compptr->MCU_blocks;
continue;
}
inverse_DCT = cinfo->idct->inverse_DCT[compptr->component_index];
useful_width = (MCU_col_num < last_MCU_col) ? compptr->MCU_width
: compptr->last_col_width;
output_ptr = output_buf[compptr->component_index] +
yoffset * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size;
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_sample_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
if (cinfo->input_iMCU_row < last_iMCU_row ||
yoffset+yindex < compptr->last_row_height) {
output_col = start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < useful_width; xindex++) {
(*inverse_DCT) (cinfo, compptr,
(JCOEFPTR) coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+xindex],
output_ptr, output_col);
output_col += compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
}
}
blkn += compptr->MCU_width;
output_ptr += compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size;
}
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->MCU_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
cinfo->output_iMCU_row++;
if (++(cinfo->input_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
}
/* Completed the scan */
(*cinfo->inputctl->finish_input_pass) (cinfo);
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
/*
* Dummy consume-input routine for single-pass operation.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
dummy_consume_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
return JPEG_SUSPENDED; /* Always indicate nothing was done */
}
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Consume input data and store it in the full-image coefficient buffer.
* We read as much as one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row) per call,
* ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the scan.
* Return value is JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED, JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED, or JPEG_SUSPENDED.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
consume_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset;
JDIMENSION start_col;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Align the virtual buffers for the components used in this scan. */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[compptr->component_index],
cinfo->input_iMCU_row * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, TRUE);
/* Note: entropy decoder expects buffer to be zeroed,
* but this is handled automatically by the memory manager
* because we requested a pre-zeroed array.
*/
}
/* Loop to process one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->MCU_ctr; MCU_col_num < cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Construct list of pointers to DCT blocks belonging to this MCU */
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[ci][yindex+yoffset] + start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < compptr->MCU_width; xindex++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn++] = buffer_ptr++;
}
}
}
/* Try to fetch the MCU. */
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->decode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->MCU_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->MCU_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
if (++(cinfo->input_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
}
/* Completed the scan */
(*cinfo->inputctl->finish_input_pass) (cinfo);
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
/*
* Decompress and return some data in the multi-pass case.
* Always attempts to emit one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row).
* Return value is JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED, JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED, or JPEG_SUSPENDED.
*
* NB: output_buf contains a plane for each component in image.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
decompress_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
JDIMENSION block_num;
int ci, block_row, block_rows;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer;
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
JSAMPARRAY output_ptr;
JDIMENSION output_col;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT;
/* Force some input to be done if we are getting ahead of the input. */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number < cinfo->output_scan_number ||
(cinfo->input_scan_number == cinfo->output_scan_number &&
cinfo->input_iMCU_row <= cinfo->output_iMCU_row)) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input)(cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
/* OK, output from the virtual arrays. */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Don't bother to IDCT an uninteresting component. */
if (! compptr->component_needed)
continue;
/* Align the virtual buffer for this component. */
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
cinfo->output_iMCU_row * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, FALSE);
/* Count non-dummy DCT block rows in this iMCU row. */
if (cinfo->output_iMCU_row < last_iMCU_row)
block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
else {
/* NB: can't use last_row_height here; it is input-side-dependent! */
block_rows = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (block_rows == 0) block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
}
inverse_DCT = cinfo->idct->inverse_DCT[ci];
output_ptr = output_buf[ci];
/* Loop over all DCT blocks to be processed. */
for (block_row = 0; block_row < block_rows; block_row++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[block_row];
output_col = 0;
for (block_num = 0; block_num < compptr->width_in_blocks; block_num++) {
(*inverse_DCT) (cinfo, compptr, (JCOEFPTR) buffer_ptr,
output_ptr, output_col);
buffer_ptr++;
output_col += compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
}
output_ptr += compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size;
}
}
if (++(cinfo->output_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows)
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/*
* This code applies interblock smoothing as described by section K.8
* of the JPEG standard: the first 5 AC coefficients are estimated from
* the DC values of a DCT block and its 8 neighboring blocks.
* We apply smoothing only for progressive JPEG decoding, and only if
* the coefficients it can estimate are not yet known to full precision.
*/
/* Natural-order array positions of the first 5 zigzag-order coefficients */
#define Q01_POS 1
#define Q10_POS 8
#define Q20_POS 16
#define Q11_POS 9
#define Q02_POS 2
/*
* Determine whether block smoothing is applicable and safe.
* We also latch the current states of the coef_bits[] entries for the
* AC coefficients; otherwise, if the input side of the decompressor
* advances into a new scan, we might think the coefficients are known
* more accurately than they really are.
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
smoothing_ok (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
boolean smoothing_useful = FALSE;
int ci, coefi;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JQUANT_TBL * qtable;
int * coef_bits;
int * coef_bits_latch;
if (! cinfo->progressive_mode || cinfo->coef_bits == NULL)
return FALSE;
/* Allocate latch area if not already done */
if (coef->coef_bits_latch == NULL)
coef->coef_bits_latch = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->num_components *
(SAVED_COEFS * SIZEOF(int)));
coef_bits_latch = coef->coef_bits_latch;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* All components' quantization values must already be latched. */
if ((qtable = compptr->quant_table) == NULL)
return FALSE;
/* Verify DC & first 5 AC quantizers are nonzero to avoid zero-divide. */
if (qtable->quantval[0] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q01_POS] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q10_POS] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q20_POS] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q11_POS] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q02_POS] == 0)
return FALSE;
/* DC values must be at least partly known for all components. */
coef_bits = cinfo->coef_bits[ci];
if (coef_bits[0] < 0)
return FALSE;
/* Block smoothing is helpful if some AC coefficients remain inaccurate. */
for (coefi = 1; coefi <= 5; coefi++) {
coef_bits_latch[coefi] = coef_bits[coefi];
if (coef_bits[coefi] != 0)
smoothing_useful = TRUE;
}
coef_bits_latch += SAVED_COEFS;
}
return smoothing_useful;
}
/*
* Variant of decompress_data for use when doing block smoothing.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
decompress_smooth_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
JDIMENSION block_num, last_block_column;
int ci, block_row, block_rows, access_rows;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer;
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr, prev_block_row, next_block_row;
JSAMPARRAY output_ptr;
JDIMENSION output_col;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT;
boolean first_row, last_row;
JBLOCK workspace;
int *coef_bits;
JQUANT_TBL *quanttbl;
INT32 Q00,Q01,Q02,Q10,Q11,Q20, num;
int DC1,DC2,DC3,DC4,DC5,DC6,DC7,DC8,DC9;
int Al, pred;
/* Force some input to be done if we are getting ahead of the input. */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number <= cinfo->output_scan_number &&
! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if (cinfo->input_scan_number == cinfo->output_scan_number) {
/* If input is working on current scan, we ordinarily want it to
* have completed the current row. But if input scan is DC,
* we want it to keep one row ahead so that next block row's DC
* values are up to date.
*/
JDIMENSION delta = (cinfo->Ss == 0) ? 1 : 0;
if (cinfo->input_iMCU_row > cinfo->output_iMCU_row+delta)
break;
}
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input)(cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
/* OK, output from the virtual arrays. */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Don't bother to IDCT an uninteresting component. */
if (! compptr->component_needed)
continue;
/* Count non-dummy DCT block rows in this iMCU row. */
if (cinfo->output_iMCU_row < last_iMCU_row) {
block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
access_rows = block_rows * 2; /* this and next iMCU row */
last_row = FALSE;
} else {
/* NB: can't use last_row_height here; it is input-side-dependent! */
block_rows = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (block_rows == 0) block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
access_rows = block_rows; /* this iMCU row only */
last_row = TRUE;
}
/* Align the virtual buffer for this component. */
if (cinfo->output_iMCU_row > 0) {
access_rows += compptr->v_samp_factor; /* prior iMCU row too */
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
(cinfo->output_iMCU_row - 1) * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) access_rows, FALSE);
buffer += compptr->v_samp_factor; /* point to current iMCU row */
first_row = FALSE;
} else {
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
(JDIMENSION) 0, (JDIMENSION) access_rows, FALSE);
first_row = TRUE;
}
/* Fetch component-dependent info */
coef_bits = coef->coef_bits_latch + (ci * SAVED_COEFS);
quanttbl = compptr->quant_table;
Q00 = quanttbl->quantval[0];
Q01 = quanttbl->quantval[Q01_POS];
Q10 = quanttbl->quantval[Q10_POS];
Q20 = quanttbl->quantval[Q20_POS];
Q11 = quanttbl->quantval[Q11_POS];
Q02 = quanttbl->quantval[Q02_POS];
inverse_DCT = cinfo->idct->inverse_DCT[ci];
output_ptr = output_buf[ci];
/* Loop over all DCT blocks to be processed. */
for (block_row = 0; block_row < block_rows; block_row++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[block_row];
if (first_row && block_row == 0)
prev_block_row = buffer_ptr;
else
prev_block_row = buffer[block_row-1];
if (last_row && block_row == block_rows-1)
next_block_row = buffer_ptr;
else
next_block_row = buffer[block_row+1];
/* We fetch the surrounding DC values using a sliding-register approach.
* Initialize all nine here so as to do the right thing on narrow pics.
*/
DC1 = DC2 = DC3 = (int) prev_block_row[0][0];
DC4 = DC5 = DC6 = (int) buffer_ptr[0][0];
DC7 = DC8 = DC9 = (int) next_block_row[0][0];
output_col = 0;
last_block_column = compptr->width_in_blocks - 1;
for (block_num = 0; block_num <= last_block_column; block_num++) {
/* Fetch current DCT block into workspace so we can modify it. */
jcopy_block_row(buffer_ptr, (JBLOCKROW) workspace, (JDIMENSION) 1);
/* Update DC values */
if (block_num < last_block_column) {
DC3 = (int) prev_block_row[1][0];
DC6 = (int) buffer_ptr[1][0];
DC9 = (int) next_block_row[1][0];
}
/* Compute coefficient estimates per K.8.
* An estimate is applied only if coefficient is still zero,
* and is not known to be fully accurate.
*/
/* AC01 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[1]) != 0 && workspace[1] == 0) {
num = 36 * Q00 * (DC4 - DC6);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q01<<7) + num) / (Q01<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q01<<7) - num) / (Q01<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[1] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC10 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[2]) != 0 && workspace[8] == 0) {
num = 36 * Q00 * (DC2 - DC8);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q10<<7) + num) / (Q10<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q10<<7) - num) / (Q10<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[8] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC20 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[3]) != 0 && workspace[16] == 0) {
num = 9 * Q00 * (DC2 + DC8 - 2*DC5);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q20<<7) + num) / (Q20<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q20<<7) - num) / (Q20<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[16] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC11 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[4]) != 0 && workspace[9] == 0) {
num = 5 * Q00 * (DC1 - DC3 - DC7 + DC9);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q11<<7) + num) / (Q11<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q11<<7) - num) / (Q11<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[9] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC02 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[5]) != 0 && workspace[2] == 0) {
num = 9 * Q00 * (DC4 + DC6 - 2*DC5);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q02<<7) + num) / (Q02<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q02<<7) - num) / (Q02<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[2] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* OK, do the IDCT */
(*inverse_DCT) (cinfo, compptr, (JCOEFPTR) workspace,
output_ptr, output_col);
/* Advance for next column */
DC1 = DC2; DC2 = DC3;
DC4 = DC5; DC5 = DC6;
DC7 = DC8; DC8 = DC9;
buffer_ptr++, prev_block_row++, next_block_row++;
output_col += compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
}
output_ptr += compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size;
}
}
if (++(cinfo->output_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows)
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
#endif /* BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize coefficient buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_d_coef_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_coef_ptr coef;
coef = (my_coef_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_coef_controller));
cinfo->coef = (struct jpeg_d_coef_controller *) coef;
coef->pub.start_input_pass = start_input_pass;
coef->pub.start_output_pass = start_output_pass;
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
coef->coef_bits_latch = NULL;
#endif
/* Create the coefficient buffer. */
if (need_full_buffer) {
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/* Allocate a full-image virtual array for each component, */
/* padded to a multiple of samp_factor DCT blocks in each direction. */
/* Note we ask for a pre-zeroed array. */
int ci, access_rows;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
access_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/* If block smoothing could be used, need a bigger window */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
access_rows *= 3;
#endif
coef->whole_image[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, TRUE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->width_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->height_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->v_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) access_rows);
}
coef->pub.consume_data = consume_data;
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_data;
coef->pub.coef_arrays = coef->whole_image; /* link to virtual arrays */
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
/* We only need a single-MCU buffer. */
JBLOCKROW buffer;
int i;
buffer = (JBLOCKROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (i = 0; i < D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; i++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[i] = buffer + i;
}
if (cinfo->lim_Se == 0) /* DC only case: want to bypass later */
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) buffer,
(size_t) (D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK)));
coef->pub.consume_data = dummy_consume_data;
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_onepass;
coef->pub.coef_arrays = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
}
}

512
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdcolor.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
/*
* jdcolor.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains output colorspace conversion routines.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_color_deconverter pub; /* public fields */
/* Private state for YCC->RGB conversion */
int * Cr_r_tab; /* => table for Cr to R conversion */
int * Cb_b_tab; /* => table for Cb to B conversion */
INT32 * Cr_g_tab; /* => table for Cr to G conversion */
INT32 * Cb_g_tab; /* => table for Cb to G conversion */
/* Private state for RGB->Y conversion */
INT32 * rgb_y_tab; /* => table for RGB to Y conversion */
} my_color_deconverter;
typedef my_color_deconverter * my_cconvert_ptr;
/**************** YCbCr -> RGB conversion: most common case **************/
/**************** RGB -> Y conversion: less common case **************/
/*
* YCbCr is defined per CCIR 601-1, except that Cb and Cr are
* normalized to the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE rather than -0.5 .. 0.5.
* The conversion equations to be implemented are therefore
*
* R = Y + 1.40200 * Cr
* G = Y - 0.34414 * Cb - 0.71414 * Cr
* B = Y + 1.77200 * Cb
*
* Y = 0.29900 * R + 0.58700 * G + 0.11400 * B
*
* where Cb and Cr represent the incoming values less CENTERJSAMPLE.
* (These numbers are derived from TIFF 6.0 section 21, dated 3-June-92.)
*
* To avoid floating-point arithmetic, we represent the fractional constants
* as integers scaled up by 2^16 (about 4 digits precision); we have to divide
* the products by 2^16, with appropriate rounding, to get the correct answer.
* Notice that Y, being an integral input, does not contribute any fraction
* so it need not participate in the rounding.
*
* For even more speed, we avoid doing any multiplications in the inner loop
* by precalculating the constants times Cb and Cr for all possible values.
* For 8-bit JSAMPLEs this is very reasonable (only 256 entries per table);
* for 12-bit samples it is still acceptable. It's not very reasonable for
* 16-bit samples, but if you want lossless storage you shouldn't be changing
* colorspace anyway.
* The Cr=>R and Cb=>B values can be rounded to integers in advance; the
* values for the G calculation are left scaled up, since we must add them
* together before rounding.
*/
#define SCALEBITS 16 /* speediest right-shift on some machines */
#define ONE_HALF ((INT32) 1 << (SCALEBITS-1))
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * (1L<<SCALEBITS) + 0.5))
/* We allocate one big table for RGB->Y conversion and divide it up into
* three parts, instead of doing three alloc_small requests. This lets us
* use a single table base address, which can be held in a register in the
* inner loops on many machines (more than can hold all three addresses,
* anyway).
*/
#define R_Y_OFF 0 /* offset to R => Y section */
#define G_Y_OFF (1*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)) /* offset to G => Y section */
#define B_Y_OFF (2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)) /* etc. */
#define TABLE_SIZE (3*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
/*
* Initialize tables for YCC->RGB colorspace conversion.
*/
LOCAL(void)
build_ycc_rgb_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
int i;
INT32 x;
SHIFT_TEMPS
cconvert->Cr_r_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
cconvert->Cb_b_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
cconvert->Cr_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
cconvert->Cb_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
for (i = 0, x = -CENTERJSAMPLE; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++, x++) {
/* i is the actual input pixel value, in the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE */
/* The Cb or Cr value we are thinking of is x = i - CENTERJSAMPLE */
/* Cr=>R value is nearest int to 1.40200 * x */
cconvert->Cr_r_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.40200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cb=>B value is nearest int to 1.77200 * x */
cconvert->Cb_b_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.77200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cr=>G value is scaled-up -0.71414 * x */
cconvert->Cr_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.71414)) * x;
/* Cb=>G value is scaled-up -0.34414 * x */
/* We also add in ONE_HALF so that need not do it in inner loop */
cconvert->Cb_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.34414)) * x + ONE_HALF;
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the output colorspace.
*
* Note that we change from noninterleaved, one-plane-per-component format
* to interleaved-pixel format. The output buffer is therefore three times
* as wide as the input buffer.
* A starting row offset is provided only for the input buffer. The caller
* can easily adjust the passed output_buf value to accommodate any row
* offset required on that side.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
ycc_rgb_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int y, cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
register int * Crrtab = cconvert->Cr_r_tab;
register int * Cbbtab = cconvert->Cb_b_tab;
register INT32 * Crgtab = cconvert->Cr_g_tab;
register INT32 * Cbgtab = cconvert->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr0 = input_buf[0][input_row];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][input_row];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][input_row];
input_row++;
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
y = GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[col]);
cb = GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[col]);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(inptr2[col]);
/* Range-limiting is essential due to noise introduced by DCT losses. */
outptr[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + Crrtab[cr]];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y +
((int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr],
SCALEBITS))];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + Cbbtab[cb]];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
}
}
/**************** Cases other than YCbCr -> RGB **************/
/*
* Initialize for RGB->grayscale colorspace conversion.
*/
LOCAL(void)
build_rgb_y_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
INT32 * rgb_y_tab;
INT32 i;
/* Allocate and fill in the conversion tables. */
cconvert->rgb_y_tab = rgb_y_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(TABLE_SIZE * SIZEOF(INT32)));
for (i = 0; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++) {
rgb_y_tab[i+R_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.29900) * i;
rgb_y_tab[i+G_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.58700) * i;
rgb_y_tab[i+B_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.11400) * i + ONE_HALF;
}
}
/*
* Convert RGB to grayscale.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_gray_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_y_tab;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr0 = input_buf[0][input_row];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][input_row];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][input_row];
input_row++;
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[col]);
g = GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[col]);
b = GETJSAMPLE(inptr2[col]);
/* Y */
outptr[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/*
* No colorspace change, but conversion from separate-planes
* to interleaved representation.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr0 = input_buf[0][input_row];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][input_row];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][input_row];
input_row++;
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
/* We can dispense with GETJSAMPLE() here */
outptr[RGB_RED] = inptr0[col];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = inptr1[col];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = inptr2[col];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
}
}
/*
* Color conversion for no colorspace change: just copy the data,
* converting from separate-planes to interleaved representation.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
null_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JDIMENSION count;
register int num_components = cinfo->num_components;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
int ci;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
for (ci = 0; ci < num_components; ci++) {
inptr = input_buf[ci][input_row];
outptr = output_buf[0] + ci;
for (count = num_cols; count > 0; count--) {
*outptr = *inptr++; /* needn't bother with GETJSAMPLE() here */
outptr += num_components;
}
}
input_row++;
output_buf++;
}
}
/*
* Color conversion for grayscale: just copy the data.
* This also works for YCbCr -> grayscale conversion, in which
* we just copy the Y (luminance) component and ignore chrominance.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
grayscale_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
jcopy_sample_rows(input_buf[0], (int) input_row, output_buf, 0,
num_rows, cinfo->output_width);
}
/*
* Convert grayscale to RGB: just duplicate the graylevel three times.
* This is provided to support applications that don't want to cope
* with grayscale as a separate case.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
gray_rgb_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = input_buf[0][input_row++];
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
/* We can dispense with GETJSAMPLE() here */
outptr[RGB_RED] = outptr[RGB_GREEN] = outptr[RGB_BLUE] = inptr[col];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
}
}
/*
* Adobe-style YCCK->CMYK conversion.
* We convert YCbCr to R=1-C, G=1-M, and B=1-Y using the same
* conversion as above, while passing K (black) unchanged.
* We assume build_ycc_rgb_table has been called.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
ycck_cmyk_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int y, cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2, inptr3;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
register int * Crrtab = cconvert->Cr_r_tab;
register int * Cbbtab = cconvert->Cb_b_tab;
register INT32 * Crgtab = cconvert->Cr_g_tab;
register INT32 * Cbgtab = cconvert->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr0 = input_buf[0][input_row];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][input_row];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][input_row];
inptr3 = input_buf[3][input_row];
input_row++;
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
y = GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[col]);
cb = GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[col]);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(inptr2[col]);
/* Range-limiting is essential due to noise introduced by DCT losses. */
outptr[0] = range_limit[MAXJSAMPLE - (y + Crrtab[cr])]; /* red */
outptr[1] = range_limit[MAXJSAMPLE - (y + /* green */
((int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr],
SCALEBITS)))];
outptr[2] = range_limit[MAXJSAMPLE - (y + Cbbtab[cb])]; /* blue */
/* K passes through unchanged */
outptr[3] = inptr3[col]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE here */
outptr += 4;
}
}
}
/*
* Empty method for start_pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_dcolor (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work needed */
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for output colorspace conversion.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_color_deconverter (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert;
int ci;
cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_color_deconverter));
cinfo->cconvert = (struct jpeg_color_deconverter *) cconvert;
cconvert->pub.start_pass = start_pass_dcolor;
/* Make sure num_components agrees with jpeg_color_space */
switch (cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
if (cinfo->num_components != 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
case JCS_YCbCr:
if (cinfo->num_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
case JCS_YCCK:
if (cinfo->num_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
default: /* JCS_UNKNOWN can be anything */
if (cinfo->num_components < 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
}
/* Set out_color_components and conversion method based on requested space.
* Also clear the component_needed flags for any unused components,
* so that earlier pipeline stages can avoid useless computation.
*/
switch (cinfo->out_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
cinfo->out_color_components = 1;
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_GRAYSCALE ||
cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = grayscale_convert;
/* For color->grayscale conversion, only the Y (0) component is needed */
for (ci = 1; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
cinfo->comp_info[ci].component_needed = FALSE;
} else if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_RGB) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = rgb_gray_convert;
build_rgb_y_table(cinfo);
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
cinfo->out_color_components = RGB_PIXELSIZE;
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = ycc_rgb_convert;
build_ycc_rgb_table(cinfo);
} else if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_GRAYSCALE) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = gray_rgb_convert;
} else if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_RGB) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = rgb_convert;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
cinfo->out_color_components = 4;
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCCK) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = ycck_cmyk_convert;
build_ycc_rgb_table(cinfo);
} else if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_CMYK) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
default:
/* Permit null conversion to same output space */
if (cinfo->out_color_space == cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
cinfo->out_color_components = cinfo->num_components;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
} else /* unsupported non-null conversion */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
}
if (cinfo->quantize_colors)
cinfo->output_components = 1; /* single colormapped output component */
else
cinfo->output_components = cinfo->out_color_components;
}

384
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jddctmgr.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
/*
* jddctmgr.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2002-2010 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the inverse-DCT management logic.
* This code selects a particular IDCT implementation to be used,
* and it performs related housekeeping chores. No code in this file
* is executed per IDCT step, only during output pass setup.
*
* Note that the IDCT routines are responsible for performing coefficient
* dequantization as well as the IDCT proper. This module sets up the
* dequantization multiplier table needed by the IDCT routine.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
/*
* The decompressor input side (jdinput.c) saves away the appropriate
* quantization table for each component at the start of the first scan
* involving that component. (This is necessary in order to correctly
* decode files that reuse Q-table slots.)
* When we are ready to make an output pass, the saved Q-table is converted
* to a multiplier table that will actually be used by the IDCT routine.
* The multiplier table contents are IDCT-method-dependent. To support
* application changes in IDCT method between scans, we can remake the
* multiplier tables if necessary.
* In buffered-image mode, the first output pass may occur before any data
* has been seen for some components, and thus before their Q-tables have
* been saved away. To handle this case, multiplier tables are preset
* to zeroes; the result of the IDCT will be a neutral gray level.
*/
/* Private subobject for this module */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_inverse_dct pub; /* public fields */
/* This array contains the IDCT method code that each multiplier table
* is currently set up for, or -1 if it's not yet set up.
* The actual multiplier tables are pointed to by dct_table in the
* per-component comp_info structures.
*/
int cur_method[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_idct_controller;
typedef my_idct_controller * my_idct_ptr;
/* Allocated multiplier tables: big enough for any supported variant */
typedef union {
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE islow_array[DCTSIZE2];
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
IFAST_MULT_TYPE ifast_array[DCTSIZE2];
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
FLOAT_MULT_TYPE float_array[DCTSIZE2];
#endif
} multiplier_table;
/* The current scaled-IDCT routines require ISLOW-style multiplier tables,
* so be sure to compile that code if either ISLOW or SCALING is requested.
*/
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#else
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#endif
#endif
/*
* Prepare for an output pass.
* Here we select the proper IDCT routine for each component and build
* a matching multiplier table.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_idct_ptr idct = (my_idct_ptr) cinfo->idct;
int ci, i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
int method = 0;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr method_ptr = NULL;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Select the proper IDCT routine for this component's scaling */
switch ((compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size << 8) + compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) {
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
case ((1 << 8) + 1):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_1x1;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((2 << 8) + 2):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_2x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((3 << 8) + 3):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_3x3;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((4 << 8) + 4):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_4x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((5 << 8) + 5):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_5x5;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((6 << 8) + 6):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_6x6;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((7 << 8) + 7):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_7x7;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((9 << 8) + 9):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_9x9;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((10 << 8) + 10):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_10x10;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((11 << 8) + 11):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_11x11;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((12 << 8) + 12):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_12x12;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((13 << 8) + 13):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_13x13;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((14 << 8) + 14):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_14x14;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((15 << 8) + 15):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_15x15;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((16 << 8) + 16):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_16x16;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((16 << 8) + 8):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_16x8;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((14 << 8) + 7):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_14x7;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((12 << 8) + 6):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_12x6;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((10 << 8) + 5):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_10x5;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((8 << 8) + 4):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_8x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((6 << 8) + 3):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_6x3;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((4 << 8) + 2):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_4x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((2 << 8) + 1):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_2x1;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((8 << 8) + 16):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_8x16;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((7 << 8) + 14):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_7x14;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((6 << 8) + 12):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_6x12;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((5 << 8) + 10):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_5x10;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((4 << 8) + 8):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_4x8;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((3 << 8) + 6):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_3x6;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((2 << 8) + 4):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_2x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
case ((1 << 8) + 2):
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_1x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctint uses islow-style table */
break;
#endif
case ((DCTSIZE << 8) + DCTSIZE):
switch (cinfo->dct_method) {
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_ISLOW:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_islow;
method = JDCT_ISLOW;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_ifast;
method = JDCT_IFAST;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_float;
method = JDCT_FLOAT;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
break;
default:
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE,
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size, compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size);
break;
}
idct->pub.inverse_DCT[ci] = method_ptr;
/* Create multiplier table from quant table.
* However, we can skip this if the component is uninteresting
* or if we already built the table. Also, if no quant table
* has yet been saved for the component, we leave the
* multiplier table all-zero; we'll be reading zeroes from the
* coefficient controller's buffer anyway.
*/
if (! compptr->component_needed || idct->cur_method[ci] == method)
continue;
qtbl = compptr->quant_table;
if (qtbl == NULL) /* happens if no data yet for component */
continue;
idct->cur_method[ci] = method;
switch (method) {
#ifdef PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
case JDCT_ISLOW:
{
/* For LL&M IDCT method, multipliers are equal to raw quantization
* coefficients, but are stored as ints to ensure access efficiency.
*/
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE * ismtbl = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
ismtbl[i] = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE) qtbl->quantval[i];
}
}
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
{
/* For AA&N IDCT method, multipliers are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* For integer operation, the multiplier table is to be scaled by
* IFAST_SCALE_BITS.
*/
IFAST_MULT_TYPE * ifmtbl = (IFAST_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
#define CONST_BITS 14
static const INT16 aanscales[DCTSIZE2] = {
/* precomputed values scaled up by 14 bits */
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
22725, 31521, 29692, 26722, 22725, 17855, 12299, 6270,
21407, 29692, 27969, 25172, 21407, 16819, 11585, 5906,
19266, 26722, 25172, 22654, 19266, 15137, 10426, 5315,
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
12873, 17855, 16819, 15137, 12873, 10114, 6967, 3552,
8867, 12299, 11585, 10426, 8867, 6967, 4799, 2446,
4520, 6270, 5906, 5315, 4520, 3552, 2446, 1247
};
SHIFT_TEMPS
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
ifmtbl[i] = (IFAST_MULT_TYPE)
DESCALE(MULTIPLY16V16((INT32) qtbl->quantval[i],
(INT32) aanscales[i]),
CONST_BITS-IFAST_SCALE_BITS);
}
}
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
{
/* For float AA&N IDCT method, multipliers are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* We apply a further scale factor of 1/8.
*/
FLOAT_MULT_TYPE * fmtbl = (FLOAT_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
int row, col;
static const double aanscalefactor[DCTSIZE] = {
1.0, 1.387039845, 1.306562965, 1.175875602,
1.0, 0.785694958, 0.541196100, 0.275899379
};
i = 0;
for (row = 0; row < DCTSIZE; row++) {
for (col = 0; col < DCTSIZE; col++) {
fmtbl[i] = (FLOAT_MULT_TYPE)
((double) qtbl->quantval[i] *
aanscalefactor[row] * aanscalefactor[col] * 0.125);
i++;
}
}
}
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
}
}
/*
* Initialize IDCT manager.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_inverse_dct (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_idct_ptr idct;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
idct = (my_idct_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_idct_controller));
cinfo->idct = (struct jpeg_inverse_dct *) idct;
idct->pub.start_pass = start_pass;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Allocate and pre-zero a multiplier table for each component */
compptr->dct_table =
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(multiplier_table));
MEMZERO(compptr->dct_table, SIZEOF(multiplier_table));
/* Mark multiplier table not yet set up for any method */
idct->cur_method[ci] = -1;
}
}

1541
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdhuff.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

661
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdinput.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
/*
* jdinput.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2002-2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains input control logic for the JPEG decompressor.
* These routines are concerned with controlling the decompressor's input
* processing (marker reading and coefficient decoding). The actual input
* reading is done in jdmarker.c, jdhuff.c, and jdarith.c.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private state */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_input_controller pub; /* public fields */
int inheaders; /* Nonzero until first SOS is reached */
} my_input_controller;
typedef my_input_controller * my_inputctl_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(int) consume_markers JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Routines to calculate various quantities related to the size of the image.
*/
/*
* Compute output image dimensions and related values.
* NOTE: this is exported for possible use by application.
* Hence it mustn't do anything that can't be done twice.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_core_output_dimensions (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before master selection phase.
* This function is used for transcoding and full decompression.
*/
{
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Compute actual output image dimensions and DCT scaling choices. */
if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom) {
/* Provide 1/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 1;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 1;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 2) {
/* Provide 2/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 2L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 2L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 2;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 2;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 3) {
/* Provide 3/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 3L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 3L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 3;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 3;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 4) {
/* Provide 4/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 4L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 4L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 4;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 4;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 5) {
/* Provide 5/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 5L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 5L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 5;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 5;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 6) {
/* Provide 6/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 6L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 6L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 6;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 6;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 7) {
/* Provide 7/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 7L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 7L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 7;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 7;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 8) {
/* Provide 8/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 8L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 8L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 8;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 8;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 9) {
/* Provide 9/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 9L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 9L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 9;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 9;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 10) {
/* Provide 10/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 10L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 10L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 10;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 10;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 11) {
/* Provide 11/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 11L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 11L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 11;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 11;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 12) {
/* Provide 12/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 12L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 12L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 12;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 12;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 13) {
/* Provide 13/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 13L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 13L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 13;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 13;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 14) {
/* Provide 14/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 14L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 14L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 14;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 14;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * cinfo->block_size <= cinfo->scale_denom * 15) {
/* Provide 15/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 15L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 15L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 15;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 15;
} else {
/* Provide 16/block_size scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * 16L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * 16L, (long) cinfo->block_size);
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = 16;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = 16;
}
/* Recompute dimensions of components */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size = cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size;
compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size = cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
}
#else /* !IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
/* Hardwire it to "no scaling" */
cinfo->output_width = cinfo->image_width;
cinfo->output_height = cinfo->image_height;
/* jdinput.c has already initialized DCT_scaled_size,
* and has computed unscaled downsampled_width and downsampled_height.
*/
#endif /* IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
}
LOCAL(void)
initial_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Called once, when first SOS marker is reached */
{
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Make sure image isn't bigger than I can handle */
if ((long) cinfo->image_height > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION ||
(long) cinfo->image_width > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION);
/* For now, precision must match compiled-in value... */
if (cinfo->data_precision != BITS_IN_JSAMPLE)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PRECISION, cinfo->data_precision);
/* Check that number of components won't exceed internal array sizes */
if (cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
/* Compute maximum sampling factors; check factor validity */
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = 1;
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = 1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->h_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->h_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR ||
compptr->v_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->v_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SAMPLING);
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_h_samp_factor,
compptr->h_samp_factor);
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
compptr->v_samp_factor);
}
/* Derive block_size, natural_order, and lim_Se */
if (cinfo->is_baseline || (cinfo->progressive_mode &&
cinfo->comps_in_scan)) { /* no pseudo SOS marker */
cinfo->block_size = DCTSIZE;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
} else
switch (cinfo->Se) {
case (1*1-1):
cinfo->block_size = 1;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order; /* not needed */
cinfo->lim_Se = cinfo->Se;
break;
case (2*2-1):
cinfo->block_size = 2;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order2;
cinfo->lim_Se = cinfo->Se;
break;
case (3*3-1):
cinfo->block_size = 3;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order3;
cinfo->lim_Se = cinfo->Se;
break;
case (4*4-1):
cinfo->block_size = 4;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order4;
cinfo->lim_Se = cinfo->Se;
break;
case (5*5-1):
cinfo->block_size = 5;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order5;
cinfo->lim_Se = cinfo->Se;
break;
case (6*6-1):
cinfo->block_size = 6;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order6;
cinfo->lim_Se = cinfo->Se;
break;
case (7*7-1):
cinfo->block_size = 7;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order7;
cinfo->lim_Se = cinfo->Se;
break;
case (8*8-1):
cinfo->block_size = 8;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
break;
case (9*9-1):
cinfo->block_size = 9;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
break;
case (10*10-1):
cinfo->block_size = 10;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
break;
case (11*11-1):
cinfo->block_size = 11;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
break;
case (12*12-1):
cinfo->block_size = 12;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
break;
case (13*13-1):
cinfo->block_size = 13;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
break;
case (14*14-1):
cinfo->block_size = 14;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
break;
case (15*15-1):
cinfo->block_size = 15;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
break;
case (16*16-1):
cinfo->block_size = 16;
cinfo->natural_order = jpeg_natural_order;
cinfo->lim_Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
break;
default:
ERREXIT4(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION,
cinfo->Ss, cinfo->Se, cinfo->Ah, cinfo->Al);
break;
}
/* We initialize DCT_scaled_size and min_DCT_scaled_size to block_size.
* In the full decompressor,
* this will be overridden by jpeg_calc_output_dimensions in jdmaster.c;
* but in the transcoder,
* jpeg_calc_output_dimensions is not used, so we must do it here.
*/
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size = cinfo->block_size;
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size = cinfo->block_size;
/* Compute dimensions of components */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size = cinfo->block_size;
compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size = cinfo->block_size;
/* Size in DCT blocks */
compptr->width_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
compptr->height_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
/* downsampled_width and downsampled_height will also be overridden by
* jdmaster.c if we are doing full decompression. The transcoder library
* doesn't use these values, but the calling application might.
*/
/* Size in samples */
compptr->downsampled_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) cinfo->max_h_samp_factor);
compptr->downsampled_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
/* Mark component needed, until color conversion says otherwise */
compptr->component_needed = TRUE;
/* Mark no quantization table yet saved for component */
compptr->quant_table = NULL;
}
/* Compute number of fully interleaved MCU rows. */
cinfo->total_iMCU_rows = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
/* Decide whether file contains multiple scans */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan < cinfo->num_components || cinfo->progressive_mode)
cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans = TRUE;
else
cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans = FALSE;
}
LOCAL(void)
per_scan_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before processing a JPEG scan */
/* cinfo->comps_in_scan and cinfo->cur_comp_info[] were set from SOS marker */
{
int ci, mcublks, tmp;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan == 1) {
/* Noninterleaved (single-component) scan */
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0];
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = compptr->width_in_blocks;
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = compptr->height_in_blocks;
/* For noninterleaved scan, always one block per MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = 1;
compptr->MCU_height = 1;
compptr->MCU_blocks = 1;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
compptr->last_col_width = 1;
/* For noninterleaved scans, it is convenient to define last_row_height
* as the number of block rows present in the last iMCU row.
*/
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 1;
cinfo->MCU_membership[0] = 0;
} else {
/* Interleaved (multi-component) scan */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan <= 0 || cinfo->comps_in_scan > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->comps_in_scan,
MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Sampling factors give # of blocks of component in each MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = compptr->h_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_height = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_blocks = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size;
/* Figure number of non-dummy blocks in last MCU column & row */
tmp = (int) (compptr->width_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_width);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_width;
compptr->last_col_width = tmp;
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_height);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
mcublks = compptr->MCU_blocks;
if (cinfo->blocks_in_MCU + mcublks > D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE);
while (mcublks-- > 0) {
cinfo->MCU_membership[cinfo->blocks_in_MCU++] = ci;
}
}
}
}
/*
* Save away a copy of the Q-table referenced by each component present
* in the current scan, unless already saved during a prior scan.
*
* In a multiple-scan JPEG file, the encoder could assign different components
* the same Q-table slot number, but change table definitions between scans
* so that each component uses a different Q-table. (The IJG encoder is not
* currently capable of doing this, but other encoders might.) Since we want
* to be able to dequantize all the components at the end of the file, this
* means that we have to save away the table actually used for each component.
* We do this by copying the table at the start of the first scan containing
* the component.
* The JPEG spec prohibits the encoder from changing the contents of a Q-table
* slot between scans of a component using that slot. If the encoder does so
* anyway, this decoder will simply use the Q-table values that were current
* at the start of the first scan for the component.
*
* The decompressor output side looks only at the saved quant tables,
* not at the current Q-table slots.
*/
LOCAL(void)
latch_quant_tables (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
int ci, qtblno;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* No work if we already saved Q-table for this component */
if (compptr->quant_table != NULL)
continue;
/* Make sure specified quantization table is present */
qtblno = compptr->quant_tbl_no;
if (qtblno < 0 || qtblno >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS ||
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, qtblno);
/* OK, save away the quantization table */
qtbl = (JQUANT_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
MEMCOPY(qtbl, cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno], SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
compptr->quant_table = qtbl;
}
}
/*
* Initialize the input modules to read a scan of compressed data.
* The first call to this is done by jdmaster.c after initializing
* the entire decompressor (during jpeg_start_decompress).
* Subsequent calls come from consume_markers, below.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_input_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
latch_quant_tables(cinfo);
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->coef->start_input_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->inputctl->consume_input = cinfo->coef->consume_data;
}
/*
* Finish up after inputting a compressed-data scan.
* This is called by the coefficient controller after it's read all
* the expected data of the scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_input_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->inputctl->consume_input = consume_markers;
}
/*
* Read JPEG markers before, between, or after compressed-data scans.
* Change state as necessary when a new scan is reached.
* Return value is JPEG_SUSPENDED, JPEG_REACHED_SOS, or JPEG_REACHED_EOI.
*
* The consume_input method pointer points either here or to the
* coefficient controller's consume_data routine, depending on whether
* we are reading a compressed data segment or inter-segment markers.
*
* Note: This function should NOT return a pseudo SOS marker (with zero
* component number) to the caller. A pseudo marker received by
* read_markers is processed and then skipped for other markers.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
consume_markers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_inputctl_ptr inputctl = (my_inputctl_ptr) cinfo->inputctl;
int val;
if (inputctl->pub.eoi_reached) /* After hitting EOI, read no further */
return JPEG_REACHED_EOI;
for (;;) { /* Loop to pass pseudo SOS marker */
val = (*cinfo->marker->read_markers) (cinfo);
switch (val) {
case JPEG_REACHED_SOS: /* Found SOS */
if (inputctl->inheaders) { /* 1st SOS */
if (inputctl->inheaders == 1)
initial_setup(cinfo);
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan == 0) { /* pseudo SOS marker */
inputctl->inheaders = 2;
break;
}
inputctl->inheaders = 0;
/* Note: start_input_pass must be called by jdmaster.c
* before any more input can be consumed. jdapimin.c is
* responsible for enforcing this sequencing.
*/
} else { /* 2nd or later SOS marker */
if (! inputctl->pub.has_multiple_scans)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_EOI_EXPECTED); /* Oops, I wasn't expecting this! */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan == 0) /* unexpected pseudo SOS marker */
break;
start_input_pass(cinfo);
}
return val;
case JPEG_REACHED_EOI: /* Found EOI */
inputctl->pub.eoi_reached = TRUE;
if (inputctl->inheaders) { /* Tables-only datastream, apparently */
if (cinfo->marker->saw_SOF)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_SOF_NO_SOS);
} else {
/* Prevent infinite loop in coef ctlr's decompress_data routine
* if user set output_scan_number larger than number of scans.
*/
if (cinfo->output_scan_number > cinfo->input_scan_number)
cinfo->output_scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
}
return val;
case JPEG_SUSPENDED:
return val;
default:
return val;
}
}
}
/*
* Reset state to begin a fresh datastream.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
reset_input_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_inputctl_ptr inputctl = (my_inputctl_ptr) cinfo->inputctl;
inputctl->pub.consume_input = consume_markers;
inputctl->pub.has_multiple_scans = FALSE; /* "unknown" would be better */
inputctl->pub.eoi_reached = FALSE;
inputctl->inheaders = 1;
/* Reset other modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->marker->reset_marker_reader) (cinfo);
/* Reset progression state -- would be cleaner if entropy decoder did this */
cinfo->coef_bits = NULL;
}
/*
* Initialize the input controller module.
* This is called only once, when the decompression object is created.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_input_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_inputctl_ptr inputctl;
/* Create subobject in permanent pool */
inputctl = (my_inputctl_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_input_controller));
cinfo->inputctl = (struct jpeg_input_controller *) inputctl;
/* Initialize method pointers */
inputctl->pub.consume_input = consume_markers;
inputctl->pub.reset_input_controller = reset_input_controller;
inputctl->pub.start_input_pass = start_input_pass;
inputctl->pub.finish_input_pass = finish_input_pass;
/* Initialize state: can't use reset_input_controller since we don't
* want to try to reset other modules yet.
*/
inputctl->pub.has_multiple_scans = FALSE; /* "unknown" would be better */
inputctl->pub.eoi_reached = FALSE;
inputctl->inheaders = 1;
}

512
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdmainct.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
/*
* jdmainct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the main buffer controller for decompression.
* The main buffer lies between the JPEG decompressor proper and the
* post-processor; it holds downsampled data in the JPEG colorspace.
*
* Note that this code is bypassed in raw-data mode, since the application
* supplies the equivalent of the main buffer in that case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* In the current system design, the main buffer need never be a full-image
* buffer; any full-height buffers will be found inside the coefficient or
* postprocessing controllers. Nonetheless, the main controller is not
* trivial. Its responsibility is to provide context rows for upsampling/
* rescaling, and doing this in an efficient fashion is a bit tricky.
*
* Postprocessor input data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be (v_samp_factor * DCT_scaled_size / min_DCT_scaled_size)
* sample rows of each component. (We require DCT_scaled_size values to be
* chosen such that these numbers are integers. In practice DCT_scaled_size
* values will likely be powers of two, so we actually have the stronger
* condition that DCT_scaled_size / min_DCT_scaled_size is an integer.)
* Upsampling will typically produce max_v_samp_factor pixel rows from each
* row group (times any additional scale factor that the upsampler is
* applying).
*
* The coefficient controller will deliver data to us one iMCU row at a time;
* each iMCU row contains v_samp_factor * DCT_scaled_size sample rows, or
* exactly min_DCT_scaled_size row groups. (This amount of data corresponds
* to one row of MCUs when the image is fully interleaved.) Note that the
* number of sample rows varies across components, but the number of row
* groups does not. Some garbage sample rows may be included in the last iMCU
* row at the bottom of the image.
*
* Depending on the vertical scaling algorithm used, the upsampler may need
* access to the sample row(s) above and below its current input row group.
* The upsampler is required to set need_context_rows TRUE at global selection
* time if so. When need_context_rows is FALSE, this controller can simply
* obtain one iMCU row at a time from the coefficient controller and dole it
* out as row groups to the postprocessor.
*
* When need_context_rows is TRUE, this controller guarantees that the buffer
* passed to postprocessing contains at least one row group's worth of samples
* above and below the row group(s) being processed. Note that the context
* rows "above" the first passed row group appear at negative row offsets in
* the passed buffer. At the top and bottom of the image, the required
* context rows are manufactured by duplicating the first or last real sample
* row; this avoids having special cases in the upsampling inner loops.
*
* The amount of context is fixed at one row group just because that's a
* convenient number for this controller to work with. The existing
* upsamplers really only need one sample row of context. An upsampler
* supporting arbitrary output rescaling might wish for more than one row
* group of context when shrinking the image; tough, we don't handle that.
* (This is justified by the assumption that downsizing will be handled mostly
* by adjusting the DCT_scaled_size values, so that the actual scale factor at
* the upsample step needn't be much less than one.)
*
* To provide the desired context, we have to retain the last two row groups
* of one iMCU row while reading in the next iMCU row. (The last row group
* can't be processed until we have another row group for its below-context,
* and so we have to save the next-to-last group too for its above-context.)
* We could do this most simply by copying data around in our buffer, but
* that'd be very slow. We can avoid copying any data by creating a rather
* strange pointer structure. Here's how it works. We allocate a workspace
* consisting of M+2 row groups (where M = min_DCT_scaled_size is the number
* of row groups per iMCU row). We create two sets of redundant pointers to
* the workspace. Labeling the physical row groups 0 to M+1, the synthesized
* pointer lists look like this:
* M+1 M-1
* master pointer --> 0 master pointer --> 0
* 1 1
* ... ...
* M-3 M-3
* M-2 M
* M-1 M+1
* M M-2
* M+1 M-1
* 0 0
* We read alternate iMCU rows using each master pointer; thus the last two
* row groups of the previous iMCU row remain un-overwritten in the workspace.
* The pointer lists are set up so that the required context rows appear to
* be adjacent to the proper places when we pass the pointer lists to the
* upsampler.
*
* The above pictures describe the normal state of the pointer lists.
* At top and bottom of the image, we diddle the pointer lists to duplicate
* the first or last sample row as necessary (this is cheaper than copying
* sample rows around).
*
* This scheme breaks down if M < 2, ie, min_DCT_scaled_size is 1. In that
* situation each iMCU row provides only one row group so the buffering logic
* must be different (eg, we must read two iMCU rows before we can emit the
* first row group). For now, we simply do not support providing context
* rows when min_DCT_scaled_size is 1. That combination seems unlikely to
* be worth providing --- if someone wants a 1/8th-size preview, they probably
* want it quick and dirty, so a context-free upsampler is sufficient.
*/
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_d_main_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* Pointer to allocated workspace (M or M+2 row groups). */
JSAMPARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPONENTS];
boolean buffer_full; /* Have we gotten an iMCU row from decoder? */
JDIMENSION rowgroup_ctr; /* counts row groups output to postprocessor */
/* Remaining fields are only used in the context case. */
/* These are the master pointers to the funny-order pointer lists. */
JSAMPIMAGE xbuffer[2]; /* pointers to weird pointer lists */
int whichptr; /* indicates which pointer set is now in use */
int context_state; /* process_data state machine status */
JDIMENSION rowgroups_avail; /* row groups available to postprocessor */
JDIMENSION iMCU_row_ctr; /* counts iMCU rows to detect image top/bot */
} my_main_controller;
typedef my_main_controller * my_main_ptr;
/* context_state values: */
#define CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU 0 /* need to prepare for MCU row */
#define CTX_PROCESS_IMCU 1 /* feeding iMCU to postprocessor */
#define CTX_POSTPONED_ROW 2 /* feeding postponed row group */
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(void) process_data_simple_main
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
METHODDEF(void) process_data_context_main
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void) process_data_crank_post
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#endif
LOCAL(void)
alloc_funny_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Allocate space for the funny pointer lists.
* This is done only once, not once per pass.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, rgroup;
int M = cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY xbuf;
/* Get top-level space for component array pointers.
* We alloc both arrays with one call to save a few cycles.
*/
main->xbuffer[0] = (JSAMPIMAGE)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->num_components * 2 * SIZEOF(JSAMPARRAY));
main->xbuffer[1] = main->xbuffer[0] + cinfo->num_components;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
/* Get space for pointer lists --- M+4 row groups in each list.
* We alloc both pointer lists with one call to save a few cycles.
*/
xbuf = (JSAMPARRAY)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
2 * (rgroup * (M + 4)) * SIZEOF(JSAMPROW));
xbuf += rgroup; /* want one row group at negative offsets */
main->xbuffer[0][ci] = xbuf;
xbuf += rgroup * (M + 4);
main->xbuffer[1][ci] = xbuf;
}
}
LOCAL(void)
make_funny_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Create the funny pointer lists discussed in the comments above.
* The actual workspace is already allocated (in main->buffer),
* and the space for the pointer lists is allocated too.
* This routine just fills in the curiously ordered lists.
* This will be repeated at the beginning of each pass.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, i, rgroup;
int M = cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY buf, xbuf0, xbuf1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
xbuf0 = main->xbuffer[0][ci];
xbuf1 = main->xbuffer[1][ci];
/* First copy the workspace pointers as-is */
buf = main->buffer[ci];
for (i = 0; i < rgroup * (M + 2); i++) {
xbuf0[i] = xbuf1[i] = buf[i];
}
/* In the second list, put the last four row groups in swapped order */
for (i = 0; i < rgroup * 2; i++) {
xbuf1[rgroup*(M-2) + i] = buf[rgroup*M + i];
xbuf1[rgroup*M + i] = buf[rgroup*(M-2) + i];
}
/* The wraparound pointers at top and bottom will be filled later
* (see set_wraparound_pointers, below). Initially we want the "above"
* pointers to duplicate the first actual data line. This only needs
* to happen in xbuffer[0].
*/
for (i = 0; i < rgroup; i++) {
xbuf0[i - rgroup] = xbuf0[0];
}
}
}
LOCAL(void)
set_wraparound_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Set up the "wraparound" pointers at top and bottom of the pointer lists.
* This changes the pointer list state from top-of-image to the normal state.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, i, rgroup;
int M = cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY xbuf0, xbuf1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
xbuf0 = main->xbuffer[0][ci];
xbuf1 = main->xbuffer[1][ci];
for (i = 0; i < rgroup; i++) {
xbuf0[i - rgroup] = xbuf0[rgroup*(M+1) + i];
xbuf1[i - rgroup] = xbuf1[rgroup*(M+1) + i];
xbuf0[rgroup*(M+2) + i] = xbuf0[i];
xbuf1[rgroup*(M+2) + i] = xbuf1[i];
}
}
}
LOCAL(void)
set_bottom_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Change the pointer lists to duplicate the last sample row at the bottom
* of the image. whichptr indicates which xbuffer holds the final iMCU row.
* Also sets rowgroups_avail to indicate number of nondummy row groups in row.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, i, rgroup, iMCUheight, rows_left;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY xbuf;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Count sample rows in one iMCU row and in one row group */
iMCUheight = compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size;
rgroup = iMCUheight / cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
/* Count nondummy sample rows remaining for this component */
rows_left = (int) (compptr->downsampled_height % (JDIMENSION) iMCUheight);
if (rows_left == 0) rows_left = iMCUheight;
/* Count nondummy row groups. Should get same answer for each component,
* so we need only do it once.
*/
if (ci == 0) {
main->rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) ((rows_left-1) / rgroup + 1);
}
/* Duplicate the last real sample row rgroup*2 times; this pads out the
* last partial rowgroup and ensures at least one full rowgroup of context.
*/
xbuf = main->xbuffer[main->whichptr][ci];
for (i = 0; i < rgroup * 2; i++) {
xbuf[rows_left + i] = xbuf[rows_left-1];
}
}
}
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_main (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
if (cinfo->upsample->need_context_rows) {
main->pub.process_data = process_data_context_main;
make_funny_pointers(cinfo); /* Create the xbuffer[] lists */
main->whichptr = 0; /* Read first iMCU row into xbuffer[0] */
main->context_state = CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU;
main->iMCU_row_ctr = 0;
} else {
/* Simple case with no context needed */
main->pub.process_data = process_data_simple_main;
}
main->buffer_full = FALSE; /* Mark buffer empty */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
break;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
/* For last pass of 2-pass quantization, just crank the postprocessor */
main->pub.process_data = process_data_crank_post;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* This handles the simple case where no context is required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_simple_main (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
JDIMENSION rowgroups_avail;
/* Read input data if we haven't filled the main buffer yet */
if (! main->buffer_full) {
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo, main->buffer))
return; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
main->buffer_full = TRUE; /* OK, we have an iMCU row to work with */
}
/* There are always min_DCT_scaled_size row groups in an iMCU row. */
rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
/* Note: at the bottom of the image, we may pass extra garbage row groups
* to the postprocessor. The postprocessor has to check for bottom
* of image anyway (at row resolution), so no point in us doing it too.
*/
/* Feed the postprocessor */
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, main->buffer,
&main->rowgroup_ctr, rowgroups_avail,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
/* Has postprocessor consumed all the data yet? If so, mark buffer empty */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr >= rowgroups_avail) {
main->buffer_full = FALSE;
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* This handles the case where context rows must be provided.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_context_main (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
/* Read input data if we haven't filled the main buffer yet */
if (! main->buffer_full) {
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo,
main->xbuffer[main->whichptr]))
return; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
main->buffer_full = TRUE; /* OK, we have an iMCU row to work with */
main->iMCU_row_ctr++; /* count rows received */
}
/* Postprocessor typically will not swallow all the input data it is handed
* in one call (due to filling the output buffer first). Must be prepared
* to exit and restart. This switch lets us keep track of how far we got.
* Note that each case falls through to the next on successful completion.
*/
switch (main->context_state) {
case CTX_POSTPONED_ROW:
/* Call postprocessor using previously set pointers for postponed row */
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, main->xbuffer[main->whichptr],
&main->rowgroup_ctr, main->rowgroups_avail,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < main->rowgroups_avail)
return; /* Need to suspend */
main->context_state = CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU;
if (*out_row_ctr >= out_rows_avail)
return; /* Postprocessor exactly filled output buf */
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU:
/* Prepare to process first M-1 row groups of this iMCU row */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size - 1);
/* Check for bottom of image: if so, tweak pointers to "duplicate"
* the last sample row, and adjust rowgroups_avail to ignore padding rows.
*/
if (main->iMCU_row_ctr == cinfo->total_iMCU_rows)
set_bottom_pointers(cinfo);
main->context_state = CTX_PROCESS_IMCU;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case CTX_PROCESS_IMCU:
/* Call postprocessor using previously set pointers */
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, main->xbuffer[main->whichptr],
&main->rowgroup_ctr, main->rowgroups_avail,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < main->rowgroups_avail)
return; /* Need to suspend */
/* After the first iMCU, change wraparound pointers to normal state */
if (main->iMCU_row_ctr == 1)
set_wraparound_pointers(cinfo);
/* Prepare to load new iMCU row using other xbuffer list */
main->whichptr ^= 1; /* 0=>1 or 1=>0 */
main->buffer_full = FALSE;
/* Still need to process last row group of this iMCU row, */
/* which is saved at index M+1 of the other xbuffer */
main->rowgroup_ctr = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size + 1);
main->rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size + 2);
main->context_state = CTX_POSTPONED_ROW;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* Final pass of two-pass quantization: just call the postprocessor.
* Source data will be the postprocessor controller's internal buffer.
*/
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_crank_post (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPIMAGE) NULL,
(JDIMENSION *) NULL, (JDIMENSION) 0,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
}
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize main buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_d_main_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_main_ptr main;
int ci, rgroup, ngroups;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
main = (my_main_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_main_controller));
cinfo->main = (struct jpeg_d_main_controller *) main;
main->pub.start_pass = start_pass_main;
if (need_full_buffer) /* shouldn't happen */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
/* Allocate the workspace.
* ngroups is the number of row groups we need.
*/
if (cinfo->upsample->need_context_rows) {
if (cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size < 2) /* unsupported, see comments above */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOTIMPL);
alloc_funny_pointers(cinfo); /* Alloc space for xbuffer[] lists */
ngroups = cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size + 2;
} else {
ngroups = cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
}
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
main->buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size,
(JDIMENSION) (rgroup * ngroups));
}
}

1406
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdmarker.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

531
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdmaster.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
/*
* jdmaster.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2002-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains master control logic for the JPEG decompressor.
* These routines are concerned with selecting the modules to be executed
* and with determining the number of passes and the work to be done in each
* pass.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private state */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_decomp_master pub; /* public fields */
int pass_number; /* # of passes completed */
boolean using_merged_upsample; /* TRUE if using merged upsample/cconvert */
/* Saved references to initialized quantizer modules,
* in case we need to switch modes.
*/
struct jpeg_color_quantizer * quantizer_1pass;
struct jpeg_color_quantizer * quantizer_2pass;
} my_decomp_master;
typedef my_decomp_master * my_master_ptr;
/*
* Determine whether merged upsample/color conversion should be used.
* CRUCIAL: this must match the actual capabilities of jdmerge.c!
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
use_merged_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
#ifdef UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED
/* Merging is the equivalent of plain box-filter upsampling */
if (cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling || cinfo->CCIR601_sampling)
return FALSE;
/* jdmerge.c only supports YCC=>RGB color conversion */
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space != JCS_YCbCr || cinfo->num_components != 3 ||
cinfo->out_color_space != JCS_RGB ||
cinfo->out_color_components != RGB_PIXELSIZE)
return FALSE;
/* and it only handles 2h1v or 2h2v sampling ratios */
if (cinfo->comp_info[0].h_samp_factor != 2 ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].h_samp_factor != 1 ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].h_samp_factor != 1 ||
cinfo->comp_info[0].v_samp_factor > 2 ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].v_samp_factor != 1 ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].v_samp_factor != 1)
return FALSE;
/* furthermore, it doesn't work if we've scaled the IDCTs differently */
if (cinfo->comp_info[0].DCT_h_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].DCT_h_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].DCT_h_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size ||
cinfo->comp_info[0].DCT_v_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].DCT_v_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].DCT_v_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size)
return FALSE;
/* ??? also need to test for upsample-time rescaling, when & if supported */
return TRUE; /* by golly, it'll work... */
#else
return FALSE;
#endif
}
/*
* Compute output image dimensions and related values.
* NOTE: this is exported for possible use by application.
* Hence it mustn't do anything that can't be done twice.
* Also note that it may be called before the master module is initialized!
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_calc_output_dimensions (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before master selection phase.
* This function is used for full decompression.
*/
{
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
#endif
/* Prevent application from calling me at wrong times */
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_READY)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Compute core output image dimensions and DCT scaling choices. */
jpeg_core_output_dimensions(cinfo);
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
/* In selecting the actual DCT scaling for each component, we try to
* scale up the chroma components via IDCT scaling rather than upsampling.
* This saves time if the upsampler gets to use 1:1 scaling.
* Note this code adapts subsampling ratios which are powers of 2.
*/
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
int ssize = 1;
while (cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size * ssize <=
(cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling ? DCTSIZE : DCTSIZE / 2) &&
(cinfo->max_h_samp_factor % (compptr->h_samp_factor * ssize * 2)) == 0) {
ssize = ssize * 2;
}
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size = cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size * ssize;
ssize = 1;
while (cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size * ssize <=
(cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling ? DCTSIZE : DCTSIZE / 2) &&
(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor % (compptr->v_samp_factor * ssize * 2)) == 0) {
ssize = ssize * 2;
}
compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size = cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size * ssize;
/* We don't support IDCT ratios larger than 2. */
if (compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size > compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size * 2)
compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size = compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size * 2;
else if (compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size > compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size * 2)
compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size = compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size * 2;
}
/* Recompute downsampled dimensions of components;
* application needs to know these if using raw downsampled data.
*/
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Size in samples, after IDCT scaling */
compptr->downsampled_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width *
(long) (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
compptr->downsampled_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height *
(long) (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->block_size));
}
#endif /* IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
/* Report number of components in selected colorspace. */
/* Probably this should be in the color conversion module... */
switch (cinfo->out_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
cinfo->out_color_components = 1;
break;
case JCS_RGB:
cinfo->out_color_components = RGB_PIXELSIZE;
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
cinfo->out_color_components = 3;
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
case JCS_YCCK:
cinfo->out_color_components = 4;
break;
default: /* else must be same colorspace as in file */
cinfo->out_color_components = cinfo->num_components;
break;
}
cinfo->output_components = (cinfo->quantize_colors ? 1 :
cinfo->out_color_components);
/* See if upsampler will want to emit more than one row at a time */
if (use_merged_upsample(cinfo))
cinfo->rec_outbuf_height = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
else
cinfo->rec_outbuf_height = 1;
}
/*
* Several decompression processes need to range-limit values to the range
* 0..MAXJSAMPLE; the input value may fall somewhat outside this range
* due to noise introduced by quantization, roundoff error, etc. These
* processes are inner loops and need to be as fast as possible. On most
* machines, particularly CPUs with pipelines or instruction prefetch,
* a (subscript-check-less) C table lookup
* x = sample_range_limit[x];
* is faster than explicit tests
* if (x < 0) x = 0;
* else if (x > MAXJSAMPLE) x = MAXJSAMPLE;
* These processes all use a common table prepared by the routine below.
*
* For most steps we can mathematically guarantee that the initial value
* of x is within MAXJSAMPLE+1 of the legal range, so a table running from
* -(MAXJSAMPLE+1) to 2*MAXJSAMPLE+1 is sufficient. But for the initial
* limiting step (just after the IDCT), a wildly out-of-range value is
* possible if the input data is corrupt. To avoid any chance of indexing
* off the end of memory and getting a bad-pointer trap, we perform the
* post-IDCT limiting thus:
* x = range_limit[x & MASK];
* where MASK is 2 bits wider than legal sample data, ie 10 bits for 8-bit
* samples. Under normal circumstances this is more than enough range and
* a correct output will be generated; with bogus input data the mask will
* cause wraparound, and we will safely generate a bogus-but-in-range output.
* For the post-IDCT step, we want to convert the data from signed to unsigned
* representation by adding CENTERJSAMPLE at the same time that we limit it.
* So the post-IDCT limiting table ends up looking like this:
* CENTERJSAMPLE,CENTERJSAMPLE+1,...,MAXJSAMPLE,
* MAXJSAMPLE (repeat 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)-CENTERJSAMPLE times),
* 0 (repeat 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)-CENTERJSAMPLE times),
* 0,1,...,CENTERJSAMPLE-1
* Negative inputs select values from the upper half of the table after
* masking.
*
* We can save some space by overlapping the start of the post-IDCT table
* with the simpler range limiting table. The post-IDCT table begins at
* sample_range_limit + CENTERJSAMPLE.
*
* Note that the table is allocated in near data space on PCs; it's small
* enough and used often enough to justify this.
*/
LOCAL(void)
prepare_range_limit_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Allocate and fill in the sample_range_limit table */
{
JSAMPLE * table;
int i;
table = (JSAMPLE *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(5 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) + CENTERJSAMPLE) * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
table += (MAXJSAMPLE+1); /* allow negative subscripts of simple table */
cinfo->sample_range_limit = table;
/* First segment of "simple" table: limit[x] = 0 for x < 0 */
MEMZERO(table - (MAXJSAMPLE+1), (MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
/* Main part of "simple" table: limit[x] = x */
for (i = 0; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++)
table[i] = (JSAMPLE) i;
table += CENTERJSAMPLE; /* Point to where post-IDCT table starts */
/* End of simple table, rest of first half of post-IDCT table */
for (i = CENTERJSAMPLE; i < 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1); i++)
table[i] = MAXJSAMPLE;
/* Second half of post-IDCT table */
MEMZERO(table + (2 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1)),
(2 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) - CENTERJSAMPLE) * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
MEMCOPY(table + (4 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) - CENTERJSAMPLE),
cinfo->sample_range_limit, CENTERJSAMPLE * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
}
/*
* Master selection of decompression modules.
* This is done once at jpeg_start_decompress time. We determine
* which modules will be used and give them appropriate initialization calls.
* We also initialize the decompressor input side to begin consuming data.
*
* Since jpeg_read_header has finished, we know what is in the SOF
* and (first) SOS markers. We also have all the application parameter
* settings.
*/
LOCAL(void)
master_selection (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
boolean use_c_buffer;
long samplesperrow;
JDIMENSION jd_samplesperrow;
/* Initialize dimensions and other stuff */
jpeg_calc_output_dimensions(cinfo);
prepare_range_limit_table(cinfo);
/* Width of an output scanline must be representable as JDIMENSION. */
samplesperrow = (long) cinfo->output_width * (long) cinfo->out_color_components;
jd_samplesperrow = (JDIMENSION) samplesperrow;
if ((long) jd_samplesperrow != samplesperrow)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW);
/* Initialize my private state */
master->pass_number = 0;
master->using_merged_upsample = use_merged_upsample(cinfo);
/* Color quantizer selection */
master->quantizer_1pass = NULL;
master->quantizer_2pass = NULL;
/* No mode changes if not using buffered-image mode. */
if (! cinfo->quantize_colors || ! cinfo->buffered_image) {
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
}
if (cinfo->quantize_colors) {
if (cinfo->raw_data_out)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOTIMPL);
/* 2-pass quantizer only works in 3-component color space. */
if (cinfo->out_color_components != 3) {
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = TRUE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->colormap = NULL;
} else if (cinfo->colormap != NULL) {
cinfo->enable_external_quant = TRUE;
} else if (cinfo->two_pass_quantize) {
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = TRUE;
} else {
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = TRUE;
}
if (cinfo->enable_1pass_quant) {
#ifdef QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED
jinit_1pass_quantizer(cinfo);
master->quantizer_1pass = cinfo->cquantize;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
}
/* We use the 2-pass code to map to external colormaps. */
if (cinfo->enable_2pass_quant || cinfo->enable_external_quant) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
jinit_2pass_quantizer(cinfo);
master->quantizer_2pass = cinfo->cquantize;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
}
/* If both quantizers are initialized, the 2-pass one is left active;
* this is necessary for starting with quantization to an external map.
*/
}
/* Post-processing: in particular, color conversion first */
if (! cinfo->raw_data_out) {
if (master->using_merged_upsample) {
#ifdef UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED
jinit_merged_upsampler(cinfo); /* does color conversion too */
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
jinit_color_deconverter(cinfo);
jinit_upsampler(cinfo);
}
jinit_d_post_controller(cinfo, cinfo->enable_2pass_quant);
}
/* Inverse DCT */
jinit_inverse_dct(cinfo);
/* Entropy decoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code)
jinit_arith_decoder(cinfo);
else {
jinit_huff_decoder(cinfo);
}
/* Initialize principal buffer controllers. */
use_c_buffer = cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans || cinfo->buffered_image;
jinit_d_coef_controller(cinfo, use_c_buffer);
if (! cinfo->raw_data_out)
jinit_d_main_controller(cinfo, FALSE /* never need full buffer here */);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Initialize input side of decompressor to consume first scan. */
(*cinfo->inputctl->start_input_pass) (cinfo);
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/* If jpeg_start_decompress will read the whole file, initialize
* progress monitoring appropriately. The input step is counted
* as one pass.
*/
if (cinfo->progress != NULL && ! cinfo->buffered_image &&
cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
int nscans;
/* Estimate number of scans to set pass_limit. */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Arbitrarily estimate 2 interleaved DC scans + 3 AC scans/component. */
nscans = 2 + 3 * cinfo->num_components;
} else {
/* For a nonprogressive multiscan file, estimate 1 scan per component. */
nscans = cinfo->num_components;
}
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = 0L;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows * nscans;
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = 0;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = (cinfo->enable_2pass_quant ? 3 : 2);
/* Count the input pass as done */
master->pass_number++;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
}
/*
* Per-pass setup.
* This is called at the beginning of each output pass. We determine which
* modules will be active during this pass and give them appropriate
* start_pass calls. We also set is_dummy_pass to indicate whether this
* is a "real" output pass or a dummy pass for color quantization.
* (In the latter case, jdapistd.c will crank the pass to completion.)
*/
METHODDEF(void)
prepare_for_output_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
if (master->pub.is_dummy_pass) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/* Final pass of 2-pass quantization */
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = FALSE;
(*cinfo->cquantize->start_pass) (cinfo, FALSE);
(*cinfo->post->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
(*cinfo->main->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
} else {
if (cinfo->quantize_colors && cinfo->colormap == NULL) {
/* Select new quantization method */
if (cinfo->two_pass_quantize && cinfo->enable_2pass_quant) {
cinfo->cquantize = master->quantizer_2pass;
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = TRUE;
} else if (cinfo->enable_1pass_quant) {
cinfo->cquantize = master->quantizer_1pass;
} else {
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MODE_CHANGE);
}
}
(*cinfo->idct->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->coef->start_output_pass) (cinfo);
if (! cinfo->raw_data_out) {
if (! master->using_merged_upsample)
(*cinfo->cconvert->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->upsample->start_pass) (cinfo);
if (cinfo->quantize_colors)
(*cinfo->cquantize->start_pass) (cinfo, master->pub.is_dummy_pass);
(*cinfo->post->start_pass) (cinfo,
(master->pub.is_dummy_pass ? JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS : JBUF_PASS_THRU));
(*cinfo->main->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_PASS_THRU);
}
}
/* Set up progress monitor's pass info if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = master->pass_number;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = master->pass_number +
(master->pub.is_dummy_pass ? 2 : 1);
/* In buffered-image mode, we assume one more output pass if EOI not
* yet reached, but no more passes if EOI has been reached.
*/
if (cinfo->buffered_image && ! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
cinfo->progress->total_passes += (cinfo->enable_2pass_quant ? 2 : 1);
}
}
}
/*
* Finish up at end of an output pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_output_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
if (cinfo->quantize_colors)
(*cinfo->cquantize->finish_pass) (cinfo);
master->pass_number++;
}
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Switch to a new external colormap between output passes.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_new_colormap (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
/* Prevent application from calling me at wrong times */
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFIMAGE)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->quantize_colors && cinfo->enable_external_quant &&
cinfo->colormap != NULL) {
/* Select 2-pass quantizer for external colormap use */
cinfo->cquantize = master->quantizer_2pass;
/* Notify quantizer of colormap change */
(*cinfo->cquantize->new_color_map) (cinfo);
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = FALSE; /* just in case */
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MODE_CHANGE);
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize master decompression control and select active modules.
* This is performed at the start of jpeg_start_decompress.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_master_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master;
master = (my_master_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_decomp_master));
cinfo->master = (struct jpeg_decomp_master *) master;
master->pub.prepare_for_output_pass = prepare_for_output_pass;
master->pub.finish_output_pass = finish_output_pass;
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = FALSE;
master_selection(cinfo);
}

400
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdmerge.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
/*
* jdmerge.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains code for merged upsampling/color conversion.
*
* This file combines functions from jdsample.c and jdcolor.c;
* read those files first to understand what's going on.
*
* When the chroma components are to be upsampled by simple replication
* (ie, box filtering), we can save some work in color conversion by
* calculating all the output pixels corresponding to a pair of chroma
* samples at one time. In the conversion equations
* R = Y + K1 * Cr
* G = Y + K2 * Cb + K3 * Cr
* B = Y + K4 * Cb
* only the Y term varies among the group of pixels corresponding to a pair
* of chroma samples, so the rest of the terms can be calculated just once.
* At typical sampling ratios, this eliminates half or three-quarters of the
* multiplications needed for color conversion.
*
* This file currently provides implementations for the following cases:
* YCbCr => RGB color conversion only.
* Sampling ratios of 2h1v or 2h2v.
* No scaling needed at upsample time.
* Corner-aligned (non-CCIR601) sampling alignment.
* Other special cases could be added, but in most applications these are
* the only common cases. (For uncommon cases we fall back on the more
* general code in jdsample.c and jdcolor.c.)
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#ifdef UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_upsampler pub; /* public fields */
/* Pointer to routine to do actual upsampling/conversion of one row group */
JMETHOD(void, upmethod, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_group_ctr,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf));
/* Private state for YCC->RGB conversion */
int * Cr_r_tab; /* => table for Cr to R conversion */
int * Cb_b_tab; /* => table for Cb to B conversion */
INT32 * Cr_g_tab; /* => table for Cr to G conversion */
INT32 * Cb_g_tab; /* => table for Cb to G conversion */
/* For 2:1 vertical sampling, we produce two output rows at a time.
* We need a "spare" row buffer to hold the second output row if the
* application provides just a one-row buffer; we also use the spare
* to discard the dummy last row if the image height is odd.
*/
JSAMPROW spare_row;
boolean spare_full; /* T if spare buffer is occupied */
JDIMENSION out_row_width; /* samples per output row */
JDIMENSION rows_to_go; /* counts rows remaining in image */
} my_upsampler;
typedef my_upsampler * my_upsample_ptr;
#define SCALEBITS 16 /* speediest right-shift on some machines */
#define ONE_HALF ((INT32) 1 << (SCALEBITS-1))
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * (1L<<SCALEBITS) + 0.5))
/*
* Initialize tables for YCC->RGB colorspace conversion.
* This is taken directly from jdcolor.c; see that file for more info.
*/
LOCAL(void)
build_ycc_rgb_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
int i;
INT32 x;
SHIFT_TEMPS
upsample->Cr_r_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
upsample->Cb_b_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
upsample->Cr_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
upsample->Cb_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
for (i = 0, x = -CENTERJSAMPLE; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++, x++) {
/* i is the actual input pixel value, in the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE */
/* The Cb or Cr value we are thinking of is x = i - CENTERJSAMPLE */
/* Cr=>R value is nearest int to 1.40200 * x */
upsample->Cr_r_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.40200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cb=>B value is nearest int to 1.77200 * x */
upsample->Cb_b_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.77200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cr=>G value is scaled-up -0.71414 * x */
upsample->Cr_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.71414)) * x;
/* Cb=>G value is scaled-up -0.34414 * x */
/* We also add in ONE_HALF so that need not do it in inner loop */
upsample->Cb_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.34414)) * x + ONE_HALF;
}
}
/*
* Initialize for an upsampling pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_merged_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
/* Mark the spare buffer empty */
upsample->spare_full = FALSE;
/* Initialize total-height counter for detecting bottom of image */
upsample->rows_to_go = cinfo->output_height;
}
/*
* Control routine to do upsampling (and color conversion).
*
* The control routine just handles the row buffering considerations.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
merged_2v_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
/* 2:1 vertical sampling case: may need a spare row. */
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
JSAMPROW work_ptrs[2];
JDIMENSION num_rows; /* number of rows returned to caller */
if (upsample->spare_full) {
/* If we have a spare row saved from a previous cycle, just return it. */
jcopy_sample_rows(& upsample->spare_row, 0, output_buf + *out_row_ctr, 0,
1, upsample->out_row_width);
num_rows = 1;
upsample->spare_full = FALSE;
} else {
/* Figure number of rows to return to caller. */
num_rows = 2;
/* Not more than the distance to the end of the image. */
if (num_rows > upsample->rows_to_go)
num_rows = upsample->rows_to_go;
/* And not more than what the client can accept: */
out_rows_avail -= *out_row_ctr;
if (num_rows > out_rows_avail)
num_rows = out_rows_avail;
/* Create output pointer array for upsampler. */
work_ptrs[0] = output_buf[*out_row_ctr];
if (num_rows > 1) {
work_ptrs[1] = output_buf[*out_row_ctr + 1];
} else {
work_ptrs[1] = upsample->spare_row;
upsample->spare_full = TRUE;
}
/* Now do the upsampling. */
(*upsample->upmethod) (cinfo, input_buf, *in_row_group_ctr, work_ptrs);
}
/* Adjust counts */
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
upsample->rows_to_go -= num_rows;
/* When the buffer is emptied, declare this input row group consumed */
if (! upsample->spare_full)
(*in_row_group_ctr)++;
}
METHODDEF(void)
merged_1v_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
/* 1:1 vertical sampling case: much easier, never need a spare row. */
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
/* Just do the upsampling. */
(*upsample->upmethod) (cinfo, input_buf, *in_row_group_ctr,
output_buf + *out_row_ctr);
/* Adjust counts */
(*out_row_ctr)++;
(*in_row_group_ctr)++;
}
/*
* These are the routines invoked by the control routines to do
* the actual upsampling/conversion. One row group is processed per call.
*
* Note: since we may be writing directly into application-supplied buffers,
* we have to be honest about the output width; we can't assume the buffer
* has been rounded up to an even width.
*/
/*
* Upsample and color convert for the case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v1_merged_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_group_ctr,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
register int y, cred, cgreen, cblue;
int cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2;
JDIMENSION col;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
int * Crrtab = upsample->Cr_r_tab;
int * Cbbtab = upsample->Cb_b_tab;
INT32 * Crgtab = upsample->Cr_g_tab;
INT32 * Cbgtab = upsample->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
inptr0 = input_buf[0][in_row_group_ctr];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][in_row_group_ctr];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][in_row_group_ctr];
outptr = output_buf[0];
/* Loop for each pair of output pixels */
for (col = cinfo->output_width >> 1; col > 0; col--) {
/* Do the chroma part of the calculation */
cb = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr2++);
cred = Crrtab[cr];
cgreen = (int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr], SCALEBITS);
cblue = Cbbtab[cb];
/* Fetch 2 Y values and emit 2 pixels */
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++);
outptr[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++);
outptr[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
/* If image width is odd, do the last output column separately */
if (cinfo->output_width & 1) {
cb = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr2);
cred = Crrtab[cr];
cgreen = (int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr], SCALEBITS);
cblue = Cbbtab[cb];
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0);
outptr[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
}
}
/*
* Upsample and color convert for the case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_merged_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_group_ctr,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
register int y, cred, cgreen, cblue;
int cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr0, outptr1;
JSAMPROW inptr00, inptr01, inptr1, inptr2;
JDIMENSION col;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
int * Crrtab = upsample->Cr_r_tab;
int * Cbbtab = upsample->Cb_b_tab;
INT32 * Crgtab = upsample->Cr_g_tab;
INT32 * Cbgtab = upsample->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
inptr00 = input_buf[0][in_row_group_ctr*2];
inptr01 = input_buf[0][in_row_group_ctr*2 + 1];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][in_row_group_ctr];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][in_row_group_ctr];
outptr0 = output_buf[0];
outptr1 = output_buf[1];
/* Loop for each group of output pixels */
for (col = cinfo->output_width >> 1; col > 0; col--) {
/* Do the chroma part of the calculation */
cb = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr2++);
cred = Crrtab[cr];
cgreen = (int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr], SCALEBITS);
cblue = Cbbtab[cb];
/* Fetch 4 Y values and emit 4 pixels */
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr00++);
outptr0[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr0[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr0[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr0 += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr00++);
outptr0[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr0[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr0[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr0 += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr01++);
outptr1[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr1[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr1[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr1 += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr01++);
outptr1[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr1[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr1[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr1 += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
/* If image width is odd, do the last output column separately */
if (cinfo->output_width & 1) {
cb = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr2);
cred = Crrtab[cr];
cgreen = (int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr], SCALEBITS);
cblue = Cbbtab[cb];
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr00);
outptr0[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr0[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr0[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr01);
outptr1[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr1[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr1[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
}
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for merged upsampling/color conversion.
*
* NB: this is called under the conditions determined by use_merged_upsample()
* in jdmaster.c. That routine MUST correspond to the actual capabilities
* of this module; no safety checks are made here.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_merged_upsampler (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample;
upsample = (my_upsample_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_upsampler));
cinfo->upsample = (struct jpeg_upsampler *) upsample;
upsample->pub.start_pass = start_pass_merged_upsample;
upsample->pub.need_context_rows = FALSE;
upsample->out_row_width = cinfo->output_width * cinfo->out_color_components;
if (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor == 2) {
upsample->pub.upsample = merged_2v_upsample;
upsample->upmethod = h2v2_merged_upsample;
/* Allocate a spare row buffer */
upsample->spare_row = (JSAMPROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(size_t) (upsample->out_row_width * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE)));
} else {
upsample->pub.upsample = merged_1v_upsample;
upsample->upmethod = h2v1_merged_upsample;
/* No spare row needed */
upsample->spare_row = NULL;
}
build_ycc_rgb_table(cinfo);
}
#endif /* UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED */

290
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdpostct.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
/*
* jdpostct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the decompression postprocessing controller.
* This controller manages the upsampling, color conversion, and color
* quantization/reduction steps; specifically, it controls the buffering
* between upsample/color conversion and color quantization/reduction.
*
* If no color quantization/reduction is required, then this module has no
* work to do, and it just hands off to the upsample/color conversion code.
* An integrated upsample/convert/quantize process would replace this module
* entirely.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_d_post_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* Color quantization source buffer: this holds output data from
* the upsample/color conversion step to be passed to the quantizer.
* For two-pass color quantization, we need a full-image buffer;
* for one-pass operation, a strip buffer is sufficient.
*/
jvirt_sarray_ptr whole_image; /* virtual array, or NULL if one-pass */
JSAMPARRAY buffer; /* strip buffer, or current strip of virtual */
JDIMENSION strip_height; /* buffer size in rows */
/* for two-pass mode only: */
JDIMENSION starting_row; /* row # of first row in current strip */
JDIMENSION next_row; /* index of next row to fill/empty in strip */
} my_post_controller;
typedef my_post_controller * my_post_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(void) post_process_1pass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void) post_process_prepass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
METHODDEF(void) post_process_2pass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#endif
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_dpost (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
if (cinfo->quantize_colors) {
/* Single-pass processing with color quantization. */
post->pub.post_process_data = post_process_1pass;
/* We could be doing buffered-image output before starting a 2-pass
* color quantization; in that case, jinit_d_post_controller did not
* allocate a strip buffer. Use the virtual-array buffer as workspace.
*/
if (post->buffer == NULL) {
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, post->whole_image,
(JDIMENSION) 0, post->strip_height, TRUE);
}
} else {
/* For single-pass processing without color quantization,
* I have no work to do; just call the upsampler directly.
*/
post->pub.post_process_data = cinfo->upsample->upsample;
}
break;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS:
/* First pass of 2-pass quantization */
if (post->whole_image == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
post->pub.post_process_data = post_process_prepass;
break;
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
/* Second pass of 2-pass quantization */
if (post->whole_image == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
post->pub.post_process_data = post_process_2pass;
break;
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
post->starting_row = post->next_row = 0;
}
/*
* Process some data in the one-pass (strip buffer) case.
* This is used for color precision reduction as well as one-pass quantization.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
post_process_1pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
JDIMENSION num_rows, max_rows;
/* Fill the buffer, but not more than what we can dump out in one go. */
/* Note we rely on the upsampler to detect bottom of image. */
max_rows = out_rows_avail - *out_row_ctr;
if (max_rows > post->strip_height)
max_rows = post->strip_height;
num_rows = 0;
(*cinfo->upsample->upsample) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_group_ctr, in_row_groups_avail,
post->buffer, &num_rows, max_rows);
/* Quantize and emit data. */
(*cinfo->cquantize->color_quantize) (cinfo,
post->buffer, output_buf + *out_row_ctr, (int) num_rows);
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
}
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data in the first pass of 2-pass quantization.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
post_process_prepass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
JDIMENSION old_next_row, num_rows;
/* Reposition virtual buffer if at start of strip. */
if (post->next_row == 0) {
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, post->whole_image,
post->starting_row, post->strip_height, TRUE);
}
/* Upsample some data (up to a strip height's worth). */
old_next_row = post->next_row;
(*cinfo->upsample->upsample) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_group_ctr, in_row_groups_avail,
post->buffer, &post->next_row, post->strip_height);
/* Allow quantizer to scan new data. No data is emitted, */
/* but we advance out_row_ctr so outer loop can tell when we're done. */
if (post->next_row > old_next_row) {
num_rows = post->next_row - old_next_row;
(*cinfo->cquantize->color_quantize) (cinfo, post->buffer + old_next_row,
(JSAMPARRAY) NULL, (int) num_rows);
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
}
/* Advance if we filled the strip. */
if (post->next_row >= post->strip_height) {
post->starting_row += post->strip_height;
post->next_row = 0;
}
}
/*
* Process some data in the second pass of 2-pass quantization.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
post_process_2pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
JDIMENSION num_rows, max_rows;
/* Reposition virtual buffer if at start of strip. */
if (post->next_row == 0) {
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, post->whole_image,
post->starting_row, post->strip_height, FALSE);
}
/* Determine number of rows to emit. */
num_rows = post->strip_height - post->next_row; /* available in strip */
max_rows = out_rows_avail - *out_row_ctr; /* available in output area */
if (num_rows > max_rows)
num_rows = max_rows;
/* We have to check bottom of image here, can't depend on upsampler. */
max_rows = cinfo->output_height - post->starting_row;
if (num_rows > max_rows)
num_rows = max_rows;
/* Quantize and emit data. */
(*cinfo->cquantize->color_quantize) (cinfo,
post->buffer + post->next_row, output_buf + *out_row_ctr,
(int) num_rows);
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
/* Advance if we filled the strip. */
post->next_row += num_rows;
if (post->next_row >= post->strip_height) {
post->starting_row += post->strip_height;
post->next_row = 0;
}
}
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize postprocessing controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_d_post_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_post_ptr post;
post = (my_post_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_post_controller));
cinfo->post = (struct jpeg_d_post_controller *) post;
post->pub.start_pass = start_pass_dpost;
post->whole_image = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
post->buffer = NULL; /* flag for no strip buffer */
/* Create the quantization buffer, if needed */
if (cinfo->quantize_colors) {
/* The buffer strip height is max_v_samp_factor, which is typically
* an efficient number of rows for upsampling to return.
* (In the presence of output rescaling, we might want to be smarter?)
*/
post->strip_height = (JDIMENSION) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
if (need_full_buffer) {
/* Two-pass color quantization: need full-image storage. */
/* We round up the number of rows to a multiple of the strip height. */
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
post->whole_image = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, FALSE,
cinfo->output_width * cinfo->out_color_components,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) cinfo->output_height,
(long) post->strip_height),
post->strip_height);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
} else {
/* One-pass color quantization: just make a strip buffer. */
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->output_width * cinfo->out_color_components,
post->strip_height);
}
}
}

361
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdsample.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
/*
* jdsample.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2002-2008 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains upsampling routines.
*
* Upsampling input data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be (v_samp_factor * DCT_v_scaled_size / min_DCT_v_scaled_size)
* sample rows of each component. Upsampling will normally produce
* max_v_samp_factor pixel rows from each row group (but this could vary
* if the upsampler is applying a scale factor of its own).
*
* An excellent reference for image resampling is
* Digital Image Warping, George Wolberg, 1990.
* Pub. by IEEE Computer Society Press, Los Alamitos, CA. ISBN 0-8186-8944-7.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Pointer to routine to upsample a single component */
typedef JMETHOD(void, upsample1_ptr,
(j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr));
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_upsampler pub; /* public fields */
/* Color conversion buffer. When using separate upsampling and color
* conversion steps, this buffer holds one upsampled row group until it
* has been color converted and output.
* Note: we do not allocate any storage for component(s) which are full-size,
* ie do not need rescaling. The corresponding entry of color_buf[] is
* simply set to point to the input data array, thereby avoiding copying.
*/
JSAMPARRAY color_buf[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* Per-component upsampling method pointers */
upsample1_ptr methods[MAX_COMPONENTS];
int next_row_out; /* counts rows emitted from color_buf */
JDIMENSION rows_to_go; /* counts rows remaining in image */
/* Height of an input row group for each component. */
int rowgroup_height[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* These arrays save pixel expansion factors so that int_expand need not
* recompute them each time. They are unused for other upsampling methods.
*/
UINT8 h_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
UINT8 v_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_upsampler;
typedef my_upsampler * my_upsample_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for an upsampling pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
/* Mark the conversion buffer empty */
upsample->next_row_out = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
/* Initialize total-height counter for detecting bottom of image */
upsample->rows_to_go = cinfo->output_height;
}
/*
* Control routine to do upsampling (and color conversion).
*
* In this version we upsample each component independently.
* We upsample one row group into the conversion buffer, then apply
* color conversion a row at a time.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
sep_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JDIMENSION num_rows;
/* Fill the conversion buffer, if it's empty */
if (upsample->next_row_out >= cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Invoke per-component upsample method. Notice we pass a POINTER
* to color_buf[ci], so that fullsize_upsample can change it.
*/
(*upsample->methods[ci]) (cinfo, compptr,
input_buf[ci] + (*in_row_group_ctr * upsample->rowgroup_height[ci]),
upsample->color_buf + ci);
}
upsample->next_row_out = 0;
}
/* Color-convert and emit rows */
/* How many we have in the buffer: */
num_rows = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor - upsample->next_row_out);
/* Not more than the distance to the end of the image. Need this test
* in case the image height is not a multiple of max_v_samp_factor:
*/
if (num_rows > upsample->rows_to_go)
num_rows = upsample->rows_to_go;
/* And not more than what the client can accept: */
out_rows_avail -= *out_row_ctr;
if (num_rows > out_rows_avail)
num_rows = out_rows_avail;
(*cinfo->cconvert->color_convert) (cinfo, upsample->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) upsample->next_row_out,
output_buf + *out_row_ctr,
(int) num_rows);
/* Adjust counts */
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
upsample->rows_to_go -= num_rows;
upsample->next_row_out += num_rows;
/* When the buffer is emptied, declare this input row group consumed */
if (upsample->next_row_out >= cinfo->max_v_samp_factor)
(*in_row_group_ctr)++;
}
/*
* These are the routines invoked by sep_upsample to upsample pixel values
* of a single component. One row group is processed per call.
*/
/*
* For full-size components, we just make color_buf[ci] point at the
* input buffer, and thus avoid copying any data. Note that this is
* safe only because sep_upsample doesn't declare the input row group
* "consumed" until we are done color converting and emitting it.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
fullsize_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
*output_data_ptr = input_data;
}
/*
* This is a no-op version used for "uninteresting" components.
* These components will not be referenced by color conversion.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
noop_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
*output_data_ptr = NULL; /* safety check */
}
/*
* This version handles any integral sampling ratios.
* This is not used for typical JPEG files, so it need not be fast.
* Nor, for that matter, is it particularly accurate: the algorithm is
* simple replication of the input pixel onto the corresponding output
* pixels. The hi-falutin sampling literature refers to this as a
* "box filter". A box filter tends to introduce visible artifacts,
* so if you are actually going to use 3:1 or 4:1 sampling ratios
* you would be well advised to improve this code.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
int_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JSAMPLE invalue;
register int h;
JSAMPROW outend;
int h_expand, v_expand;
int inrow, outrow;
h_expand = upsample->h_expand[compptr->component_index];
v_expand = upsample->v_expand[compptr->component_index];
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (outrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
/* Generate one output row with proper horizontal expansion */
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[outrow];
outend = outptr + cinfo->output_width;
while (outptr < outend) {
invalue = *inptr++; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
for (h = h_expand; h > 0; h--) {
*outptr++ = invalue;
}
}
/* Generate any additional output rows by duplicating the first one */
if (v_expand > 1) {
jcopy_sample_rows(output_data, outrow, output_data, outrow+1,
v_expand-1, cinfo->output_width);
}
inrow++;
outrow += v_expand;
}
}
/*
* Fast processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical.
* It's still a box filter.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v1_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JSAMPLE invalue;
JSAMPROW outend;
int outrow;
for (outrow = 0; outrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; outrow++) {
inptr = input_data[outrow];
outptr = output_data[outrow];
outend = outptr + cinfo->output_width;
while (outptr < outend) {
invalue = *inptr++; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
*outptr++ = invalue;
*outptr++ = invalue;
}
}
}
/*
* Fast processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical.
* It's still a box filter.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JSAMPLE invalue;
JSAMPROW outend;
int inrow, outrow;
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (outrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[outrow];
outend = outptr + cinfo->output_width;
while (outptr < outend) {
invalue = *inptr++; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
*outptr++ = invalue;
*outptr++ = invalue;
}
jcopy_sample_rows(output_data, outrow, output_data, outrow+1,
1, cinfo->output_width);
inrow++;
outrow += 2;
}
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for upsampling.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_upsampler (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
boolean need_buffer;
int h_in_group, v_in_group, h_out_group, v_out_group;
upsample = (my_upsample_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_upsampler));
cinfo->upsample = (struct jpeg_upsampler *) upsample;
upsample->pub.start_pass = start_pass_upsample;
upsample->pub.upsample = sep_upsample;
upsample->pub.need_context_rows = FALSE; /* until we find out differently */
if (cinfo->CCIR601_sampling) /* this isn't supported */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL);
/* Verify we can handle the sampling factors, select per-component methods,
* and create storage as needed.
*/
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Compute size of an "input group" after IDCT scaling. This many samples
* are to be converted to max_h_samp_factor * max_v_samp_factor pixels.
*/
h_in_group = (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_h_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_h_scaled_size;
v_in_group = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_v_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_v_scaled_size;
h_out_group = cinfo->max_h_samp_factor;
v_out_group = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
upsample->rowgroup_height[ci] = v_in_group; /* save for use later */
need_buffer = TRUE;
if (! compptr->component_needed) {
/* Don't bother to upsample an uninteresting component. */
upsample->methods[ci] = noop_upsample;
need_buffer = FALSE;
} else if (h_in_group == h_out_group && v_in_group == v_out_group) {
/* Fullsize components can be processed without any work. */
upsample->methods[ci] = fullsize_upsample;
need_buffer = FALSE;
} else if (h_in_group * 2 == h_out_group &&
v_in_group == v_out_group) {
/* Special case for 2h1v upsampling */
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v1_upsample;
} else if (h_in_group * 2 == h_out_group &&
v_in_group * 2 == v_out_group) {
/* Special case for 2h2v upsampling */
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_upsample;
} else if ((h_out_group % h_in_group) == 0 &&
(v_out_group % v_in_group) == 0) {
/* Generic integral-factors upsampling method */
upsample->methods[ci] = int_upsample;
upsample->h_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (h_out_group / h_in_group);
upsample->v_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (v_out_group / v_in_group);
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL);
if (need_buffer) {
upsample->color_buf[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) cinfo->output_width,
(long) cinfo->max_h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
}
}
}

140
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jdtrans.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
/*
* jdtrans.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2000-2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains library routines for transcoding decompression,
* that is, reading raw DCT coefficient arrays from an input JPEG file.
* The routines in jdapimin.c will also be needed by a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL(void) transdecode_master_selection JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Read the coefficient arrays from a JPEG file.
* jpeg_read_header must be completed before calling this.
*
* The entire image is read into a set of virtual coefficient-block arrays,
* one per component. The return value is a pointer to the array of
* virtual-array descriptors. These can be manipulated directly via the
* JPEG memory manager, or handed off to jpeg_write_coefficients().
* To release the memory occupied by the virtual arrays, call
* jpeg_finish_decompress() when done with the data.
*
* An alternative usage is to simply obtain access to the coefficient arrays
* during a buffered-image-mode decompression operation. This is allowed
* after any jpeg_finish_output() call. The arrays can be accessed until
* jpeg_finish_decompress() is called. (Note that any call to the library
* may reposition the arrays, so don't rely on access_virt_barray() results
* to stay valid across library calls.)
*
* Returns NULL if suspended. This case need be checked only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(jvirt_barray_ptr *)
jpeg_read_coefficients (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_READY) {
/* First call: initialize active modules */
transdecode_master_selection(cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_RDCOEFS;
}
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RDCOEFS) {
/* Absorb whole file into the coef buffer */
for (;;) {
int retcode;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL)
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Absorb some more input */
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return NULL;
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_EOI)
break;
/* Advance progress counter if appropriate */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL &&
(retcode == JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED || retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS)) {
if (++cinfo->progress->pass_counter >= cinfo->progress->pass_limit) {
/* startup underestimated number of scans; ratchet up one scan */
cinfo->progress->pass_limit += (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
}
}
}
/* Set state so that jpeg_finish_decompress does the right thing */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
}
/* At this point we should be in state DSTATE_STOPPING if being used
* standalone, or in state DSTATE_BUFIMAGE if being invoked to get access
* to the coefficients during a full buffered-image-mode decompression.
*/
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_STOPPING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_BUFIMAGE) && cinfo->buffered_image) {
return cinfo->coef->coef_arrays;
}
/* Oops, improper usage */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return NULL; /* keep compiler happy */
}
/*
* Master selection of decompression modules for transcoding.
* This substitutes for jdmaster.c's initialization of the full decompressor.
*/
LOCAL(void)
transdecode_master_selection (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* This is effectively a buffered-image operation. */
cinfo->buffered_image = TRUE;
/* Compute output image dimensions and related values. */
jpeg_core_output_dimensions(cinfo);
/* Entropy decoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code)
jinit_arith_decoder(cinfo);
else {
jinit_huff_decoder(cinfo);
}
/* Always get a full-image coefficient buffer. */
jinit_d_coef_controller(cinfo, TRUE);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Initialize input side of decompressor to consume first scan. */
(*cinfo->inputctl->start_input_pass) (cinfo);
/* Initialize progress monitoring. */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
int nscans;
/* Estimate number of scans to set pass_limit. */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Arbitrarily estimate 2 interleaved DC scans + 3 AC scans/component. */
nscans = 2 + 3 * cinfo->num_components;
} else if (cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
/* For a nonprogressive multiscan file, estimate 1 scan per component. */
nscans = cinfo->num_components;
} else {
nscans = 1;
}
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = 0L;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows * nscans;
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = 0;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = 1;
}
}

253
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jerror.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
/*
* jerror.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains simple error-reporting and trace-message routines.
* These are suitable for Unix-like systems and others where writing to
* stderr is the right thing to do. Many applications will want to replace
* some or all of these routines.
*
* If you define USE_WINDOWS_MESSAGEBOX in jconfig.h or in the makefile,
* you get a Windows-specific hack to display error messages in a dialog box.
* It ain't much, but it beats dropping error messages into the bit bucket,
* which is what happens to output to stderr under most Windows C compilers.
*
* These routines are used by both the compression and decompression code.
*/
/* this is not a core library module, so it doesn't define JPEG_INTERNALS */
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jversion.h"
#include "jerror.h"
#ifdef USE_WINDOWS_MESSAGEBOX
#include <windows.h>
#endif
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE /* define exit() codes if not provided */
#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
/*
* Create the message string table.
* We do this from the master message list in jerror.h by re-reading
* jerror.h with a suitable definition for macro JMESSAGE.
* The message table is made an external symbol just in case any applications
* want to refer to it directly.
*/
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jpeg_std_message_table jMsgTable
#endif
#define JMESSAGE(code,string) string ,
const char * const jpeg_std_message_table[] = {
#include "jerror.h"
NULL
};
/*
* Error exit handler: must not return to caller.
*
* Applications may override this if they want to get control back after
* an error. Typically one would longjmp somewhere instead of exiting.
* The setjmp buffer can be made a private field within an expanded error
* handler object. Note that the info needed to generate an error message
* is stored in the error object, so you can generate the message now or
* later, at your convenience.
* You should make sure that the JPEG object is cleaned up (with jpeg_abort
* or jpeg_destroy) at some point.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
error_exit (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Always display the message */
(*cinfo->err->output_message) (cinfo);
/* Let the memory manager delete any temp files before we die */
jpeg_destroy(cinfo);
//exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
/*
* Actual output of an error or trace message.
* Applications may override this method to send JPEG messages somewhere
* other than stderr.
*
* On Windows, printing to stderr is generally completely useless,
* so we provide optional code to produce an error-dialog popup.
* Most Windows applications will still prefer to override this routine,
* but if they don't, it'll do something at least marginally useful.
*
* NOTE: to use the library in an environment that doesn't support the
* C stdio library, you may have to delete the call to fprintf() entirely,
* not just not use this routine.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
output_message (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
char buffer[JMSG_LENGTH_MAX];
/* Create the message */
(*cinfo->err->format_message) (cinfo, buffer);
#ifdef USE_WINDOWS_MESSAGEBOX
/* Display it in a message dialog box */
MessageBox(GetActiveWindow(), buffer, "JPEG Library Error",
MB_OK | MB_ICONERROR);
#else
/* Send it to stderr, adding a newline */
// fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buffer);
// printf( "%s\n", buffer);
#endif
}
/*
* Decide whether to emit a trace or warning message.
* msg_level is one of:
* -1: recoverable corrupt-data warning, may want to abort.
* 0: important advisory messages (always display to user).
* 1: first level of tracing detail.
* 2,3,...: successively more detailed tracing messages.
* An application might override this method if it wanted to abort on warnings
* or change the policy about which messages to display.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
emit_message (j_common_ptr cinfo, int msg_level)
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
if (msg_level < 0) {
/* It's a warning message. Since corrupt files may generate many warnings,
* the policy implemented here is to show only the first warning,
* unless trace_level >= 3.
*/
if (err->num_warnings == 0 || err->trace_level >= 3)
(*err->output_message) (cinfo);
/* Always count warnings in num_warnings. */
err->num_warnings++;
} else {
/* It's a trace message. Show it if trace_level >= msg_level. */
if (err->trace_level >= msg_level)
(*err->output_message) (cinfo);
}
}
/*
* Format a message string for the most recent JPEG error or message.
* The message is stored into buffer, which should be at least JMSG_LENGTH_MAX
* characters. Note that no '\n' character is added to the string.
* Few applications should need to override this method.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
format_message (j_common_ptr cinfo, char * buffer)
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
int msg_code = err->msg_code;
const char * msgtext = NULL;
const char * msgptr;
char ch;
boolean isstring;
/* Look up message string in proper table */
if (msg_code > 0 && msg_code <= err->last_jpeg_message) {
msgtext = err->jpeg_message_table[msg_code];
} else if (err->addon_message_table != NULL &&
msg_code >= err->first_addon_message &&
msg_code <= err->last_addon_message) {
msgtext = err->addon_message_table[msg_code - err->first_addon_message];
}
/* Defend against bogus message number */
if (msgtext == NULL) {
err->msg_parm.i[0] = msg_code;
msgtext = err->jpeg_message_table[0];
}
/* Check for string parameter, as indicated by %s in the message text */
isstring = FALSE;
msgptr = msgtext;
while ((ch = *msgptr++) != '\0') {
if (ch == '%') {
if (*msgptr == 's') isstring = TRUE;
break;
}
}
/* Format the message into the passed buffer */
if (isstring)
sprintf(buffer, msgtext, err->msg_parm.s);
else
sprintf(buffer, msgtext,
err->msg_parm.i[0], err->msg_parm.i[1],
err->msg_parm.i[2], err->msg_parm.i[3],
err->msg_parm.i[4], err->msg_parm.i[5],
err->msg_parm.i[6], err->msg_parm.i[7]);
}
/*
* Reset error state variables at start of a new image.
* This is called during compression startup to reset trace/error
* processing to default state, without losing any application-specific
* method pointers. An application might possibly want to override
* this method if it has additional error processing state.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
reset_error_mgr (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->err->num_warnings = 0;
/* trace_level is not reset since it is an application-supplied parameter */
cinfo->err->msg_code = 0; /* may be useful as a flag for "no error" */
}
/*
* Fill in the standard error-handling methods in a jpeg_error_mgr object.
* Typical call is:
* struct jpeg_compress_struct cinfo;
* struct jpeg_error_mgr err;
*
* cinfo.err = jpeg_std_error(&err);
* after which the application may override some of the methods.
*/
GLOBAL(struct jpeg_error_mgr *)
jpeg_std_error (struct jpeg_error_mgr * err)
{
err->error_exit = error_exit;
err->emit_message = emit_message;
err->output_message = output_message;
err->format_message = format_message;
err->reset_error_mgr = reset_error_mgr;
err->trace_level = 0; /* default = no tracing */
err->num_warnings = 0; /* no warnings emitted yet */
err->msg_code = 0; /* may be useful as a flag for "no error" */
/* Initialize message table pointers */
err->jpeg_message_table = jpeg_std_message_table;
err->last_jpeg_message = (int) JMSG_LASTMSGCODE - 1;
err->addon_message_table = NULL;
err->first_addon_message = 0; /* for safety */
err->last_addon_message = 0;
return err;
}

174
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jfdctflt.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
/*
* jfdctflt.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2003-2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a floating-point implementation of the
* forward DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform).
*
* This implementation should be more accurate than either of the integer
* DCT implementations. However, it may not give the same results on all
* machines because of differences in roundoff behavior. Speed will depend
* on the hardware's floating point capacity.
*
* A 2-D DCT can be done by 1-D DCT on each row followed by 1-D DCT
* on each column. Direct algorithms are also available, but they are
* much more complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with a fixed-point
* implementation, accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the
* scaled quantization values. However, that problem does not arise if
* we use floating point arithmetic.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/*
* Perform the forward DCT on one block of samples.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_fdct_float (FAST_FLOAT * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col)
{
FAST_FLOAT tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
FAST_FLOAT tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
FAST_FLOAT z1, z2, z3, z4, z5, z11, z13;
FAST_FLOAT *dataptr;
JSAMPROW elemptr;
int ctr;
/* Pass 1: process rows. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < DCTSIZE; ctr++) {
elemptr = sample_data[ctr] + start_col;
/* Load data into workspace */
tmp0 = (FAST_FLOAT) (GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[0]) + GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[7]));
tmp7 = (FAST_FLOAT) (GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[0]) - GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[7]));
tmp1 = (FAST_FLOAT) (GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[1]) + GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[6]));
tmp6 = (FAST_FLOAT) (GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[1]) - GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[6]));
tmp2 = (FAST_FLOAT) (GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[2]) + GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[5]));
tmp5 = (FAST_FLOAT) (GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[2]) - GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[5]));
tmp3 = (FAST_FLOAT) (GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[3]) + GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[4]));
tmp4 = (FAST_FLOAT) (GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[3]) - GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[4]));
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
/* Apply unsigned->signed conversion */
dataptr[0] = tmp10 + tmp11 - 8 * CENTERJSAMPLE; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = (tmp12 + tmp13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = (tmp10 - tmp12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.541196100) * tmp10 + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.306562965) * tmp12 + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = tmp11 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
/* Pass 2: process columns. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp7 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp1 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp6 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp2 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp5 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp3 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
tmp4 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] = tmp10 + tmp11; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = (tmp12 + tmp13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = (tmp10 - tmp12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.541196100) * tmp10 + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.306562965) * tmp12 + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = tmp11 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr++; /* advance pointer to next column */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED */

230
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jfdctfst.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
/*
* jfdctfst.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2003-2009 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a fast, not so accurate integer implementation of the
* forward DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform).
*
* A 2-D DCT can be done by 1-D DCT on each row followed by 1-D DCT
* on each column. Direct algorithms are also available, but they are
* much more complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with fixed-point math,
* accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the scaled
* quantization values. The smaller the quantization table entry, the less
* precise the scaled value, so this implementation does worse with high-
* quality-setting files than with low-quality ones.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/* Scaling decisions are generally the same as in the LL&M algorithm;
* see jfdctint.c for more details. However, we choose to descale
* (right shift) multiplication products as soon as they are formed,
* rather than carrying additional fractional bits into subsequent additions.
* This compromises accuracy slightly, but it lets us save a few shifts.
* More importantly, 16-bit arithmetic is then adequate (for 8-bit samples)
* everywhere except in the multiplications proper; this saves a good deal
* of work on 16-bit-int machines.
*
* Again to save a few shifts, the intermediate results between pass 1 and
* pass 2 are not upscaled, but are represented only to integral precision.
*
* A final compromise is to represent the multiplicative constants to only
* 8 fractional bits, rather than 13. This saves some shifting work on some
* machines, and may also reduce the cost of multiplication (since there
* are fewer one-bits in the constants).
*/
#define CONST_BITS 8
/* Some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time, thus
* causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
* To get around this we use the following pre-calculated constants.
* If you change CONST_BITS you may want to add appropriate values.
* (With a reasonable C compiler, you can just rely on the FIX() macro...)
*/
#if CONST_BITS == 8
#define FIX_0_382683433 ((INT32) 98) /* FIX(0.382683433) */
#define FIX_0_541196100 ((INT32) 139) /* FIX(0.541196100) */
#define FIX_0_707106781 ((INT32) 181) /* FIX(0.707106781) */
#define FIX_1_306562965 ((INT32) 334) /* FIX(1.306562965) */
#else
#define FIX_0_382683433 FIX(0.382683433)
#define FIX_0_541196100 FIX(0.541196100)
#define FIX_0_707106781 FIX(0.707106781)
#define FIX_1_306562965 FIX(1.306562965)
#endif
/* We can gain a little more speed, with a further compromise in accuracy,
* by omitting the addition in a descaling shift. This yields an incorrectly
* rounded result half the time...
*/
#ifndef USE_ACCURATE_ROUNDING
#undef DESCALE
#define DESCALE(x,n) RIGHT_SHIFT(x, n)
#endif
/* Multiply a DCTELEM variable by an INT32 constant, and immediately
* descale to yield a DCTELEM result.
*/
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) ((DCTELEM) DESCALE((var) * (const), CONST_BITS))
/*
* Perform the forward DCT on one block of samples.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_fdct_ifast (DCTELEM * data, JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JDIMENSION start_col)
{
DCTELEM tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
DCTELEM tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
DCTELEM z1, z2, z3, z4, z5, z11, z13;
DCTELEM *dataptr;
JSAMPROW elemptr;
int ctr;
SHIFT_TEMPS
/* Pass 1: process rows. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < DCTSIZE; ctr++) {
elemptr = sample_data[ctr] + start_col;
/* Load data into workspace */
tmp0 = GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[0]) + GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[7]);
tmp7 = GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[0]) - GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[7]);
tmp1 = GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[1]) + GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[6]);
tmp6 = GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[1]) - GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[6]);
tmp2 = GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[2]) + GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[5]);
tmp5 = GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[2]) - GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[5]);
tmp3 = GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[3]) + GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[4]);
tmp4 = GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[3]) - GETJSAMPLE(elemptr[4]);
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
/* Apply unsigned->signed conversion */
dataptr[0] = tmp10 + tmp11 - 8 * CENTERJSAMPLE; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = MULTIPLY(tmp12 + tmp13, FIX_0_707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = MULTIPLY(tmp10 - tmp12, FIX_0_382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = MULTIPLY(tmp10, FIX_0_541196100) + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = MULTIPLY(tmp12, FIX_1_306562965) + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = MULTIPLY(tmp11, FIX_0_707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
/* Pass 2: process columns. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp7 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp1 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp6 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp2 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp5 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp3 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
tmp4 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] = tmp10 + tmp11; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = MULTIPLY(tmp12 + tmp13, FIX_0_707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = MULTIPLY(tmp10 - tmp12, FIX_0_382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = MULTIPLY(tmp10, FIX_0_541196100) + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = MULTIPLY(tmp12, FIX_1_306562965) + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = MULTIPLY(tmp11, FIX_0_707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr++; /* advance pointer to next column */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED */

4348
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jfdctint.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

235
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jidctflt.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
/*
* jidctflt.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2010 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a floating-point implementation of the
* inverse DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform). In the IJG code, this routine
* must also perform dequantization of the input coefficients.
*
* This implementation should be more accurate than either of the integer
* IDCT implementations. However, it may not give the same results on all
* machines because of differences in roundoff behavior. Speed will depend
* on the hardware's floating point capacity.
*
* A 2-D IDCT can be done by 1-D IDCT on each column followed by 1-D IDCT
* on each row (or vice versa, but it's more convenient to emit a row at
* a time). Direct algorithms are also available, but they are much more
* complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with a fixed-point
* implementation, accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the
* scaled quantization values. However, that problem does not arise if
* we use floating point arithmetic.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/* Dequantize a coefficient by multiplying it by the multiplier-table
* entry; produce a float result.
*/
#define DEQUANTIZE(coef,quantval) (((FAST_FLOAT) (coef)) * (quantval))
/*
* Perform dequantization and inverse DCT on one block of coefficients.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_idct_float (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col)
{
FAST_FLOAT tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
FAST_FLOAT tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
FAST_FLOAT z5, z10, z11, z12, z13;
JCOEFPTR inptr;
FLOAT_MULT_TYPE * quantptr;
FAST_FLOAT * wsptr;
JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
int ctr;
FAST_FLOAT workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* buffers data between passes */
/* Pass 1: process columns from input, store into work array. */
inptr = coef_block;
quantptr = (FLOAT_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE; ctr > 0; ctr--) {
/* Due to quantization, we will usually find that many of the input
* coefficients are zero, especially the AC terms. We can exploit this
* by short-circuiting the IDCT calculation for any column in which all
* the AC terms are zero. In that case each output is equal to the
* DC coefficient (with scale factor as needed).
* With typical images and quantization tables, half or more of the
* column DCT calculations can be simplified this way.
*/
if (inptr[DCTSIZE*1] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*2] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*3] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*4] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*5] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*6] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
FAST_FLOAT dcval = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = dcval;
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
continue;
}
/* Even part */
tmp0 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
tmp1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*2], quantptr[DCTSIZE*2]);
tmp2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*4], quantptr[DCTSIZE*4]);
tmp3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*6], quantptr[DCTSIZE*6]);
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp2; /* phase 3 */
tmp11 = tmp0 - tmp2;
tmp13 = tmp1 + tmp3; /* phases 5-3 */
tmp12 = (tmp1 - tmp3) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562) - tmp13; /* 2*c4 */
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13; /* phase 2 */
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
tmp4 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*1], quantptr[DCTSIZE*1]);
tmp5 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*3], quantptr[DCTSIZE*3]);
tmp6 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*5], quantptr[DCTSIZE*5]);
tmp7 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*7], quantptr[DCTSIZE*7]);
z13 = tmp6 + tmp5; /* phase 6 */
z10 = tmp6 - tmp5;
z11 = tmp4 + tmp7;
z12 = tmp4 - tmp7;
tmp7 = z11 + z13; /* phase 5 */
tmp11 = (z11 - z13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562); /* 2*c4 */
z5 = (z10 + z12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = z5 - z12 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.082392200); /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = z5 - z10 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 2.613125930); /* 2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7; /* phase 2 */
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 - tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = tmp0 + tmp7;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = tmp0 - tmp7;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = tmp1 + tmp6;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = tmp1 - tmp6;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = tmp2 + tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = tmp2 - tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = tmp3 + tmp4;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = tmp3 - tmp4;
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
}
/* Pass 2: process rows from work array, store into output array. */
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < DCTSIZE; ctr++) {
outptr = output_buf[ctr] + output_col;
/* Rows of zeroes can be exploited in the same way as we did with columns.
* However, the column calculation has created many nonzero AC terms, so
* the simplification applies less often (typically 5% to 10% of the time).
* And testing floats for zero is relatively expensive, so we don't bother.
*/
/* Even part */
/* Apply signed->unsigned and prepare float->int conversion */
z5 = wsptr[0] + ((FAST_FLOAT) CENTERJSAMPLE + (FAST_FLOAT) 0.5);
tmp10 = z5 + wsptr[4];
tmp11 = z5 - wsptr[4];
tmp13 = wsptr[2] + wsptr[6];
tmp12 = (wsptr[2] - wsptr[6]) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562) - tmp13;
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13;
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
z13 = wsptr[5] + wsptr[3];
z10 = wsptr[5] - wsptr[3];
z11 = wsptr[1] + wsptr[7];
z12 = wsptr[1] - wsptr[7];
tmp7 = z11 + z13;
tmp11 = (z11 - z13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562);
z5 = (z10 + z12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = z5 - z12 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.082392200); /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = z5 - z10 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 2.613125930); /* 2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7;
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 - tmp5;
/* Final output stage: float->int conversion and range-limit */
outptr[0] = range_limit[((int) (tmp0 + tmp7)) & RANGE_MASK];
outptr[7] = range_limit[((int) (tmp0 - tmp7)) & RANGE_MASK];
outptr[1] = range_limit[((int) (tmp1 + tmp6)) & RANGE_MASK];
outptr[6] = range_limit[((int) (tmp1 - tmp6)) & RANGE_MASK];
outptr[2] = range_limit[((int) (tmp2 + tmp5)) & RANGE_MASK];
outptr[5] = range_limit[((int) (tmp2 - tmp5)) & RANGE_MASK];
outptr[3] = range_limit[((int) (tmp3 + tmp4)) & RANGE_MASK];
outptr[4] = range_limit[((int) (tmp3 - tmp4)) & RANGE_MASK];
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED */

368
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jidctfst.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
/*
* jidctfst.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a fast, not so accurate integer implementation of the
* inverse DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform). In the IJG code, this routine
* must also perform dequantization of the input coefficients.
*
* A 2-D IDCT can be done by 1-D IDCT on each column followed by 1-D IDCT
* on each row (or vice versa, but it's more convenient to emit a row at
* a time). Direct algorithms are also available, but they are much more
* complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with fixed-point math,
* accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the scaled
* quantization values. The smaller the quantization table entry, the less
* precise the scaled value, so this implementation does worse with high-
* quality-setting files than with low-quality ones.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/* Scaling decisions are generally the same as in the LL&M algorithm;
* see jidctint.c for more details. However, we choose to descale
* (right shift) multiplication products as soon as they are formed,
* rather than carrying additional fractional bits into subsequent additions.
* This compromises accuracy slightly, but it lets us save a few shifts.
* More importantly, 16-bit arithmetic is then adequate (for 8-bit samples)
* everywhere except in the multiplications proper; this saves a good deal
* of work on 16-bit-int machines.
*
* The dequantized coefficients are not integers because the AA&N scaling
* factors have been incorporated. We represent them scaled up by PASS1_BITS,
* so that the first and second IDCT rounds have the same input scaling.
* For 8-bit JSAMPLEs, we choose IFAST_SCALE_BITS = PASS1_BITS so as to
* avoid a descaling shift; this compromises accuracy rather drastically
* for small quantization table entries, but it saves a lot of shifts.
* For 12-bit JSAMPLEs, there's no hope of using 16x16 multiplies anyway,
* so we use a much larger scaling factor to preserve accuracy.
*
* A final compromise is to represent the multiplicative constants to only
* 8 fractional bits, rather than 13. This saves some shifting work on some
* machines, and may also reduce the cost of multiplication (since there
* are fewer one-bits in the constants).
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define CONST_BITS 8
#define PASS1_BITS 2
#else
#define CONST_BITS 8
#define PASS1_BITS 1 /* lose a little precision to avoid overflow */
#endif
/* Some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time, thus
* causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
* To get around this we use the following pre-calculated constants.
* If you change CONST_BITS you may want to add appropriate values.
* (With a reasonable C compiler, you can just rely on the FIX() macro...)
*/
#if CONST_BITS == 8
#define FIX_1_082392200 ((INT32) 277) /* FIX(1.082392200) */
#define FIX_1_414213562 ((INT32) 362) /* FIX(1.414213562) */
#define FIX_1_847759065 ((INT32) 473) /* FIX(1.847759065) */
#define FIX_2_613125930 ((INT32) 669) /* FIX(2.613125930) */
#else
#define FIX_1_082392200 FIX(1.082392200)
#define FIX_1_414213562 FIX(1.414213562)
#define FIX_1_847759065 FIX(1.847759065)
#define FIX_2_613125930 FIX(2.613125930)
#endif
/* We can gain a little more speed, with a further compromise in accuracy,
* by omitting the addition in a descaling shift. This yields an incorrectly
* rounded result half the time...
*/
#ifndef USE_ACCURATE_ROUNDING
#undef DESCALE
#define DESCALE(x,n) RIGHT_SHIFT(x, n)
#endif
/* Multiply a DCTELEM variable by an INT32 constant, and immediately
* descale to yield a DCTELEM result.
*/
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) ((DCTELEM) DESCALE((var) * (const), CONST_BITS))
/* Dequantize a coefficient by multiplying it by the multiplier-table
* entry; produce a DCTELEM result. For 8-bit data a 16x16->16
* multiplication will do. For 12-bit data, the multiplier table is
* declared INT32, so a 32-bit multiply will be used.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define DEQUANTIZE(coef,quantval) (((IFAST_MULT_TYPE) (coef)) * (quantval))
#else
#define DEQUANTIZE(coef,quantval) \
DESCALE((coef)*(quantval), IFAST_SCALE_BITS-PASS1_BITS)
#endif
/* Like DESCALE, but applies to a DCTELEM and produces an int.
* We assume that int right shift is unsigned if INT32 right shift is.
*/
#ifdef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS DCTELEM ishift_temp;
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define DCTELEMBITS 16 /* DCTELEM may be 16 or 32 bits */
#else
#define DCTELEMBITS 32 /* DCTELEM must be 32 bits */
#endif
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) \
((ishift_temp = (x)) < 0 ? \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)) | ((~((DCTELEM) 0)) << (DCTELEMBITS-(shft))) : \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)))
#else
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) ((x) >> (shft))
#endif
#ifdef USE_ACCURATE_ROUNDING
#define IDESCALE(x,n) ((int) IRIGHT_SHIFT((x) + (1 << ((n)-1)), n))
#else
#define IDESCALE(x,n) ((int) IRIGHT_SHIFT(x, n))
#endif
/*
* Perform dequantization and inverse DCT on one block of coefficients.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_idct_ifast (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col)
{
DCTELEM tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
DCTELEM tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
DCTELEM z5, z10, z11, z12, z13;
JCOEFPTR inptr;
IFAST_MULT_TYPE * quantptr;
int * wsptr;
JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = IDCT_range_limit(cinfo);
int ctr;
int workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* buffers data between passes */
SHIFT_TEMPS /* for DESCALE */
ISHIFT_TEMPS /* for IDESCALE */
/* Pass 1: process columns from input, store into work array. */
inptr = coef_block;
quantptr = (IFAST_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE; ctr > 0; ctr--) {
/* Due to quantization, we will usually find that many of the input
* coefficients are zero, especially the AC terms. We can exploit this
* by short-circuiting the IDCT calculation for any column in which all
* the AC terms are zero. In that case each output is equal to the
* DC coefficient (with scale factor as needed).
* With typical images and quantization tables, half or more of the
* column DCT calculations can be simplified this way.
*/
if (inptr[DCTSIZE*1] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*2] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*3] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*4] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*5] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*6] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
int dcval = (int) DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = dcval;
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
continue;
}
/* Even part */
tmp0 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
tmp1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*2], quantptr[DCTSIZE*2]);
tmp2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*4], quantptr[DCTSIZE*4]);
tmp3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*6], quantptr[DCTSIZE*6]);
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp2; /* phase 3 */
tmp11 = tmp0 - tmp2;
tmp13 = tmp1 + tmp3; /* phases 5-3 */
tmp12 = MULTIPLY(tmp1 - tmp3, FIX_1_414213562) - tmp13; /* 2*c4 */
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13; /* phase 2 */
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
tmp4 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*1], quantptr[DCTSIZE*1]);
tmp5 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*3], quantptr[DCTSIZE*3]);
tmp6 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*5], quantptr[DCTSIZE*5]);
tmp7 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*7], quantptr[DCTSIZE*7]);
z13 = tmp6 + tmp5; /* phase 6 */
z10 = tmp6 - tmp5;
z11 = tmp4 + tmp7;
z12 = tmp4 - tmp7;
tmp7 = z11 + z13; /* phase 5 */
tmp11 = MULTIPLY(z11 - z13, FIX_1_414213562); /* 2*c4 */
z5 = MULTIPLY(z10 + z12, FIX_1_847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = MULTIPLY(z12, FIX_1_082392200) - z5; /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = MULTIPLY(z10, - FIX_2_613125930) + z5; /* -2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7; /* phase 2 */
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 + tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = (int) (tmp0 + tmp7);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = (int) (tmp0 - tmp7);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = (int) (tmp1 + tmp6);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = (int) (tmp1 - tmp6);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = (int) (tmp2 + tmp5);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = (int) (tmp2 - tmp5);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = (int) (tmp3 + tmp4);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = (int) (tmp3 - tmp4);
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
}
/* Pass 2: process rows from work array, store into output array. */
/* Note that we must descale the results by a factor of 8 == 2**3, */
/* and also undo the PASS1_BITS scaling. */
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < DCTSIZE; ctr++) {
outptr = output_buf[ctr] + output_col;
/* Rows of zeroes can be exploited in the same way as we did with columns.
* However, the column calculation has created many nonzero AC terms, so
* the simplification applies less often (typically 5% to 10% of the time).
* On machines with very fast multiplication, it's possible that the
* test takes more time than it's worth. In that case this section
* may be commented out.
*/
#ifndef NO_ZERO_ROW_TEST
if (wsptr[1] == 0 && wsptr[2] == 0 && wsptr[3] == 0 && wsptr[4] == 0 &&
wsptr[5] == 0 && wsptr[6] == 0 && wsptr[7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
JSAMPLE dcval = range_limit[IDESCALE(wsptr[0], PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[0] = dcval;
outptr[1] = dcval;
outptr[2] = dcval;
outptr[3] = dcval;
outptr[4] = dcval;
outptr[5] = dcval;
outptr[6] = dcval;
outptr[7] = dcval;
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
continue;
}
#endif
/* Even part */
tmp10 = ((DCTELEM) wsptr[0] + (DCTELEM) wsptr[4]);
tmp11 = ((DCTELEM) wsptr[0] - (DCTELEM) wsptr[4]);
tmp13 = ((DCTELEM) wsptr[2] + (DCTELEM) wsptr[6]);
tmp12 = MULTIPLY((DCTELEM) wsptr[2] - (DCTELEM) wsptr[6], FIX_1_414213562)
- tmp13;
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13;
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
z13 = (DCTELEM) wsptr[5] + (DCTELEM) wsptr[3];
z10 = (DCTELEM) wsptr[5] - (DCTELEM) wsptr[3];
z11 = (DCTELEM) wsptr[1] + (DCTELEM) wsptr[7];
z12 = (DCTELEM) wsptr[1] - (DCTELEM) wsptr[7];
tmp7 = z11 + z13; /* phase 5 */
tmp11 = MULTIPLY(z11 - z13, FIX_1_414213562); /* 2*c4 */
z5 = MULTIPLY(z10 + z12, FIX_1_847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = MULTIPLY(z12, FIX_1_082392200) - z5; /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = MULTIPLY(z10, - FIX_2_613125930) + z5; /* -2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7; /* phase 2 */
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 + tmp5;
/* Final output stage: scale down by a factor of 8 and range-limit */
outptr[0] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp0 + tmp7, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[7] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp0 - tmp7, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[1] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp1 + tmp6, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[6] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp1 - tmp6, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[2] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp2 + tmp5, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[5] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp2 - tmp5, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[4] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp3 + tmp4, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[3] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp3 - tmp4, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED */

5137
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jidctint.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1119
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jmemmgr.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

102
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jmemnobs.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/*
* jmemnobs.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1992-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file provides a really simple implementation of the system-
* dependent portion of the JPEG memory manager. This implementation
* assumes that no backing-store files are needed: all required space
* can be obtained from malloc().
* This is very portable in the sense that it'll compile on almost anything,
* but you'd better have lots of main memory (or virtual memory) if you want
* to process big images.
* Note that the max_memory_to_use option is ignored by this implementation.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jmemsys.h" /* import the system-dependent declarations */
/*
* Memory allocation and freeing are controlled by the regular library
* routines malloc() and free().
*/
GLOBAL(void *)
jpeg_get_small (j_common_ptr cinfo, size_t sizeofobject)
{
return (void *) JMALLOC(sizeofobject);
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_free_small (j_common_ptr cinfo, void * object, size_t sizeofobject)
{
JFREE(object);
}
/*
* "Large" objects are treated the same as "small" ones.
* NB: although we include FAR keywords in the routine declarations,
* this file won't actually work in 80x86 small/medium model; at least,
* you probably won't be able to process useful-size images in only 64KB.
*/
GLOBAL(void FAR *)
jpeg_get_large (j_common_ptr cinfo, size_t sizeofobject)
{
return (void FAR *) JMALLOC(sizeofobject);
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_free_large (j_common_ptr cinfo, void FAR * object, size_t sizeofobject)
{
JFREE(object);
}
/*
* This routine computes the total memory space available for allocation.
* Here we always say, "we got all you want bud!"
*/
GLOBAL(long)
jpeg_mem_available (j_common_ptr cinfo, long min_bytes_needed,
long max_bytes_needed, long already_allocated)
{
return max_bytes_needed;
}
/*
* Backing store (temporary file) management.
* Since jpeg_mem_available always promised the moon,
* this should never be called and we can just error out.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_open_backing_store (j_common_ptr cinfo, backing_store_ptr info,
long total_bytes_needed)
{
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE);
}
/*
* These routines take care of any system-dependent initialization and
* cleanup required. Here, there isn't any.
*/
GLOBAL(long)
jpeg_mem_init (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
return 0; /* just set max_memory_to_use to 0 */
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_mem_term (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
}

857
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jquant1.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,857 @@
/*
* jquant1.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains 1-pass color quantization (color mapping) routines.
* These routines provide mapping to a fixed color map using equally spaced
* color values. Optional Floyd-Steinberg or ordered dithering is available.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#ifdef QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED
/*
* The main purpose of 1-pass quantization is to provide a fast, if not very
* high quality, colormapped output capability. A 2-pass quantizer usually
* gives better visual quality; however, for quantized grayscale output this
* quantizer is perfectly adequate. Dithering is highly recommended with this
* quantizer, though you can turn it off if you really want to.
*
* In 1-pass quantization the colormap must be chosen in advance of seeing the
* image. We use a map consisting of all combinations of Ncolors[i] color
* values for the i'th component. The Ncolors[] values are chosen so that
* their product, the total number of colors, is no more than that requested.
* (In most cases, the product will be somewhat less.)
*
* Since the colormap is orthogonal, the representative value for each color
* component can be determined without considering the other components;
* then these indexes can be combined into a colormap index by a standard
* N-dimensional-array-subscript calculation. Most of the arithmetic involved
* can be precalculated and stored in the lookup table colorindex[].
* colorindex[i][j] maps pixel value j in component i to the nearest
* representative value (grid plane) for that component; this index is
* multiplied by the array stride for component i, so that the
* index of the colormap entry closest to a given pixel value is just
* sum( colorindex[component-number][pixel-component-value] )
* Aside from being fast, this scheme allows for variable spacing between
* representative values with no additional lookup cost.
*
* If gamma correction has been applied in color conversion, it might be wise
* to adjust the color grid spacing so that the representative colors are
* equidistant in linear space. At this writing, gamma correction is not
* implemented by jdcolor, so nothing is done here.
*/
/* Declarations for ordered dithering.
*
* We use a standard 16x16 ordered dither array. The basic concept of ordered
* dithering is described in many references, for instance Dale Schumacher's
* chapter II.2 of Graphics Gems II (James Arvo, ed. Academic Press, 1991).
* In place of Schumacher's comparisons against a "threshold" value, we add a
* "dither" value to the input pixel and then round the result to the nearest
* output value. The dither value is equivalent to (0.5 - threshold) times
* the distance between output values. For ordered dithering, we assume that
* the output colors are equally spaced; if not, results will probably be
* worse, since the dither may be too much or too little at a given point.
*
* The normal calculation would be to form pixel value + dither, range-limit
* this to 0..MAXJSAMPLE, and then index into the colorindex table as usual.
* We can skip the separate range-limiting step by extending the colorindex
* table in both directions.
*/
#define ODITHER_SIZE 16 /* dimension of dither matrix */
/* NB: if ODITHER_SIZE is not a power of 2, ODITHER_MASK uses will break */
#define ODITHER_CELLS (ODITHER_SIZE*ODITHER_SIZE) /* # cells in matrix */
#define ODITHER_MASK (ODITHER_SIZE-1) /* mask for wrapping around counters */
typedef int ODITHER_MATRIX[ODITHER_SIZE][ODITHER_SIZE];
typedef int (*ODITHER_MATRIX_PTR)[ODITHER_SIZE];
static const UINT8 base_dither_matrix[ODITHER_SIZE][ODITHER_SIZE] = {
/* Bayer's order-4 dither array. Generated by the code given in
* Stephen Hawley's article "Ordered Dithering" in Graphics Gems I.
* The values in this array must range from 0 to ODITHER_CELLS-1.
*/
{ 0,192, 48,240, 12,204, 60,252, 3,195, 51,243, 15,207, 63,255 },
{ 128, 64,176,112,140, 76,188,124,131, 67,179,115,143, 79,191,127 },
{ 32,224, 16,208, 44,236, 28,220, 35,227, 19,211, 47,239, 31,223 },
{ 160, 96,144, 80,172,108,156, 92,163, 99,147, 83,175,111,159, 95 },
{ 8,200, 56,248, 4,196, 52,244, 11,203, 59,251, 7,199, 55,247 },
{ 136, 72,184,120,132, 68,180,116,139, 75,187,123,135, 71,183,119 },
{ 40,232, 24,216, 36,228, 20,212, 43,235, 27,219, 39,231, 23,215 },
{ 168,104,152, 88,164,100,148, 84,171,107,155, 91,167,103,151, 87 },
{ 2,194, 50,242, 14,206, 62,254, 1,193, 49,241, 13,205, 61,253 },
{ 130, 66,178,114,142, 78,190,126,129, 65,177,113,141, 77,189,125 },
{ 34,226, 18,210, 46,238, 30,222, 33,225, 17,209, 45,237, 29,221 },
{ 162, 98,146, 82,174,110,158, 94,161, 97,145, 81,173,109,157, 93 },
{ 10,202, 58,250, 6,198, 54,246, 9,201, 57,249, 5,197, 53,245 },
{ 138, 74,186,122,134, 70,182,118,137, 73,185,121,133, 69,181,117 },
{ 42,234, 26,218, 38,230, 22,214, 41,233, 25,217, 37,229, 21,213 },
{ 170,106,154, 90,166,102,150, 86,169,105,153, 89,165,101,149, 85 }
};
/* Declarations for Floyd-Steinberg dithering.
*
* Errors are accumulated into the array fserrors[], at a resolution of
* 1/16th of a pixel count. The error at a given pixel is propagated
* to its not-yet-processed neighbors using the standard F-S fractions,
* ... (here) 7/16
* 3/16 5/16 1/16
* We work left-to-right on even rows, right-to-left on odd rows.
*
* We can get away with a single array (holding one row's worth of errors)
* by using it to store the current row's errors at pixel columns not yet
* processed, but the next row's errors at columns already processed. We
* need only a few extra variables to hold the errors immediately around the
* current column. (If we are lucky, those variables are in registers, but
* even if not, they're probably cheaper to access than array elements are.)
*
* The fserrors[] array is indexed [component#][position].
* We provide (#columns + 2) entries per component; the extra entry at each
* end saves us from special-casing the first and last pixels.
*
* Note: on a wide image, we might not have enough room in a PC's near data
* segment to hold the error array; so it is allocated with alloc_large.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
typedef INT16 FSERROR; /* 16 bits should be enough */
typedef int LOCFSERROR; /* use 'int' for calculation temps */
#else
typedef INT32 FSERROR; /* may need more than 16 bits */
typedef INT32 LOCFSERROR; /* be sure calculation temps are big enough */
#endif
typedef FSERROR FAR *FSERRPTR; /* pointer to error array (in FAR storage!) */
/* Private subobject */
#define MAX_Q_COMPS 4 /* max components I can handle */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_color_quantizer pub; /* public fields */
/* Initially allocated colormap is saved here */
JSAMPARRAY sv_colormap; /* The color map as a 2-D pixel array */
int sv_actual; /* number of entries in use */
JSAMPARRAY colorindex; /* Precomputed mapping for speed */
/* colorindex[i][j] = index of color closest to pixel value j in component i,
* premultiplied as described above. Since colormap indexes must fit into
* JSAMPLEs, the entries of this array will too.
*/
boolean is_padded; /* is the colorindex padded for odither? */
int Ncolors[MAX_Q_COMPS]; /* # of values alloced to each component */
/* Variables for ordered dithering */
int row_index; /* cur row's vertical index in dither matrix */
ODITHER_MATRIX_PTR odither[MAX_Q_COMPS]; /* one dither array per component */
/* Variables for Floyd-Steinberg dithering */
FSERRPTR fserrors[MAX_Q_COMPS]; /* accumulated errors */
boolean on_odd_row; /* flag to remember which row we are on */
} my_cquantizer;
typedef my_cquantizer * my_cquantize_ptr;
/*
* Policy-making subroutines for create_colormap and create_colorindex.
* These routines determine the colormap to be used. The rest of the module
* only assumes that the colormap is orthogonal.
*
* * select_ncolors decides how to divvy up the available colors
* among the components.
* * output_value defines the set of representative values for a component.
* * largest_input_value defines the mapping from input values to
* representative values for a component.
* Note that the latter two routines may impose different policies for
* different components, though this is not currently done.
*/
LOCAL(int)
select_ncolors (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int Ncolors[])
/* Determine allocation of desired colors to components, */
/* and fill in Ncolors[] array to indicate choice. */
/* Return value is total number of colors (product of Ncolors[] values). */
{
int nc = cinfo->out_color_components; /* number of color components */
int max_colors = cinfo->desired_number_of_colors;
int total_colors, iroot, i, j;
boolean changed;
long temp;
static const int RGB_order[3] = { RGB_GREEN, RGB_RED, RGB_BLUE };
/* We can allocate at least the nc'th root of max_colors per component. */
/* Compute floor(nc'th root of max_colors). */
iroot = 1;
do {
iroot++;
temp = iroot; /* set temp = iroot ** nc */
for (i = 1; i < nc; i++)
temp *= iroot;
} while (temp <= (long) max_colors); /* repeat till iroot exceeds root */
iroot--; /* now iroot = floor(root) */
/* Must have at least 2 color values per component */
if (iroot < 2)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, (int) temp);
/* Initialize to iroot color values for each component */
total_colors = 1;
for (i = 0; i < nc; i++) {
Ncolors[i] = iroot;
total_colors *= iroot;
}
/* We may be able to increment the count for one or more components without
* exceeding max_colors, though we know not all can be incremented.
* Sometimes, the first component can be incremented more than once!
* (Example: for 16 colors, we start at 2*2*2, go to 3*2*2, then 4*2*2.)
* In RGB colorspace, try to increment G first, then R, then B.
*/
do {
changed = FALSE;
for (i = 0; i < nc; i++) {
j = (cinfo->out_color_space == JCS_RGB ? RGB_order[i] : i);
/* calculate new total_colors if Ncolors[j] is incremented */
temp = total_colors / Ncolors[j];
temp *= Ncolors[j]+1; /* done in long arith to avoid oflo */
if (temp > (long) max_colors)
break; /* won't fit, done with this pass */
Ncolors[j]++; /* OK, apply the increment */
total_colors = (int) temp;
changed = TRUE;
}
} while (changed);
return total_colors;
}
LOCAL(int)
output_value (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int ci, int j, int maxj)
/* Return j'th output value, where j will range from 0 to maxj */
/* The output values must fall in 0..MAXJSAMPLE in increasing order */
{
/* We always provide values 0 and MAXJSAMPLE for each component;
* any additional values are equally spaced between these limits.
* (Forcing the upper and lower values to the limits ensures that
* dithering can't produce a color outside the selected gamut.)
*/
return (int) (((INT32) j * MAXJSAMPLE + maxj/2) / maxj);
}
LOCAL(int)
largest_input_value (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int ci, int j, int maxj)
/* Return largest input value that should map to j'th output value */
/* Must have largest(j=0) >= 0, and largest(j=maxj) >= MAXJSAMPLE */
{
/* Breakpoints are halfway between values returned by output_value */
return (int) (((INT32) (2*j + 1) * MAXJSAMPLE + maxj) / (2*maxj));
}
/*
* Create the colormap.
*/
LOCAL(void)
create_colormap (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
JSAMPARRAY colormap; /* Created colormap */
int total_colors; /* Number of distinct output colors */
int i,j,k, nci, blksize, blkdist, ptr, val;
/* Select number of colors for each component */
total_colors = select_ncolors(cinfo, cquantize->Ncolors);
/* Report selected color counts */
if (cinfo->out_color_components == 3)
TRACEMS4(cinfo, 1, JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS,
total_colors, cquantize->Ncolors[0],
cquantize->Ncolors[1], cquantize->Ncolors[2]);
else
TRACEMS1(cinfo, 1, JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, total_colors);
/* Allocate and fill in the colormap. */
/* The colors are ordered in the map in standard row-major order, */
/* i.e. rightmost (highest-indexed) color changes most rapidly. */
colormap = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) total_colors, (JDIMENSION) cinfo->out_color_components);
/* blksize is number of adjacent repeated entries for a component */
/* blkdist is distance between groups of identical entries for a component */
blkdist = total_colors;
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->out_color_components; i++) {
/* fill in colormap entries for i'th color component */
nci = cquantize->Ncolors[i]; /* # of distinct values for this color */
blksize = blkdist / nci;
for (j = 0; j < nci; j++) {
/* Compute j'th output value (out of nci) for component */
val = output_value(cinfo, i, j, nci-1);
/* Fill in all colormap entries that have this value of this component */
for (ptr = j * blksize; ptr < total_colors; ptr += blkdist) {
/* fill in blksize entries beginning at ptr */
for (k = 0; k < blksize; k++)
colormap[i][ptr+k] = (JSAMPLE) val;
}
}
blkdist = blksize; /* blksize of this color is blkdist of next */
}
/* Save the colormap in private storage,
* where it will survive color quantization mode changes.
*/
cquantize->sv_colormap = colormap;
cquantize->sv_actual = total_colors;
}
/*
* Create the color index table.
*/
LOCAL(void)
create_colorindex (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
JSAMPROW indexptr;
int i,j,k, nci, blksize, val, pad;
/* For ordered dither, we pad the color index tables by MAXJSAMPLE in
* each direction (input index values can be -MAXJSAMPLE .. 2*MAXJSAMPLE).
* This is not necessary in the other dithering modes. However, we
* flag whether it was done in case user changes dithering mode.
*/
if (cinfo->dither_mode == JDITHER_ORDERED) {
pad = MAXJSAMPLE*2;
cquantize->is_padded = TRUE;
} else {
pad = 0;
cquantize->is_padded = FALSE;
}
cquantize->colorindex = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) (MAXJSAMPLE+1 + pad),
(JDIMENSION) cinfo->out_color_components);
/* blksize is number of adjacent repeated entries for a component */
blksize = cquantize->sv_actual;
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->out_color_components; i++) {
/* fill in colorindex entries for i'th color component */
nci = cquantize->Ncolors[i]; /* # of distinct values for this color */
blksize = blksize / nci;
/* adjust colorindex pointers to provide padding at negative indexes. */
if (pad)
cquantize->colorindex[i] += MAXJSAMPLE;
/* in loop, val = index of current output value, */
/* and k = largest j that maps to current val */
indexptr = cquantize->colorindex[i];
val = 0;
k = largest_input_value(cinfo, i, 0, nci-1);
for (j = 0; j <= MAXJSAMPLE; j++) {
while (j > k) /* advance val if past boundary */
k = largest_input_value(cinfo, i, ++val, nci-1);
/* premultiply so that no multiplication needed in main processing */
indexptr[j] = (JSAMPLE) (val * blksize);
}
/* Pad at both ends if necessary */
if (pad)
for (j = 1; j <= MAXJSAMPLE; j++) {
indexptr[-j] = indexptr[0];
indexptr[MAXJSAMPLE+j] = indexptr[MAXJSAMPLE];
}
}
}
/*
* Create an ordered-dither array for a component having ncolors
* distinct output values.
*/
LOCAL(ODITHER_MATRIX_PTR)
make_odither_array (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int ncolors)
{
ODITHER_MATRIX_PTR odither;
int j,k;
INT32 num,den;
odither = (ODITHER_MATRIX_PTR)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(ODITHER_MATRIX));
/* The inter-value distance for this color is MAXJSAMPLE/(ncolors-1).
* Hence the dither value for the matrix cell with fill order f
* (f=0..N-1) should be (N-1-2*f)/(2*N) * MAXJSAMPLE/(ncolors-1).
* On 16-bit-int machine, be careful to avoid overflow.
*/
den = 2 * ODITHER_CELLS * ((INT32) (ncolors - 1));
for (j = 0; j < ODITHER_SIZE; j++) {
for (k = 0; k < ODITHER_SIZE; k++) {
num = ((INT32) (ODITHER_CELLS-1 - 2*((int)base_dither_matrix[j][k])))
* MAXJSAMPLE;
/* Ensure round towards zero despite C's lack of consistency
* about rounding negative values in integer division...
*/
odither[j][k] = (int) (num<0 ? -((-num)/den) : num/den);
}
}
return odither;
}
/*
* Create the ordered-dither tables.
* Components having the same number of representative colors may
* share a dither table.
*/
LOCAL(void)
create_odither_tables (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
ODITHER_MATRIX_PTR odither;
int i, j, nci;
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->out_color_components; i++) {
nci = cquantize->Ncolors[i]; /* # of distinct values for this color */
odither = NULL; /* search for matching prior component */
for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
if (nci == cquantize->Ncolors[j]) {
odither = cquantize->odither[j];
break;
}
}
if (odither == NULL) /* need a new table? */
odither = make_odither_array(cinfo, nci);
cquantize->odither[i] = odither;
}
}
/*
* Map some rows of pixels to the output colormapped representation.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
color_quantize (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
/* General case, no dithering */
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
JSAMPARRAY colorindex = cquantize->colorindex;
register int pixcode, ci;
register JSAMPROW ptrin, ptrout;
int row;
JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION width = cinfo->output_width;
register int nc = cinfo->out_color_components;
for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) {
ptrin = input_buf[row];
ptrout = output_buf[row];
for (col = width; col > 0; col--) {
pixcode = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < nc; ci++) {
pixcode += GETJSAMPLE(colorindex[ci][GETJSAMPLE(*ptrin++)]);
}
*ptrout++ = (JSAMPLE) pixcode;
}
}
}
METHODDEF(void)
color_quantize3 (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
/* Fast path for out_color_components==3, no dithering */
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
register int pixcode;
register JSAMPROW ptrin, ptrout;
JSAMPROW colorindex0 = cquantize->colorindex[0];
JSAMPROW colorindex1 = cquantize->colorindex[1];
JSAMPROW colorindex2 = cquantize->colorindex[2];
int row;
JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION width = cinfo->output_width;
for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) {
ptrin = input_buf[row];
ptrout = output_buf[row];
for (col = width; col > 0; col--) {
pixcode = GETJSAMPLE(colorindex0[GETJSAMPLE(*ptrin++)]);
pixcode += GETJSAMPLE(colorindex1[GETJSAMPLE(*ptrin++)]);
pixcode += GETJSAMPLE(colorindex2[GETJSAMPLE(*ptrin++)]);
*ptrout++ = (JSAMPLE) pixcode;
}
}
}
METHODDEF(void)
quantize_ord_dither (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
/* General case, with ordered dithering */
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
register JSAMPROW input_ptr;
register JSAMPROW output_ptr;
JSAMPROW colorindex_ci;
int * dither; /* points to active row of dither matrix */
int row_index, col_index; /* current indexes into dither matrix */
int nc = cinfo->out_color_components;
int ci;
int row;
JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION width = cinfo->output_width;
for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) {
/* Initialize output values to 0 so can process components separately */
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) output_buf[row],
(size_t) (width * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE)));
row_index = cquantize->row_index;
for (ci = 0; ci < nc; ci++) {
input_ptr = input_buf[row] + ci;
output_ptr = output_buf[row];
colorindex_ci = cquantize->colorindex[ci];
dither = cquantize->odither[ci][row_index];
col_index = 0;
for (col = width; col > 0; col--) {
/* Form pixel value + dither, range-limit to 0..MAXJSAMPLE,
* select output value, accumulate into output code for this pixel.
* Range-limiting need not be done explicitly, as we have extended
* the colorindex table to produce the right answers for out-of-range
* inputs. The maximum dither is +- MAXJSAMPLE; this sets the
* required amount of padding.
*/
*output_ptr += colorindex_ci[GETJSAMPLE(*input_ptr)+dither[col_index]];
input_ptr += nc;
output_ptr++;
col_index = (col_index + 1) & ODITHER_MASK;
}
}
/* Advance row index for next row */
row_index = (row_index + 1) & ODITHER_MASK;
cquantize->row_index = row_index;
}
}
METHODDEF(void)
quantize3_ord_dither (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
/* Fast path for out_color_components==3, with ordered dithering */
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
register int pixcode;
register JSAMPROW input_ptr;
register JSAMPROW output_ptr;
JSAMPROW colorindex0 = cquantize->colorindex[0];
JSAMPROW colorindex1 = cquantize->colorindex[1];
JSAMPROW colorindex2 = cquantize->colorindex[2];
int * dither0; /* points to active row of dither matrix */
int * dither1;
int * dither2;
int row_index, col_index; /* current indexes into dither matrix */
int row;
JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION width = cinfo->output_width;
for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) {
row_index = cquantize->row_index;
input_ptr = input_buf[row];
output_ptr = output_buf[row];
dither0 = cquantize->odither[0][row_index];
dither1 = cquantize->odither[1][row_index];
dither2 = cquantize->odither[2][row_index];
col_index = 0;
for (col = width; col > 0; col--) {
pixcode = GETJSAMPLE(colorindex0[GETJSAMPLE(*input_ptr++) +
dither0[col_index]]);
pixcode += GETJSAMPLE(colorindex1[GETJSAMPLE(*input_ptr++) +
dither1[col_index]]);
pixcode += GETJSAMPLE(colorindex2[GETJSAMPLE(*input_ptr++) +
dither2[col_index]]);
*output_ptr++ = (JSAMPLE) pixcode;
col_index = (col_index + 1) & ODITHER_MASK;
}
row_index = (row_index + 1) & ODITHER_MASK;
cquantize->row_index = row_index;
}
}
METHODDEF(void)
quantize_fs_dither (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
/* General case, with Floyd-Steinberg dithering */
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
register LOCFSERROR cur; /* current error or pixel value */
LOCFSERROR belowerr; /* error for pixel below cur */
LOCFSERROR bpreverr; /* error for below/prev col */
LOCFSERROR bnexterr; /* error for below/next col */
LOCFSERROR delta;
register FSERRPTR errorptr; /* => fserrors[] at column before current */
register JSAMPROW input_ptr;
register JSAMPROW output_ptr;
JSAMPROW colorindex_ci;
JSAMPROW colormap_ci;
int pixcode;
int nc = cinfo->out_color_components;
int dir; /* 1 for left-to-right, -1 for right-to-left */
int dirnc; /* dir * nc */
int ci;
int row;
JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION width = cinfo->output_width;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
SHIFT_TEMPS
for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) {
/* Initialize output values to 0 so can process components separately */
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) output_buf[row],
(size_t) (width * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE)));
for (ci = 0; ci < nc; ci++) {
input_ptr = input_buf[row] + ci;
output_ptr = output_buf[row];
if (cquantize->on_odd_row) {
/* work right to left in this row */
input_ptr += (width-1) * nc; /* so point to rightmost pixel */
output_ptr += width-1;
dir = -1;
dirnc = -nc;
errorptr = cquantize->fserrors[ci] + (width+1); /* => entry after last column */
} else {
/* work left to right in this row */
dir = 1;
dirnc = nc;
errorptr = cquantize->fserrors[ci]; /* => entry before first column */
}
colorindex_ci = cquantize->colorindex[ci];
colormap_ci = cquantize->sv_colormap[ci];
/* Preset error values: no error propagated to first pixel from left */
cur = 0;
/* and no error propagated to row below yet */
belowerr = bpreverr = 0;
for (col = width; col > 0; col--) {
/* cur holds the error propagated from the previous pixel on the
* current line. Add the error propagated from the previous line
* to form the complete error correction term for this pixel, and
* round the error term (which is expressed * 16) to an integer.
* RIGHT_SHIFT rounds towards minus infinity, so adding 8 is correct
* for either sign of the error value.
* Note: errorptr points to *previous* column's array entry.
*/
cur = RIGHT_SHIFT(cur + errorptr[dir] + 8, 4);
/* Form pixel value + error, and range-limit to 0..MAXJSAMPLE.
* The maximum error is +- MAXJSAMPLE; this sets the required size
* of the range_limit array.
*/
cur += GETJSAMPLE(*input_ptr);
cur = GETJSAMPLE(range_limit[cur]);
/* Select output value, accumulate into output code for this pixel */
pixcode = GETJSAMPLE(colorindex_ci[cur]);
*output_ptr += (JSAMPLE) pixcode;
/* Compute actual representation error at this pixel */
/* Note: we can do this even though we don't have the final */
/* pixel code, because the colormap is orthogonal. */
cur -= GETJSAMPLE(colormap_ci[pixcode]);
/* Compute error fractions to be propagated to adjacent pixels.
* Add these into the running sums, and simultaneously shift the
* next-line error sums left by 1 column.
*/
bnexterr = cur;
delta = cur * 2;
cur += delta; /* form error * 3 */
errorptr[0] = (FSERROR) (bpreverr + cur);
cur += delta; /* form error * 5 */
bpreverr = belowerr + cur;
belowerr = bnexterr;
cur += delta; /* form error * 7 */
/* At this point cur contains the 7/16 error value to be propagated
* to the next pixel on the current line, and all the errors for the
* next line have been shifted over. We are therefore ready to move on.
*/
input_ptr += dirnc; /* advance input ptr to next column */
output_ptr += dir; /* advance output ptr to next column */
errorptr += dir; /* advance errorptr to current column */
}
/* Post-loop cleanup: we must unload the final error value into the
* final fserrors[] entry. Note we need not unload belowerr because
* it is for the dummy column before or after the actual array.
*/
errorptr[0] = (FSERROR) bpreverr; /* unload prev err into array */
}
cquantize->on_odd_row = (cquantize->on_odd_row ? FALSE : TRUE);
}
}
/*
* Allocate workspace for Floyd-Steinberg errors.
*/
LOCAL(void)
alloc_fs_workspace (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
size_t arraysize;
int i;
arraysize = (size_t) ((cinfo->output_width + 2) * SIZEOF(FSERROR));
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->out_color_components; i++) {
cquantize->fserrors[i] = (FSERRPTR)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large)((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, arraysize);
}
}
/*
* Initialize for one-pass color quantization.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_1_quant (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean is_pre_scan)
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize;
size_t arraysize;
int i;
/* Install my colormap. */
cinfo->colormap = cquantize->sv_colormap;
cinfo->actual_number_of_colors = cquantize->sv_actual;
/* Initialize for desired dithering mode. */
switch (cinfo->dither_mode) {
case JDITHER_NONE:
if (cinfo->out_color_components == 3)
cquantize->pub.color_quantize = color_quantize3;
else
cquantize->pub.color_quantize = color_quantize;
break;
case JDITHER_ORDERED:
if (cinfo->out_color_components == 3)
cquantize->pub.color_quantize = quantize3_ord_dither;
else
cquantize->pub.color_quantize = quantize_ord_dither;
cquantize->row_index = 0; /* initialize state for ordered dither */
/* If user changed to ordered dither from another mode,
* we must recreate the color index table with padding.
* This will cost extra space, but probably isn't very likely.
*/
if (! cquantize->is_padded)
create_colorindex(cinfo);
/* Create ordered-dither tables if we didn't already. */
if (cquantize->odither[0] == NULL)
create_odither_tables(cinfo);
break;
case JDITHER_FS:
cquantize->pub.color_quantize = quantize_fs_dither;
cquantize->on_odd_row = FALSE; /* initialize state for F-S dither */
/* Allocate Floyd-Steinberg workspace if didn't already. */
if (cquantize->fserrors[0] == NULL)
alloc_fs_workspace(cinfo);
/* Initialize the propagated errors to zero. */
arraysize = (size_t) ((cinfo->output_width + 2) * SIZEOF(FSERROR));
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->out_color_components; i++)
FMEMZERO((void FAR *) cquantize->fserrors[i], arraysize);
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
}
/*
* Finish up at the end of the pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass_1_quant (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work in 1-pass case */
}
/*
* Switch to a new external colormap between output passes.
* Shouldn't get to this module!
*/
METHODDEF(void)
new_color_map_1_quant (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MODE_CHANGE);
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for 1-pass color quantization.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_1pass_quantizer (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cquantize_ptr cquantize;
cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_cquantizer));
cinfo->cquantize = (struct jpeg_color_quantizer *) cquantize;
cquantize->pub.start_pass = start_pass_1_quant;
cquantize->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass_1_quant;
cquantize->pub.new_color_map = new_color_map_1_quant;
cquantize->fserrors[0] = NULL; /* Flag FS workspace not allocated */
cquantize->odither[0] = NULL; /* Also flag odither arrays not allocated */
/* Make sure my internal arrays won't overflow */
if (cinfo->out_color_components > MAX_Q_COMPS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS, MAX_Q_COMPS);
/* Make sure colormap indexes can be represented by JSAMPLEs */
if (cinfo->desired_number_of_colors > (MAXJSAMPLE+1))
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, MAXJSAMPLE+1);
/* Create the colormap and color index table. */
create_colormap(cinfo);
create_colorindex(cinfo);
/* Allocate Floyd-Steinberg workspace now if requested.
* We do this now since it is FAR storage and may affect the memory
* manager's space calculations. If the user changes to FS dither
* mode in a later pass, we will allocate the space then, and will
* possibly overrun the max_memory_to_use setting.
*/
if (cinfo->dither_mode == JDITHER_FS)
alloc_fs_workspace(cinfo);
}
#endif /* QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED */

1311
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jquant2.c vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

227
P7_SETR2/P7_SETR2_TGFX/Middlewares/Third_Party/LibJPEG/source/jutils.c vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
/*
* jutils.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 2009-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains tables and miscellaneous utility routines needed
* for both compression and decompression.
* Note we prefix all global names with "j" to minimize conflicts with
* a surrounding application.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* jpeg_zigzag_order[i] is the zigzag-order position of the i'th element
* of a DCT block read in natural order (left to right, top to bottom).
*/
#if 0 /* This table is not actually needed in v6a */
const int jpeg_zigzag_order[DCTSIZE2] = {
0, 1, 5, 6, 14, 15, 27, 28,
2, 4, 7, 13, 16, 26, 29, 42,
3, 8, 12, 17, 25, 30, 41, 43,
9, 11, 18, 24, 31, 40, 44, 53,
10, 19, 23, 32, 39, 45, 52, 54,
20, 22, 33, 38, 46, 51, 55, 60,
21, 34, 37, 47, 50, 56, 59, 61,
35, 36, 48, 49, 57, 58, 62, 63
};
#endif
/*
* jpeg_natural_order[i] is the natural-order position of the i'th element
* of zigzag order.
*
* When reading corrupted data, the Huffman decoders could attempt
* to reference an entry beyond the end of this array (if the decoded
* zero run length reaches past the end of the block). To prevent
* wild stores without adding an inner-loop test, we put some extra
* "63"s after the real entries. This will cause the extra coefficient
* to be stored in location 63 of the block, not somewhere random.
* The worst case would be a run-length of 15, which means we need 16
* fake entries.
*/
const int jpeg_natural_order[DCTSIZE2+16] = {
0, 1, 8, 16, 9, 2, 3, 10,
17, 24, 32, 25, 18, 11, 4, 5,
12, 19, 26, 33, 40, 48, 41, 34,
27, 20, 13, 6, 7, 14, 21, 28,
35, 42, 49, 56, 57, 50, 43, 36,
29, 22, 15, 23, 30, 37, 44, 51,
58, 59, 52, 45, 38, 31, 39, 46,
53, 60, 61, 54, 47, 55, 62, 63,
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, /* extra entries for safety in decoder */
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
};
const int jpeg_natural_order7[7*7+16] = {
0, 1, 8, 16, 9, 2, 3, 10,
17, 24, 32, 25, 18, 11, 4, 5,
12, 19, 26, 33, 40, 48, 41, 34,
27, 20, 13, 6, 14, 21, 28, 35,
42, 49, 50, 43, 36, 29, 22, 30,
37, 44, 51, 52, 45, 38, 46, 53,
54,
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, /* extra entries for safety in decoder */
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
};
const int jpeg_natural_order6[6*6+16] = {
0, 1, 8, 16, 9, 2, 3, 10,
17, 24, 32, 25, 18, 11, 4, 5,
12, 19, 26, 33, 40, 41, 34, 27,
20, 13, 21, 28, 35, 42, 43, 36,
29, 37, 44, 45,
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, /* extra entries for safety in decoder */
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
};
const int jpeg_natural_order5[5*5+16] = {
0, 1, 8, 16, 9, 2, 3, 10,
17, 24, 32, 25, 18, 11, 4, 12,
19, 26, 33, 34, 27, 20, 28, 35,
36,
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, /* extra entries for safety in decoder */
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
};
const int jpeg_natural_order4[4*4+16] = {
0, 1, 8, 16, 9, 2, 3, 10,
17, 24, 25, 18, 11, 19, 26, 27,
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, /* extra entries for safety in decoder */
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
};
const int jpeg_natural_order3[3*3+16] = {
0, 1, 8, 16, 9, 2, 10, 17,
18,
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, /* extra entries for safety in decoder */
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
};
const int jpeg_natural_order2[2*2+16] = {
0, 1, 8, 9,
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, /* extra entries for safety in decoder */
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
};
/*
* Arithmetic utilities
*/
GLOBAL(long)
jdiv_round_up (long a, long b)
/* Compute a/b rounded up to next integer, ie, ceil(a/b) */
/* Assumes a >= 0, b > 0 */
{
return (a + b - 1L) / b;
}
GLOBAL(long)
jround_up (long a, long b)
/* Compute a rounded up to next multiple of b, ie, ceil(a/b)*b */
/* Assumes a >= 0, b > 0 */
{
a += b - 1L;
return a - (a % b);
}
/* On normal machines we can apply MEMCOPY() and MEMZERO() to sample arrays
* and coefficient-block arrays. This won't work on 80x86 because the arrays
* are FAR and we're assuming a small-pointer memory model. However, some
* DOS compilers provide far-pointer versions of memcpy() and memset() even
* in the small-model libraries. These will be used if USE_FMEM is defined.
* Otherwise, the routines below do it the hard way. (The performance cost
* is not all that great, because these routines aren't very heavily used.)
*/
#ifndef NEED_FAR_POINTERS /* normal case, same as regular macro */
#define FMEMCOPY(dest,src,size) MEMCOPY(dest,src,size)
#else /* 80x86 case, define if we can */
#ifdef USE_FMEM
#define FMEMCOPY(dest,src,size) _fmemcpy((void FAR *)(dest), (const void FAR *)(src), (size_t)(size))
#else
/* This function is for use by the FMEMZERO macro defined in jpegint.h.
* Do not call this function directly, use the FMEMZERO macro instead.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jzero_far (void FAR * target, size_t bytestozero)
/* Zero out a chunk of FAR memory. */
/* This might be sample-array data, block-array data, or alloc_large data. */
{
register char FAR * ptr = (char FAR *) target;
register size_t count;
for (count = bytestozero; count > 0; count--) {
*ptr++ = 0;
}
}
#endif
#endif
GLOBAL(void)
jcopy_sample_rows (JSAMPARRAY input_array, int source_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_array, int dest_row,
int num_rows, JDIMENSION num_cols)
/* Copy some rows of samples from one place to another.
* num_rows rows are copied from input_array[source_row++]
* to output_array[dest_row++]; these areas may overlap for duplication.
* The source and destination arrays must be at least as wide as num_cols.
*/
{
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
#ifdef FMEMCOPY
register size_t count = (size_t) (num_cols * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
#else
register JDIMENSION count;
#endif
register int row;
input_array += source_row;
output_array += dest_row;
for (row = num_rows; row > 0; row--) {
inptr = *input_array++;
outptr = *output_array++;
#ifdef FMEMCOPY
FMEMCOPY(outptr, inptr, count);
#else
for (count = num_cols; count > 0; count--)
*outptr++ = *inptr++; /* needn't bother with GETJSAMPLE() here */
#endif
}
}
GLOBAL(void)
jcopy_block_row (JBLOCKROW input_row, JBLOCKROW output_row,
JDIMENSION num_blocks)
/* Copy a row of coefficient blocks from one place to another. */
{
#ifdef FMEMCOPY
FMEMCOPY(output_row, input_row, num_blocks * (DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(JCOEF)));
#else
register JCOEFPTR inptr, outptr;
register long count;
inptr = (JCOEFPTR) input_row;
outptr = (JCOEFPTR) output_row;
for (count = (long) num_blocks * DCTSIZE2; count > 0; count--) {
*outptr++ = *inptr++;
}
#endif
}